Professional Documents
Culture Documents
Mercury Capsule
Mercury Capsule
ASA
SATE
contains
"_ =_Oili##lil_L_&..
AIRCRAFT _?
__
.... .
NOV_
1961
............ ,_,-_: _
PAGE .... REPORT MODEL_ SEDR 10_ ST. LOUIS, 133 MISSOURI REVISED.. REVISED
INDEX
OF EFFECTIVE
PAGES
currently order.
in
effect
are
Issue Basic Basic Basic Basic Basic Basic Basic _'_ .... _,_ Basic Basic Basic Basic Basic Basic Basic Basic Basic
A B C i-i thru 2-i thru 3-i _-i 5-I 6-1 7-1 8-i 9-1 10-1 ii-i 12-1 13-i
1-29 2-28
thru 3-54 thru4-63 thruS-22 thru6-11 thru 7-5 thru8-10 thru 9-32 thrulO-35 thru ii-52 thru12-29 thru 13-76
.}
,1
November
1961
ST. LOUIS 3, MISSOURI
PAGE
REPORT
MODm.
133
FOREWORD
The purpose of this document is to present a clear, operational description of the various capsule systems and major components. Two types of usage for the manual are visualized. The first is an orientation-indoctrination type document. The second use is as a reference document containing relatively detailed Information on all systems and components. The manual is divided by capsule systems. The first part of each section is devoted to the description and operation of "specification compliance capsule" system. Capsules numbered 18 and 19 are the specification compliance capsule. They are manned orbital capsules and are representative of the Mercury Program. Immedi&tely following the specification compliance system coverage is the Test Configuration Capsule Coverage. _his area compares the other capsules to the specification compliance capsule or to a prior capsule. The capsules are compared on a, "like specification compliance capsule except as follows" bases. The Test Configuration Capsules are compared to the specification compliance: capsule system or to any other preceding capsule depending on which reference causes the least duplication. The reader will not be required to refer to more than two prior capsules systeam including the specification system. Separate information is provided for each capsule test configuration, when the information is the same for each capsule it will not be repeated. All capsules will be covered in this manual for one revision after the particular capsule has been launched successfully. After that date they will be dropped from future issues. Capsules numbered 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 11 and 14are covered in the i February 1961 issue of SEX_ 104 revised I August 1961. Capsules numbered 12, 15, 17 and 20 have been assigned an eighteen orbit mission and will be covered in a latter publication. All capsule configurations are not finalized as of this printing, additional information will appear in subsequent revisions to th_s document, ::reflecting changes as they are incorporated in the capsule.
SECTION
INDEX
PAGE SECTION I
........ ...................................................................... 1-1
INTRODUCTION
SECTION
MAJOR
II
STRUCTURAL ASSEMBLIES .......................................................... 2-1
SECTION
II!
CONTROL SYSTEM ....................................................
ENVIRONMENTAL
3-1
SECTION
IV
CONTROL SYSTEM ....................................................... 4-1
STABILIZATION
SECTION
V
SYSTEM, LAUNCH THROUGH RETROGRADE OR ABORT .................. 5-1
SEQUENCE
SECTION SECTION
V!
JETTISON ROCKET SYSTEMS ............................................... 6-1
ESCAPE AND
VII
ROCKET SYSTEM ................................................................
POSIGRADE
7-1
8-1
VIII
ROCKET SYSTEM ..............................................................
RETROGRADE
IX
SYSTEM, LANDING THROUGH RECOVERY .................................
SEQUENCE
9-1
X
POWER AND INTERIOR LIGHTING SYSTEMS .............................. 10-1
ELECTRICAL
XI
ICATION SYSTEM ................................................................ 11-1
SECTION
Xll
AIDS ....................................................................... 12-1
NAVIGATIONAL
SECTION
XIII
SYSTEM ............................................................... 13-1
I NSTRUME NTATi ON
illillllil_i
IPIIIIIIpIL
lnPI
1-1
SECTION
INTRODUCTION
TABLE
OF
CONTENTS
TITLE MISSION CAPSULE BOOSTER CAPSULE CREW DESCRIPTION DESCRIPTION DESCRIPTION RECOVERY ........................ ........................ ........................ ............................
................................................... CAPSULES
TEST CONFIGURATION
+--.
":,::iiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiii!iiiiiii++i!!iiiiii
====================================
wv
m "1
5/Ll_l
I/ii
I-
1 -_2 DATE SEDR 133 REVISED ,, 104 ST.LOUIS. MISSOURI REVISED 1 NOVEMBER 1961
SPIKE
ESCAPE
ROCKET_
PYLON
JETTISON
ROCKET_
PYLON
ANTENNA
CAPSULE
ADAPTER
(REF)
ET ROROCKET POSIGRADE
AND ROCKETS
:,}
FIGURE
PREL_AUNCH I=" I I_
o_m.l'w
CONFiGURATiON '
PM45.-2C
ial'_il_'_
DATE
RVISED REVISED
i November
1961
McDONNE
ST. LOUIS 3, MISSOURI
_..... 1/" lu7 l'll f ,,
p_s" mm_omv
,4oom.
133
I.
\
INTRODUCTION
TO
PROJECT
MER_
i-i.
MISSION The
DESCRIPTION of man "science but surely have well vesturing fiction" loosened to into to space has of to shifted quite recently Scientific and recent space
from
the
the man's
progress
slowly
technological flight is
advances
promised the
completely. capabilities.
Today,
considered by the
within
range
Aeronautics Through
space
is now McDonnell
production
Corporation The
will
venture
space.
program
Mercury. the mission of Project orbit the Mercury about is the safe the earth, return projection the of study the that and of of a man's and
space the
subsequent It is
capsule the
earth's stated, of
surface. is of
mis-
sion,
simply
tremeadous and
requires in
coordination succeeding
maupower will
contained on the
sections to
provide that
information
equipment
procedures
utilized
accomplish
1-2. 1-3.
DESCRIPTION
Figures
I-I,
1-2,
1-3
and
i-_.
The
Project
Mercury
capsule for
cally
area of
occupation "base" of
phases
mission. ATLAS
cone
provisions
attachment
to
1-!4
Mc'DONNELL '
104 ......... ST.LOUIS, MISSOURI
1 NOVEMBER ,
1961
$EDR 133
/ /
! !
ARRANGEMENT i.-_r_
P_,_45-1A
1 NOVEMBER
1961
Mc, DONNE_
ST.LOUIS, '_" .
__
MISSOURI --
PA_E
REPORT MODEL
'-_
.SEDR 133 104
Ty RX 12.00 L X12.00
RX
LX BY 8.75
, ZJ
I
752.69 ATLAS ADAPTER
1
FIGL)I2E
I-3
_TATION5
E:IIAG2AM
I _1_1,,,,,, I
--"" _v
""
Mc'DONNEL_L _
ST.LOUIS.
__
1 NOVEMBER
1961
MISSOURI
i_
,J
!
]_,1,57
(OI2BtT
COi',d_'lC_._
-=
!_
"
F.
FIGUI_E
l-a,
C_,PSULE
E)INEN_[ON_
pH4S-t 5,_,
1 NOVEMBER ....
1961
Mc'DONNE
ST.LOUIS, MISSOURI
Y +
NORMAL
/
ORBITAL
FLIGHT
ROLL Z
X PITCH
/--
Y YAW
PITCH
PITCHIS DEFINEDASTHE ANGLE IS PLANE. PITCH ROTATION ZERO USING OF THECAPSULEABOUTITS X-AXIS ROLL IS DEFINEDAS ROTATION THE
ROLL
ROTATION OF THE OF THE CAPSULE AS VIEWED ABOUT FROM ITS Z-AXIS. BEHIND POSITIVE HANDLE N THE (+). TO JET. THE
CLOCKWISE
CAPSULE,
ASTRONAUT, IS CALLED RIGHT ROLL AND THIS MOVEMENT IS INITIATED BY MOVING THE RIGHT THEREBY OF FIRING THE THE CAPSULE (0).. POSITIVE LiES IN
DEGREE RATE
THIS
R EA C TIG
PITCH
POSITIVE
WHEN ROLL
HORIZONTAL
PLANE,
THE CONTROL MOVEMENTS WHICH CAUSE MOVES TOWARD THE ASTRONAUT AND THE JET FIRES.
IS ZERO
DEGREES
ACCELEROMETER YAW
YAW IS DEFINED AS ROTATION OF THE CAPSULE ABOUT ITS Y-AXIS. WITH THE CAPSULE TOTHE +1 "G". IN PINDICULAR WILL READ
POLARITY
THE LAUNCH EARTH'SSURFACEAND
WITH
POSITION
RESPECT TO GRAVITy
THE Z-AXIS WILLBE PERTHE Z-AXISACCELEROMETER
(+).
THIS MOVEMENT HANDLE IS PRODUCED IS ROTATED AND THE BY POSITIVE CLOCKWISE POSITIVE CONTROL {AS t +) YAW (0 ) VIEWED REACTION WHEN THE MOTION. FROM THE ABOVE CONTROL THE YAW IN OF
WITH THE CAPSULE IN AN ATTITUDE SUCH THAT ARE PARALLEL TO THE EARTH*S SURFACE AND THE HEAD WITH IS FACE UP POSITION, THE AND Z AND WiTH THE Y-AXIS THE WiLL Y-AXIS IN RIGHT READ ACCELEROMETER PARALLEL THE
A PLANE SIDE +1 OF
THE UP,
EARTH'S THE
ZERO
DEGREES
ASTRONAUT
X-AXIS
POSiTiON (BLUNT END OF CAPSULE FACING LINE THE POSITIVE Z-AXIS OF THE CAPSULE IS DIRECTED FLIGHT THE PATH tRECOVERY IS 180% END OF CAPSULE FAC-
ACCELEROMETER
"G".
OF FLIGHT),
YAW
ANGLE
FIGURE1-5
CAPSULE
POLARITY
ORIENTATION
WITH
RESPECT
TO
ASTRONAUT PM45-233
_._t_
i_,,_.! r._-.Li.._l
_ ,
Novem1:_r
i C_l
REVISED REVISED,,,
use
of
special the
The
"apex"
of of event
the
cone
contains end
the
capsule
conclusion in the
a mission, of
astronaut Provided
an emergency which
the
capsule data
proper
are and
systems
flight
attitude,
recording
telemetering,
in place
on
the is
nose on his
of
the
booster, in a
the
s_all
end
of the During to
The
back
sitting
the
Astronaut
faces
forward
flight atti-
combination The
reaches slows,
velocity, atmosphere
booster The
returns stablized
earth's then
momentarily, flight,
+
rotated
180 about
Throughout faces
remainder with
of the to
or ballistic,
the
Astronaut
respect
capsule
equipment all
within
the
capsule and
cabin
interior, provisions
Figure are
1-6,
is
arranged to the
operating in the
controls normal
emergency
accessible
when of an
position.
Cabin
equil3nent
panels, supply, to
container,
survival system.
electronic
equipment
required 1-6.
operate Couch
ccmmnunication
Support The
Astronaut body
couch
(Figure
i-7) is designed
re-entry and
to
firmly
support
the
Astronaut's
capsule
launch,
landing
phase_.
_
111 m o o PANEL CAMERA
EQUIPMENT INSTRUMENTATION
OBSERVER
SUPPORT
RESTRAINT HARNESS
0 c:
FOOD EONTAII_
COOLING Duct
-I
CONIMUN_CATIONS EQUIPMENT it ELECTRONIC EQUIPMENT
RATE DAMPER
iii r" II -I
t/t m
FLOOD WINDOW
MAIN PANEL
-r
C_
FUSE
am
OBSERVER CAMERA
CONTAINER.
RIGHT
CONSOLE E
HELIUN_ bOTTLES
o
\
ESCAPE HATCH ;o m < ;o m < D ), -i 5MALL PRESSURE 5ULKNEAD PERISCOPE DISPLAY ASTRONAUT ---v TOE GUARDS
TAPE RECORDER
M_'DONNELL__" _ __
ST.LOUIS. MISSOURI
PAGE
,,,
REPORT MODEL
"D"
SPECIAL
INSTRUMENTATION
,,'A////,li:T/G,
, ',_ ' I" f I." ,
"B" HOIST PRIMATE ASSEMBLY COUCH
,,'.._.////I_%. !
L 2_IIXIT
, _._;_////////j,._;/,, ,;.-_.
"V ; .'.
"---
"C*
ASTRONAUT.%
SUPPORT
COUCH
FIGUIRE
I-7
_S.IC
MlSSION
EQUIPMENT
P)A45- I_50
_.._.,_[.-
_;fr-I_ll
I/'_
IL
SE R
133
McDON E
ST. LOUIS, ,.__ MISSOURI __ couch also protects and the from Astronaut possible adjacent from injury to the loss at of acceleration is centrally of with capsule
REV,SED
REVISED
The
consciousness impact.
during The
located
large
pressure bonded
bulkhead. to a Fiberto
couch
a crushable, a comfort
honeycomb The to
material, support
liner. body
couch
specific
provide in
maximum to
during
capsule
fabricated hatch.
sections
enable
couch
installation 1-7.
capsule
entrance
Restraint The
restrain in the
system support of
(See couch
1-8)
is
to
firmly
re-
strain The
the
capsule straps,
restrain
I
shoulder guards. by
chest
crotch to
strap,
toe
The
shoulder reel
restrain of firmly
release upper
a harness couch.
forward strap
support lower
The the
support
Astronaut's the
torso, upper
chest leg
strap straps
Astronaut's
The The
legs
and
Astronaut's
hands
arms
abort arm
and
flight
control
handles,
located 1-8.
of the (See
couch 1-9
rests.
And are
controls The
console, in front
console.
main
instrument
of the the
Astronaut's
support
the
is ettached periscope
to
designed of the
display
control
instrument
C N F:D
iii,i
1 NOVEMBER
1961
Mc'DONNELL,
ST.LOUIS, MISSOURI
133
\ \
DETAIL
/"
// /
>
\_LJ
FI_UP_E I-8
ASTRONAUTS
vv
I_ESTRAIIqT SYSTE.M
"_"''":
D___'_-'
Jar
"
a_L
MIDONNE_
ST.LOUIS
_.__
o MISSOURI
DATE
....
1 NOVEMBER
1961
REVISED REVISED
133"
ii_ i_i i
.I
""x
2:
_ =
-,_
II I:::eI"-:l e _e
.',
.:0
"
1.15
SEDR 104 133
Mc, I)0NNELL_H._ __
ST.LOUIS, . . MISSOURI / L_
DATE.
REVISED REVISED
1 NOVEMBER
1961
!
FIGURE 1-9 MAIN INSTRUMENT PANEL,(CAPSULE 10, 13, 16/t8 & 19i) (SHEET20Fi2)
I[ l lpl I |"
It
1961
Mc'DONNELL_L __ _ _
ST.LOUIS. MISSOURI
_ 7-"'
HOT
@_
.._oo_o @
i
RIGHT
CONSOLE
PUSH ON
[D
CAPSULE
10,13,16, 13 ONLY
18&
i9
LEFT CONSOLE
[_[_> CAPSULE
FIGURE
1-10
RIGHT
AND
LEFT CONSOLE
(CAPSULE
9 10,13,16,18
& 19)
PM45-1G115
are
located
in the
left and
and
center are
indicators panel.
controls
controls console
section the
left to
hand
main
arranged fully
provide
to the
Astronaut
when
in the and
position. indicators
a telelight capsule
warning
control
landing
system.
console,
located
below
entrance pole,
hatch, located to
includes adjacent
environmental of observation
A window the
Astronaut
actuate
controls
equipped
with
navigational relative to
aids his
and
to
enable naviga-
the
Astronaut aids
compute of rate in
factors the
flight clock,
The
tional
consist angular
periscope, and
earth All
indicator of the
case. or
directly
front
Astronaut,
adjacent
instrument
Controls Capsule controls escape escape are handle handle actuation lock. arm rest, The is located is forward of each of arm the the the rest support abort escape of the couch sequence. handle of the support left To couch. arm pre-
An
emergency The
located
forward to
utilized of the
escape
manual
control to
located
forward of
is utilized
control
fligh t attitude
capsule
PAGE REPORT
Mc'DONNE
ST. LOUIS, MISSOURI
DATE
i November
1961
REVISED REVISED
MOOa_ 133
the i-Ii. event the automatic Water and system Waste will failed. Storage be provided with The is food and water This handle is also
normally
locked.
Food, All
manned
capsules (See
for
the
mission. The
Figure
water
1-6).
supply A waste
food
will
calories. with an
6 pound
contained is
bottles) interior
each
tube.
container
the
entrance Survival
1-12.
The contains
survival the
Figure
1-11),
stowed
at the
left
side
of the
couch,
following Raft
1 Life
i Signal
1 Desiring
2 Shark
i Ultra !
Survival
Ration of Matches
i Container i Whistle
I
i Signal i Pocket
cord (ioft.)
Light Knife
3 Morl_hine and AntiSeasickness Injectors A knife, Figure tion 1-13. installed 1-6). window. Cameras One panel positioned panel for 16 ram. camera viewing above readings. the and These is mounted Astronaut's to the csmeras left in the head of operate the in a case, is is located
on the
hatch left
interior. of the
(see
A flashlight
located
adjacent
observa-
lower
left
of the second to
main
instrument camera is
and
shoulders.
16 _m.
Astronaut's continuously
record and
instrmnent descent,
launc_
=A_
R_ISED.
i November
1961
Me'DONNE
ST. LOUIS 3, MI_URI
PAGZ, , mm_o_
MODEL
REVISE:D.
........
13
and
at
programmed
intervals
during
orbit.
1-14.
_ _ /5 /
DESCRIPTION vehicle, or booster, "D" missile. used to project Capsule the Project replace Mercury capsule comes
into orbit
is the ATLAS
adapters
the nose
The capsule
with a ring
in the clamp
The adapter
remains
1-15.
CAPSULE A normal
RECOVERY mission is intended to terminate Under normal with the capsule circumstances, landing in a
predetermined copters
will be
immediately
after landing.
land in other than the intended visual, are automatically the capsule.
energized Depending
in locating
physical
condition,
he may either
is provided
1-16.
1-17.
CREW
Re%ulrement s The capsule crew consists of one man representing indoctrination. the peak of physical and
mental
acuity,
training
and mission
than is normally
required
must
control
scientifically environment.
and comment
strange
-_ 9:1;";
:, _.;,;7,AL
13aoP_
[96L
_l:lg W:IAONI.
DATE
REVISED REVISED
i November
1_@61
.M!DONN
ST. LOUIS 3, MISSOURI
PAGE
1-21
REPORT Moore.
1-18.
Selection
From relatively extensive possesses of this 1-19. An other provide a manner and be the held be
the
large
number has
of men been
who
for man
Project
a undergone he a project
group and
in the
group
examination stamina
proven
conclusively required
intelligence,
mental
stability
type. Training extensive training personnel descriptions trainee will program associated and is being with conducted Project of all the for the Astronauts The program in and will such
operation
components of each
fully
understand
component will
for
selecting design
Supplementary known.
briefings training
current "group
Initial
will
discussion" will of
trainers. to achieve
Training the
and
equipment degree
designed
highest
attainable The
proficiency will
normal : general
emergency
following will
objectives be
sought in the
Astronaut plans be
purpose
of the
space
He must
all on
normal this
and Point,
emergency so that
procedures. normal c.
]
performed as far
almost as
He must mental
possible
aspects has
of the the
d.
Since and be
himself
highest in the in
is the able to
flexible the
component work
normal
load
capsule
..... "DE
......
PAGE REPORT _
1-22 lOk.
McDONNE
_._,Ltguls _ M_SSOUm
DATE
1 November
i(:_i
REVISED REVISED
MODEL_. 133
function of an
as
adequate respect
with
function,
of
increase
probability 1-20.
a successful
mission.
Preparation possibility of of the Astronaut having to pass will body be waste maintained and placed
solids for
for
the
duration period in
strict
control allow
a considerable buildup
flight. the
which at the
mental
time, elimina-
waste
which or
will
and be
systems. the
Finally,
low
residue
non-residue flight.
supplied
during
that of
certain
bio-physical Such physical The and Leads through The site the
functions
be will
measured assist in
recorded
the acuity
measurements fittness, blood the are suit. and pressure F2_ routed
Astronaut's
pickups'are from
extend
Capsule will
the tape
pressure recorder
supplied telemetry
continuously
,,.
R=VlSED ST. LOUlS 3, Mmsoum nS_,ORT _DR iO_
.wls=o_
,_
,4oo_
133
1-22.
Astronaut' The
s Apparel apparel suitable the will consist of and a completely boots. The enveloping helmet face normal pressurized plate pro-
suit can
with be
although is
keep
specially temperatu/e,
trained
in the is
as to and the
and
humidity, comfort,
supplied
Astronaut
ventilating
should
supplied
1-23.
TEST The
CAPSULES in paragraphs Capsules. CAPSULES, I-i through 1-22 pertains data, to as the applicable through as the 1-39.
data
from
this
in paragraphs or item it
i-2_
If no
reference
a particular
is the
same
Specification
Capsule.
I-2_.
TEST Capsule
NO.
8 to
similar Section
ing 1-25.
areas.
II for
differences.
Description objectives orbit of Capsule the No. 8 combined with No. 8 with Re-entry will not an Atlas missile, at will
be set
: ' _s j
around
earth, Capsule
a prebut will
be
cre_aan to
capsule
environmental by an Astronaut
system during
experienced the
flight.
qualify
following systems:
_A_.mlII--
.m..
1._.,
SEDR 104 133
MCDONNELL_ _
ST.LOUIS, __ MISSOURI
D,+E ....
REVISED REVISED,
1 NOVEMBER
1961
ou
Q
:_
z u
@o
FIGURE
1-',12 MAIN
INSTRUMENT
PANEt/(CAPSULE
8)
PM45-11qC
WIll!
! NOVEMBER
1961
M 'DONNE
ST.LOUIS. MISSOURI
EMER 41-EMER
O: -_NORM
RIGHT
CONSOLE
LEFT
CONSOLE
FIGURE.1_13
RIGHT
AND
LEFT CONSOLES
(ICAPSULES_ & I
8 )
P_J,4S- I _.OB
_""_'_''''_''_''1
I I Ii i llJli 1 J Ii'il
M 'DONNE
ST. LOUIS, MISSOURI
DATE
i November
1961
REVISED REVISED
a. b. c. d. e. f. g. In a. addition
escape
control
Retrograde end
rockets
telemetry will
objectives of the
Demonstrate initiate
ability
capsule after
and an
re-entry of ground
b.
Demonstrate necessary
range
and of
control the
functions and
flight. procedures
c.
Establish associated
location
recovery
with the
d. e.
capsule capsule
the
full-scale
motions
afterbody
heating
during the
re-entry. capsule simulator. systems mission environment This test for a one orbit flight, the using
f.
Evaluate the
crewman
will for
environmental the 1-26. Crewman The package simulator strip support and is entire
capabilities, pre-launch
inhabitation post-landing
frcm
through
Simulator couch is not simulator structure and controls. installed are in Capsule No. 8. Instead, 1-7. ) tank, carbon an The instrument crewman tank,
installed.
(See a carbon
Figure dioxide
containing This
water
heaters,
device
simulates
the
dioxide
--
__J
_J
A_
A"
AJ
A_
A_
_M
J4_
1No e be=
REVISZD.
Mc, DONNE ,
ST. LOUIS 3. MISSOURi REPOI:rr. S_DR 10_
output,
perspiration
output, prior
consumption
of a human
being.
The when
simulator
is calibrated special
automatically
instrumentation
package
Instrument Capsule
Panels panels are similar to the Specification No. 8 instrument Compliance configura.
See Figures
panel
1-29.
Cameras The camera installation an Earth in Capsule No. 8 will consist and a Periscope of an Instrument Camera.
Observer
/.
Camera,
Observer's
(Refer to Instrumentation
1-30.
NO. 9 CAPSULE to the specification II for structural capsule except in the follow-
differences.
Mission Capsule
No. 9 Mission
will be an Atlas_
Three
Orbit
Flight.
objective
will be aerQmedical
in a space environment.
qualify
in Paragraph
the following
objectives : a. Evaluate the effects on a primate and test the capsule period environment the
conditions
during prelaunch
thr_h
phase
in detail
on capsule
environment.
_=
.--row
_--,L
w,.v,,1
PAGE REPORT MODEL_ _..T_ 133 104 .... ST, LOUIS, __=_]_ MISSOURI REVISED REVISED.
c.
the
integrity
of the for
capsule a normal
structure, re-entry
shingles motions
d. 1-32.
Determine Support
during
a normal
re-entry
fr_
Couch support couch utilized support The in Capsule No. 9 (See primate an Figure i-7) is
primate to
contain,
sustain capsule
and
unmanned to test
mission.
instrument This
the
primate's
flight. is the
container. primate;
actual the
couch
forward The
contains couch,
instrument occupant,
controls, just
observation to capsule
window. launch.
installed is
prior the
A Hoist
Assembly This
attached to assist It
to
primate
support
is used
primate and
couch
capsule
during
operations. is accessible
to the opening.
right
the
prlmate's
couch
through
escape
hatch
1-33.
Panels panels on Capsule Capsule. Waste have Storage food are and not water dispensers within the couch for the No. 9 are the 1-9,) same as used on the
(See
Figure
waste
containers
installed.
9 has Sky
an
Panel is
and
Primate
Observer will
Cameras photograph
installed. a portion
:. _j/
Observer
installed window.
which In
of the
sky through
observation
addition
a periscope
.,=
Aa.-_ll
JL JL_kJLa
November
camera Refer
is installed
on the periscope.
to Instrumentation
CAPSULE
No. i0 is an orbital
The configuration
various
cannot
described
will be included
publication.
1-37.
TEST Capsule
CONFIGURATION
CAPSULES
(Refer to paragraphs
-L;.
CC ::-:D-;4T;AL
ll_
_'
_''
'_+_+q_
+_++,
+ ,-._
_ ._p_L.<._,ll_,,
SECTION I_
,/ i \i,
MAJOR
TABLE
OF
CONTENTS
PAGE 2-.3 2-4 2-5 2-7 2-9 2-11 2-14 2-16 2-:>0 :>-20 2-21 2-24 :>-26
CAPSULE FOREBODY
CAPSULE AFTERBODY ........................... ENTRANCE HATCH .............................. OBSERVATION RECOVERY ANTENNA WINDOW .................... ................
COMPARTMENT
IMPACT LANDING
CLAMP
RING ...........
TEST CONFIGURATION
1 NOVEMBER
1961
HEAT SHIELD
WINOOW/_
DOOR
//_
GROUND HANDLING FITTING(Z) SMALL PRESSURE BULKHEAD MAI N ANt RESERVE CHUTE$
/_
LOWER
WINDOW
NOTE
CAPSULE ABLATION SHIELD 8,9,10, 1_,I6,18,19 FIBERGLAS ATTACH
CAPSULE /_ CAPSULE
9tt Up 8 ONLY
NOZZLE5
//_
DE_STABILIZE_R _
SHIELD
FLAP
DE-STABILIZER FLAP
FIGUPE
(SPECIFICATION C.APSULE)
, ,, ,r , it:
PM 4.5 - ?-07C
DATE_
November
1@61
,Mc'DONNE
ST. LOUIS 3, MISSOURi
PAGK
2-3
REVISED
IREVISIED
MOOL
133
II.
MAJOR
STRUCTURAL
ASSEMBLIF_S
2-1.
INTRODUCTION The Project Mercury capsule, Figure 2-1, is designed during capsule to contain an
primate,
or crewman
simulator
ballistic
or orbital 1-7,
Capsule I. )
payload
will depend
upon mission
purpose.
(See Figure
recording
equipment,
environmental flight.
to control
the capsule
durin_
consisting forebody
orbital flight
is forward
forebody
forward
of the cabin
The capsule
consists
a conical
mid-section
attached to
section. titanium
The capsule
Capsule heating,
the internal
penetration. exterior
Provisions normal
to permit
viewing,
flight,
an escape
tower
fairing tower,
afterbody
cylindrical
section.
emergency
separation, fairing
of a pylon
shaped
containing escape
receiving
antenna. or during
tower is Jettisoned
sequence.
landing main
the antenna
fairing
is ejected
the capsule
MCDONNE
_
_t'_
REVISED REVISED
2-2.
FOREBODY The capsule forebody, that is Figure supported The 2-i, by mainly the consists pressure of a large, bulkhead blunt, and dish-
shaped the
structure
large
adjoins
afterbody the
large
bulkhead
separates is
an ablation
designed
shield to the
is attached capsule
riveted ring
conical
heat the
shield
incorporates and to
holes, thermal
heat shield
shield is
the
expanof
ablation shingles,
heat a by
constructed A
radially attached is
smooth means
contour. of three
retrograde The
is
heat the
shield capsule
straps.
from
following
retrograde
rocket
initiates area,
re-entry. the a large pressure of vents bulkhead located and and around the the heat shield,
forebody to
series to the
tanks are
reaction In the
Min-K
located
area
also is
houses also
the stored to
shield
release
pneumatic
skirt skirt, is
in the the
capsule heat
area. attach
attached to land
capsule high
designed on
absorb or
loads
during during
landing
water;
stabilize
egress,
following
a capsule
landing
in water.
During
phase, skirt.
air within
is forced
out through
located
wall which
To prevent the
to the large pressure during landing, the shield tank support bulkabout
strikes a reinforced
capsule laminated
bulkhead
incorporates shield
fiberglass
assembly. brackets.
assembly
is attached
to the torus
between
pressure
of honeycomb.
of the impact
landing
tearing
skirt during
water
landings. to
Located
inside
located cables
in relation
exterior
arrangement
extends
the large
to the forebody
shield,
and encloses
bulkhead
the capsule
to the heat
capsule-adapter flange
installation, together
attach
are clamped
clamp ring.
retro-package, under
adapter,
are located
to fiberglass
access
are incorporated
in the shingles.
2-3.
'_-_ _--a_m
_'_
"_
..... | If'Li--
'_i=_i,Mil
REPORT MODEL_
8EDR 133
lO_
MISSOURI "_
"
REVISED REVISED
cabin
that
is The
Supported cabin
between
pressure with
and
the
large to
pressure
interior strength
lined
provide is
structural of The
capable skin is
withstanding with
pressures
structural
stringers. to the
in between is
stringers, over
insulation
arrangement. on the
shingle of the of
installaconical
used is
The
shield.
combination
the
conical
beaded
thermoflex adequate
installation
protection. in the bottom of the conical section, door that as viewed encloses during the capsule lower
normal lens
flight flange
capsule to the
checkout housing,
umbilical
linked
extension side of
and the
retraction. capsule, to
Two provide
fittings, attach
left
right are
fittings snorkel
prior
capsule
launch. capsule
explosive shingles,
door, between
explosive bulkhead
in the
,_
pressure door
the
door
enables
cool
air
_ILT
y"t
"lr_
l._,ks.L,
_.A_
REVISED REVISED
ST. LOUIS -- _
3, MISSOURI
Ri_ORT MOO_L
SEDR l_'_
10,_
through 2-_.
valve
air inlet
valve
opens.
Entrance
section
construction,
to the conical
section
construction,
consists
together knife
An explosive
to egress
aft corner
to an internal is bolted
Prior
to capsule
the
and _sealed
shingles hatch
are installed
the entrance
charge, rubber,
and threaded
into the capsule seal when the to the hatch (This charge. )
gasket,
into position
Two hatch
shingles
stringers, enables
but in no manner
are they
attached upon
to capsule
shingles.
cleanly,
ignition
of hatch
explosive
the Astronaut
removes
and the safety pin from the initiator plunger, charge the inltiator's two
By depressing pins
spring-loaded
percussion
charge.
explodes
hatch
release
to explode
the hatch
is unable
to do so.
retention
springs, hatch
secured
to prevent
is accidemtly
depressed.
Mc'DONNE
ST cLLOU IS, MISSOURI
1 NOVEMBER
1961
WA_T CONTAINER
PRESSURE
VALVE
ENTRANCE
MATCH%
SEAL
EXPLOS|VE.
CHARGE.
/ .J
FIGUREZ-Z
CA_P 5ULE
ENTP, ANCE
HATCH
(EXPLOSIVE RELEASE)
REV'SED R_V,SE_ _
,_,om-. _oomu
Two pressure
valves,
located
enables
pressurization
and purging
during
capsule
checkout
operations.
Window window, Figure 2-3, located viewing. on the afterbody The window, conical section,
located
above the
and outer
assembly. image
window filter
and a fourth
panes
are sealed
in a titanium
frame that
attached
Each glass
a pressure secondary
the panes.
The image
filter
images. consists
sealed.
in a titanium assembly
frame,
outer window
The outer
window
assembly,
to provide
a complete conical
section. the
is equipped external
filters
llds, enabling
to regulate
entering
the cabin.
includes
a mirror
assembly
which
increases
the Astronaut's
observation. 2-6. Small Pressure Bulkhead bulkhead system internally separates the cabin pressurized supports the aft is
compartment hatch,
section.
A sealed
escape
2-4, internally
actuated,
provided
bulkhead
escape
skin spotwelded
is reinforced
The hatch
--..,.i
ii
iI--IrI--.i_I
i/-1I--,
P"_E
REPORT MODEL
_.1o
SEDR 104 133
Mc, DONNELL_,S_ __ _
ST.LOUIS, .... MISSOURI ,-
D,,TE
REVISED REVISED ,
1 NOVEMBER
1961
v//>>///////////,.,
SECTION
B-B
bOOR
HANbLE
ph_4.5-14.5.,
C,-, L, _"''-'V I I | i _
:" T ;A_-
R=V,SE_,
.SPORT
SEDR 104
.sv,sEo
bulkhead
tainer r_g
.oo=. ,, 133
sill and is held in place
by rals_ the hatch
with a retaining
wedges the
ring.
retainer
Expanding
ring
the rethe
hsoldle,
between
bulkhead
sill
and
the
hatch
flanged
edge
and
forces
the
hatch
f_e
aft
to
provide
a sealing
action.
The titanium
small pressure
bulkhead
section
inner
to the conical
hat stringer
Large Pressure
Bulkhead bu3_khead supports the pressurized is constructed the forward cabin end of the conical heat section
shield.
bulkhead
The outer
to the inner
is reinforced
installed
channels,
structural
point
Honeycomb
are provided
channels,
The bulkhead
ring is bolted
is also bolted
to enable control
overboard system
of the capsule
and environmental
exhaust
steam.
2-8.
RECOVERY
COMPARTM_qT afterbody, Figure 2-1, basically consists of the short cylinsection the laud-
is referred
recovery
nozzles.
structure,
referred cabin.
afterbody
conical
encloses
the pressurized
compartment
is connected
pressurized
The recovery
system compartment
DATE
1 NOVEMBER
1961
.... gy:L_llS
:_M so UR+._ rs
REVISED REVISED
133
/
/
RETAIN
INg
RETAINING
r--t-lATCH
[,\I_[N_'-_
RING--'_
/--HAT
CH
RIN6 --_
,.j/
SHALL PRESS UFIE _ULKHEAD "_ RELEA%E HANDLE HATCH 5ECTIOM : (_" B CLO-_ED A_s_YPRING"_,,_/ --_ HATCH P,ELEASEI2
HATCH
P_ELF.ASED
FIGURE
2-4
I
CA_ULE
ESC_,PE
HATCH
1 NOVEMBER
1961
Mc'DONNEL_L _
ST.LOUIS,
__._
11"
MISSOURI
CHUTE
POST
51LI?.ING FLAP
PM 45 .t&_P__""=_
Wl
L " "=''"=_'='='_
_1 l'_t i/l_ Ill
'"T'I
I RI /
i J'_
I
b
PAGE
2-14 lO_
MCDONNEL L
ST. LOUIS, MISSOURI
1961
"_--CC,i'_[':D
formed and titanium with skin
_ Y:TI_
reinforced
is hat
a cylindrical stringers, of
structure,
with
longitudinal A the
covered
a corrugated is installed
shingle hat
arrangement. and
layer
stringers
the
The for
individual A
sections
expansion. every
exhaust skin
the
compartment
inner
external
system
interior left
structurally houses
right wiring
section. and
section
electrical of the
through
the
container,
divided container to
sections by
reserve
parachutes. capsule
removed egress
from
cabin
following
landing,
permit
through
recovery
compartment.
2-9.
ANTENNA The
FAIRING antenna pitch The with base and and fairing, roll Figure 2-5, is a cylindrical and the is main shaped receiving structure and trams-
capsule the
that
houses
scanners, basic An
mitting and is
antenna
structure 8 inch as
of titanium assembly is
'%qene-_l" of the
window
around of the
outer
fairing The
and
acts
a dielectric consists In of
fairing
capsule. vycor to
window and
assembly teflon
base, three
fiberglass teflon
insulation, and
glass the
strips.
line are
the
strips
shingles, strips An
three
laminated damage to
guides. fairing
teflon
prevent aluminum An
jettisoned. antenna
bi-conical
internally
fairing.
electric
"-..._ v
-=.4"
= ..,,.a..i
.=._1'_
.K/"_
JLJ
IAI31SAS "3NIC]NV7
I_IWS 9NIONV_ 10Vd_11 _03SV3138 0131H_ _3H _31d3Q N011V819n711
310N
1_3H
ku_a3 a_u_n_
WNV1
\
181_S
HOVIlV lOVd_l
\
\ \ \
\
\\
9NIl113
H 3V11"V
(d3_
t
f_Ol _O_S
7_OO_
M_ I
II !
I.,..]l SlNO-I'/S
INV4u#
"
O_SIA_ Q3SIA_
_m
I_lnOSSl_l
3.LVO
PAGE,, , 2-16 REPORT MODEL SEDR 104 ST. LOUIS, 133 MISSOURI
November
1961
insulator ing
and
the
bi-conical
lu antenna of the
fair-
is located lu is the
antenna In by line a in
fairing. with mortar the Three flange, flange. the 2-10. A ing, drogue the
located fairing
horizon in
attached
gun
the
recovery as
located
center index
a guide in
fairing fairing
the
antenna in
lower
align The
with antenna
three
recovery chute. is
fairing to
also the
drogue the
chute
risers
fairing
chute
deployed.
Fla_ de-stabillzer horizon during up flap scanner. capsule is attached The abort to the top of antenna ensures faircapsule cap-
opposite
pitch attitude
flap
correct sule
re-entry
phases. the by
During spring of
launching
phase, flap
and
to the
is held two
flat
against
means
through
within the
housing. cord
releasing to the
flap the
outboard fairing
the
capsule
descends from
antenna
matically
Jettisoned
firing
of the
fairing
mortar
2-11.
IMPACT The
LANDING impact
SYSTEM
.!. /
capsule loads
landing
2-6, and
is designed also to
to
high capsule
energy
shock
following shield
a landing
impact
basically straps
a heat reten-
release
mechanism,
shield
retaining
(24),
MAC
2:_ICL
(27
APR
Sg)
_.JVJ._I_I.
AU4.aJ._I
Jl.
I_'l.
JLI
2-17
REVISED REVISED
ST.LOUIS " _
, MISSOURI
REPORT MODEL
SEDRI04 133
i i
MAIN gQUII3 _u5
I I
FIGURE
Z -7
IMPACT
_ _ i i
LANDI'NG
i . I I I II
SYSTEM SCHEMATIC
I I I
MH45
-.t._l C
MCDONNE
REVISED ST. LOUIS, _,._ MISSOURI . REVISED .
tion
cables
(24), The
impact in the
skirt
and
impact landing to
normal
capsule
10,O00
Deploy
Relay (See
antenna Ejection
fairing, of the
Figure
2-7. )
sensing Inertia
switch, Switch #1
which Relay
in turn #l to also
Main
(time direct to
Relay limit
energizes and
electrical the
release
switches Relay
energize
Bag
electrical
to the
flow heat
mechanism
shield
from
the the
capsule. mechanism Relay. Landing piston lock the two will Landing The
Simultaneously 2 limit Energizing Bag fully pin. shield switches within switches the
mechanism, Extension to
the
Landing
Signal the
relay,
electrical a safe
illuminate the
Telellght travels
indicating limit,
condition. is locked
When by a
to
the
open
the
actuator
spring In the
heat limit
mechanism will
failed
to
and Landing
release Bag
heat ing
shield, Light
remain s
open This
Relay the
energize Bag
in turn
directs
power
illuminate the
condition to the
Astronaut.
Placing Landing
the
manual
the 2 heat
Bag
turn
provides of
release
explosive
squib
valves.
Ignition
valves
actuate
1 NOVEMBER
1961
ST.LOUIS,
MISSOURI
133
DEF..STABILIZING
(CAPSULE
8 ONLY)
FIGUI::2E
2-t_
PAGE
2-20
Mc'DONNEL L
ST. LOUIS, MISSOURI
DATE
i November
1961
REVISED REVISED
the
mechanism to
to
release the
the
heat
shield, (green).
and
in turn
the
limit
switches
will
close
illuminate
telelight
2-12.
TOWER tower (Figure of a pylon 2-8), designed to aid in Capsule-missile The emergency pylon is and
framework
equipped to of of
that is
is designed
rocket and is
4130
tubular
feet
in
the
pylon
structural rocket
is is
flanged (apex)
A four Bolted
foot to
escape bottom
the
of the
casing
rocket. rockets is
wiring
is routed on the
through pylon
structural ring. to
located
Pylon
covered
heat the
protective by
capsule attach
the to
capsule, compartment
pylon shaped,
capsule ring.
system bolts
connect clamp
the ring
are
fired
the
capsule. the
During from
normal
launch In the
escape the is
separate
pylon
escape propel to
system the
during the
launch missile
the the
escape
tower
capsule the
Jettison
rocket
fired
separate
pylon
from
capsule.
, - 77,,
2-13.
RING of three chevron shaped segments that flange. ring clamp the
pylon
attach
capsule
recovery
system
Three in
explosive
bolts,
dual
ignition
provisions,
segments
MAC
231G
(Rev
14
Oct.
55)
DATE
November
i_I
M DONNE
ST. LOUIS 3, MISSOURI
PAGz ....
2 - 21
REVISED
REVISED
is basically
in size.
retains which
the clamp
ring explosive
in turn with
The exterior
of the clamp
ring bolts
covered
the clamp
excessive bonded
heating
during
launch. shield.
insulation
of the heat
is attached
to the heat
stability during
wedge
attached
to pylon
wedge,
by retaining
of the pylon
are fired.
+/ '-
2-14.
ATLAS MISSILE
that is designed
to mate
the capsule
is bolted is of
is attached
semi-monocoque basically
consists
of an outer
titanium
skin assembly,
and internally
reinforced
rings, riveted
A steel The
to enable marks
the attachment
of the adapter
to the top,
surface
aluminum
ring mates
fiberglass
attach
ring,
capsule
to adapter
installation.
1rill
A I_--
,o
uJ
:E
UA
_J00
w
<
co co
Ill W
- |_
m d_
b-
o
i
a
&aJ
l
}w <
o
bJ
DAT_
i November
1961
M!DONNELL -.- ..
--j_ ST. LOUIS S.M,SSOUm _ ring the BY axis enables ring is
p_l
2-2B 101;
R_vnsEo. Ra'VlS_D
An
alignment to
on the The
adapter top of
proper slotted
alignment at
of
capsule to
provide
for
the
retrograde adapter.
rocket
straps, is
when
capsule
bracket is
riveted to
the
adapter
capsule capsuleretrograde by
brackets located on
separation assembly
sensing
switches, The
bottom to the
attach
straps. shaped,
adapter flanges
a chevron
of the
fiberglass assembly,
adapter
upper
the
adapter bolt
interior fragments is by
assembly supported
fits are
over
is
attached
assemblies. valve
A vent tube
in the
adapter of is the
skin, liquid an
receives oxygen
missile
boil-off
and
from
the
missile.
the
liquid
adapter
door and
installation on the
booster attached
area
while
pad. the
A fiberand
port
opening,
adapter at the
stretch
fittings, a means of
180 apart
(stretching)
to
around
clamp ring
attaches
capsule
adapter.
clamp
the
adapter
following
capsule-adapter
separation.
_vi
ma
a_mi
ii
.m
REPORT MODEL_
_DR 1_3
lO b" J
MISSOURI ....... _
REVISED. REVISED
2-15.
CLAMP
clamp The
clamp
ring
the
the
adapter by means
clamp to
bolts,
which
capsule
adapter.
ring the
support the
ring.
3 clamp to the
ring
segments of the
A metal When
is bolted installed,
inside
the
brackets outer
depress of
the the
ring
separation
sensing
switches,
located
periphery
forebody. is covered with The a heat shield shield that protects of three three
The the
exterior bolts
clamp
explosive
heat the
consists bolts
over
and
remainder
capsule the
adapter
locate top
two to
assemblies fairing
clamp
support
fittings. The
insulated
with
segmented
fairing
assemblies The
interior to the
insulated
with
bolted adapter
clamp These to
ring. straps
capsule by An to
cable the
aid
clamp
the
adapter the
when
the of
cable, clamp
clamped ring
around
interior to two
adapter,
connected
each
explosive
bolts,
1 NOVEMBER
1961
/-
CLAMP
P, ING
__
PM_5-
26
,_mip_lli'lllimllln_liali
REVISED REVISED
in the line is
capsule also
forebody connected
area to one
and end
to
two
receptacles explosive
missile. to a
of the
disconnect
in the
capsule
forebody.
2-16.
TEST
CONFIGURATION
CAPSULES
2-17.
TEST Capsule
CONFIGURATION 8 differs
NO.
specification
2-18.
Forebod[ Capsule 8 does not contain to the an impact landing attach has clamp skirt. ring Instead, (See Figure frontal the heat
shield Capsule
directly adapter
heat ring
shield heat
clamp
shield
a large ring
heat
shield.
incorporate missile
fiberglass
shield
as the
specification
8 does be
not
have
an
explosive
entrance removal
hatch is
(Figure
2-12). by is
only bolts
removed that
Hatch to the
secure capsule.
capsule.
The
hatch hatch
are in
capsule
stringers entrance
do not
contain
hatch
retention
Windows
. Y
two One
cabin
windows, is located to
but
does
not upper
contain left
an side
window
on the
capsule in the
member right
permit
Astronaut's is a window
exterior that
Located
capsule
enables
1 NOVEMBER
1961
Mc'DONNE
ST.LOUIS, MISSOURI
HATCH
SHINGLE
INSULATION
INSULATION
HATCH
SEAL
PI_2-:ll.
_111
C_PSG_E
ill/r-----it
E_I'RAlqC_
l l]!_ I--
HEI"CH
PM,_, r_2A
REPORT MODEL-
_EDR 133
10[I _
,_r ,
ST. LOUIS,
, ii I i i
MISSOURI
II .... _
REVISED REVISED
of
the to
earth this
and
sky
during Each
capsule window
flight. consists
camera of an
is
cabin
inner of four
The
cabin
(main) attached
window to the
assembly cabin
glass are
a titanium
glass the
panes panes.
to
provide of
seal pane
between in
outer that
assembly to the
consists capsule
sealed
frame
outer
The
outer not
pane
conical
section.
8 does
incorporate
explosive Antenna
Fairing fairing cover. destabilizing (See Figure flap 2-1). on Capsule 8 does not contain a
The horizon
antenna scanner
2-22.
TEST Capsules
CAPSULES 16 major
9,
i0,
13
and
structural
assemblies
same
as
that
of the
specification
capsule.
__;Y,,_--'_"
3-1
$CTK)N
Ig
TABLE
/ ....
OF
CONTENTS
TITLE DESCRIPTION
eoeoeqsoeeeeoeeooeooeeoeeeeeeooooeeeeooeoeoe
PAGE 3-3 3-S 3-6 3-.7 3--8 3-8 3-9 3-29 3-53
SUPPLY ................
OPERATION
. _..J'
:. ::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::
'::_!::::::!::iii::::::iiiiiii!iiiiii_!ii!i_:
II_'ILI
lfmlim
M,DONNELL
ST.LOUIS, MISSOURI
DATE
1 NOVEMBER
1961
REVISED
REVISED
z
-?
l_O-
_d x 0
_0
o_
P'3_ rr
--.J
L_
[MaC
PIJ.
O_
_" k0 :I:
oeo
4p 0 -e-3
=_ '
og
_o
FIGURE
_-t
EMVIP, ONMENTAL
CONTROL
SYSTEM
Pi_A_-
_-7 D
REVmEO, .EV,SEO.
ST. -outs
3, MiSSOURi .
REPORT MO0_
III.
ENVIRONMENTAL
CONTROL
SYSTEM
3-i.
DESCRIPTION The environmental control system Figure 3-!, provides the Capsule Cabin and
with
post-landing manner:
phase.
control
functions
in the following
Removes
Astronaut's event
suit circuit;
provides
an "emergency
suit circuit
pressure
drops below
temperature capability
80F; provides
an emergency
in "weightless" controlled
ing will be automatically the system automatic system operation. The environmental suit mode, mental cabin mode
during
control
malfunctions,
controls
are provided
control
system
is designed
to be operated
in either
the
or emergency
mode.
mode,
suit environin
control,
is normally
utilized
and enables
to function
suit circuit
during
cabin pressurized
the remaining
will continue
The emergency
suit environmental
environmental
modes malfunction.
control
system provides
and secondary
oxygen systems
and secondary
oxygen
are basically
regulated
pressure
is lower circuit,
regulated
A manually
controlled
cooling
_vz_li
il,d'l_lNI
1/_
I-"
Mc'DONNELL '
....... -ST.LOU IS. MJ,SSQUR!,_.8
DATE
II1 NOVEMBER
1961
REVISED REVISED
133
FLAPPER tVENTIL?TIONI _]L_RE CABIN CASIN AII;:I I INLET J VALVE J PRP-._UR R_.LI EF VALVE E _u L Kl.,.,t E.AD
I OuTFLOWI
I VALVE I
E
,i
CiI_CUIT SHUT-OFF %UI'T VALVE
1
I COM pRE%C-_R _t SUIT COI, APRES_OR J
I I I
I I
l,,
)...
I'
I
I I
I
,,,,, ,
I
I !
-"''--
"_'
STEAM
t
iNVERTER NEAT EXCNANG=I
(MAIN)
OXYGEN
II
::._ y/
I
I tl
!
I !
BOTTLE
7-
LAFi_E
F::_._SMR,F..,.
FLOW
I:'IGU_E
3'_.
EI,qV_i2.0NI_ENTAL
.L_'i/'_ll.
CONT_0L
IFIIr_PL,_-
5"YSTE_
.
DATE
REVISED REVISED
i November
1961
Mc'DONNE
ST. LOUIS 3, MISSOURI
PAGE
3"5
REPORT
,q_l_
10_ ......
is provided
to control
suit and cabin temperatures control system components pressure are bulk-
capsule below
flight.
The capsule
environmental couch
located head
the Astronaut's
support
adjacent
adjacent
to the
are located
system instruments
and warning
3-2.
operated
mode.
permits
of time.
The capsule
oxygen gas.
furnished
breathing, controls
and manual
ventilation,
pressurization,
temperature
control,
landing
and a lO0 per cent oxygen environment to launch. Tester. The purging During operation flight, The
by purging
prior
by utilizing
Leakage
orbital
is automatically
by a cabin
pressure buildup
control within
valve.
excessive
pressure
the cabin
a manual
of decompressing A water
the cabin
in the event
of a fire or cabin
of toxic contaminants.
coolant
provides
cabin
to its
is controlled of water
controlled
the amount
the cabin
heat exchanger,
_v.
mm
m_al
|f_k
I--
3-6
REPORT MODEL_ R_,D_ 133 ].Oh
M ,DONNELL
ST. LOUIS, _ MISSOURI
oA,
REVISED REVISED
provides on the to
cabin inlet
cooling side of
by the
of
water
The air
provide on and
cabin the
cooling
Cabin
inlet
located landing
small
pressure phase.
provide
ventilation
post
landing
3-3.
SUIT During
CONTROL orbital to flight, the the capsule cabin as common o_jgen supply control should
suit
and such
environmental
cabin
decompression, the
a time
Astronaut his
faceplate the
removed, faceplate
close control
faceplate. and
Closing the
initiates closed
mode
confines
Astronaut
to the
suit
environmental to
control
the and
suit
pressure
pressure
approximately suit by a
consumed pressure of a
Astronaut, is the
circuit
suit
regulator oxygen to
oxygen
bleed
supplier as
pressure tank,
secondary
means
of
coolant
coolant
quantity
environmental
control control
compressors, maximum
absorbers circuit
a temperature is
controlled oxygen A
means
evaporation. to on remove
common
suit
oxygen heat
supply.
the
upstream supply
of the the
suit
circuit
exchanger, suit
forces
oxygen
throughout
circuit,
providing
circuit
ventilation.
....
_.
=._=,
JL JL.-_-1L _ II,
DATE
REVISED
,1
November
l_l
--_M_DONN_,_k//_/_ "J_
ST. LOUIS
__
3, MISSOURI
PAG_
REPORT
3-7
_DR 104
R_,mSED
MOZ_.
133
During through
/ i'
the the
capsule cabin
and
post to
landing provide
phase, suit
atmospheric circuit
air
is
drawn
in
valve
ventilation.
3-4.
SUIT While
EMERGENCY operating
CONTROL in the control + suit mode environmental automatically A control activates control the handle capsule mode when during suit orbital circuit to phase, cooling. valve flight, pressure enable the The actuate
the
suit
decreases manual
.1 psia
is provided landing
.3
selection mode the emergency During to
emergency
increase suit
system to to
and
the
switch suit
environmental control
system mode.
frum
the
emergency
Actuation
of these
automatic
or manual. suit emergency of control mode, during orbital flow or landing the the
in the
suit and
circuit water
oxygen separator
through
odor
heat through
units. During
During
landing phase, of
oxygen flow
Compressor
orbital
is eliminated these
by
oxygen
flow
through mode,
accessory the
reserves the
supply pressure
remove and
Astronaut's
suit,
provide
for
0 2 EMERG when
located
on
the
main is
instrument operating
panel, in the is
and suit
a tone emergency on
the
system suit
Manual console.
provision,
emergency
control,
located
the
_8
aA,.Jmm*A
as
*ram
Mc, DONN.ELLL z
REPORT MODEL. ,_ 133 ] Oh ST. LOUIS, " _ MISSOURI REVISED REVISED,
3-5.
OXYGEN The
SUPPLY system and is supplied oxygen oxygen with oxygen, are to from primary and secondary
bottles. by a supply
secondary a common
bottles supply
line,
forms
suit
pressure The
regulator, primary
oxygen oxygen
rate
separator. valves,
supply and in
pressure
reducers, present
pressure,
primary and
second-
tape
recorder, to lO0
unit.
reduced
+ 10
Two
oxygen in the
reducers pressure to 80
reduction, bottle
closed.
secondary reducer.
is
reduced reduced
psig
supply
pressure, the
pressure, with
permits the
supply in
reserve. event
oxygen the
line or
prevent
in the ion.
either
primary
secondary
oxygen
pressure
reducers
3-6.
CIRCUIT capsule cabin cabin and and orbital the suit the suit flight, circuit the environmental provisions Water the cabin system for is cooling circuit con-
with
circuit
from
and The
circuit
heat
in turn the
exchangers as steam.
cabin
suit
it
CC_,_FIDELT_aL
DATE
REVISED, REVISD,
i November
1961
ST. LOUIS 3, MISSOURI
-_ an independent
that
pressure
necessary
to pressurize
the water
coolant
enabling
water
pressure
is used
quantity
A llne,
interconnected llne,
pressurization quantity
insures
circuit valves,
of a water
heat exchangers,
and indicators.
A coolant
cator,
on the main
Temperature
control
are located
3-7.
matically flight.
orbit,
re-entry
and post-landing
phases
of capsule
is dependent
conditions
phase
of operations,
oxygen
and water
and a capsule
preflight
the capsule
hatch to pre-cool
capsule
preflight.
air supply
is removed
exchangers,
structure and
valves
is connected leads
to the capsule
suit circuit
by attaching pressure
personal
suit.
and cabin
is purged
with
oxygen applied
operation,
a suit circuit
Is per-
..
.m
am
am
s- o
REPORT MODEL. SED_ 1_ lO_
.MC, DONNELL
ST. LOUIS, _ MISSOURI _
DATE
i November
1961
REVISED REVISED
the
faceplate capsule
closed. cabin is
The then
entrance for
is purged purge
position The
leakage
suit
circuit
incorporates
provisions
obtaining
samples. Forty-five seconds supply prior to to launch, capsule the ground umbilical launch plug and is dlsconnectec the differ-
and cabin
freon
coolant
the
ceases. cabin
During at the
orbit, 5.5
pressure
relief
pressure launch,
approximately of
equivalent by a
circuit absorber.
free
contaminants foreign
a CO2
solids
trap
removes
particles
particles, and is CO 2
hair,
etc.
The
CO 2 and from
absorber suit
filters
Moisture
circuit
separator. into
separator
moisture by water
manually coolant
regulate circuit
Upon than
water suit
heat
exchangers
will
ration. Prior temperature altitude (Door 3000 the is of to capsule re-entry valves to from a COLD orbital setting. the At outflow flight, When the the Astronaut capsule positions descends is to the an
control
21,0OO
feet,
snorkel an
explosive of
door
feet, to
cabin
open
cabin
atmosphere.
Operation
of the
circuit
CO_F_'DEL'TIAL
1 ovember
REVISED. REVISED
M!DONNELL
ST. LOUIS 3, MISSOURI REPORT MOD_EL-
3-n
._R.T_R 1_3 1 04
through
snorkel
door opening,
air inlet
suit circuit,
and in turn
out through
Simultaneously,
the cabin
valves,
the environmental
system mode
of operation
switches
suit emergency
continues
to operate.
Switching
cooling I0,000
capacity
descends
to approximately
is ejected. explosive
Ejection
of the antenna
fairing
capsule
squibs,
and outflow
of the cabin air inlet and outflow is provided low altitude valve to supply ventilation abort (below 17,000
fairing
of a
An inlet located
air snorkel
and an outflow
air diaphragm
ventilation
on the unpressurized air inlet and outflow event the capsule relief valve,
bulkhead
-- opposite
from entering
submerges
after
landing
in a water between
located
ductlng
enables
ventilation phase,
whenever
the inlet
snorkel to The
During
operate
to provide
suit circuit
atmospheric
suit circuit,
through
3-8.
CONTROL control system in the cabin has entered faceplate environmental flight to cabin
control
mode,
the orbital
path; permits
and be exposed
.J.J'_/_k
IIPILI'_PIL
l'l'll
DATE REPORT MODEL. S]EDR 104. 133 ST. LOUIS, MISSOURI .......... -- -,ovJ1z _" zJ_,.',-_ z *._ -"
i November
1961
REVISED REVISED
environment for
for
periods.
The
cabin the
also The
provides
a manual relief
cabin
relieves to exceed
5.5
In the
event the
pressure valve
(cabin
the the
excessive
pressure. control
cabin the
pressure
cabin
pressure
pressure to
of the The
cabin
pressure
control
flow in
into
suit excess
pressure pressure
sense
suit
pres-
relieve
Routing
cabin
pressure purgiug to
valve suit
oxygen circuit.
supply Cabin
through pressure
suit
circuit, valve
provides
a constant cabin
control
maintains
pressures
+. "2 psia.
.3
During cabin cabin the turn the the and the trol. manually In the fan, gas cabin, is water cabin passes amount A orbital located through absorbs when flight, at the the the one cabin end of gas the is circulated heat The throughout The the cabin fan by the
cabin
cabin
forces
heat
exchanger. by the
circulating equipment
generated passes
cabin
the
cabin
circulates passing
exchanger
from
water vent.
temperature console,
temperature by of the
valve, to
control of
cabin toxic by
a fire
Astronaut located
cabin
decompression During
pressure
relief
valve
a cable.
decompression
DATE
REVISED, REVISED
1 November
1961
ST. LOUIS 3, MISSOURI
PA6E
REPORT
MODEL
3-13
SEDR 133 104
the psia.
cabin
pressure
control fire
valve
closes or by
when the
pressure of
decreases
to
toxic
closing REPRESS
The
is connected has been in the cabin prevent Closing for the his
pressure psia,
valve "T" to
a cable. must be
When
the
repressurized event of a
manually
cabin the to
penetration close
automatically to 4.1
the
cabin, pressure
cabin valve
decreases the
cabin
control control
oxygen to
the
mission. helmet
capsule closed,
assure and
the valve
equipment control
by
temperature During
temperature pressure is
valve
settings. 5 psia
until the
cabin
At
27,000
feet
pressure and
atmospheric pressures. inlet the and cabin Suit valve. 3000 the feet
enter
the
capsule
feet
air of
valves valve
open
fan air
ceases
inlet air
the the
circuit If the
is then air
cabin
cabin the
outflow
valves the to
at
17,000 to
altitude, In the
Astronaut the
should
actuate fails
SNORKEL the
valves.
event valves
Astronaut open
open at
inlet the
outflow
valves, is
the
will
automatically antenna
lO,000
antenna
fairing
ejected.
Ejection
of the
fairing
directs
M,_DONN_L/z_ __ _ _
ST.LOUIS. MISSOURI
DATE
...... 1 NOVEMBER
1961
REVISED REVISED
....
lge_
_j
t.d
a.>
,,/j _-0 Z _
I I_>:1
5S -d
_ F.--o
FIC_URE
S-3
CA_I_
ENVIRONMENTAL
CONTR.OL
REVlSEO. REVISED
R_ORT Moore.
S_R 133
104
electrical squibs,
power to ignite
the cabin
air inlet
which
in turn mechanically
on the inlet side of the cabin air inlet valve lation water valve provided from entering landing, on the outlet
and a diaphragm
valve,
the cabin
Following
capsule
indicator
instrument
to indicate
cabin pressures
and t_ratures.
indicator,
instrument
content
located
cate when
3-9.
supply,
through
regulator
valve.
During
capsule
and re-entry
phases,
faceplate
is closed,
cabin pressure
as a reference
to control the control flows water In the 3.5 the inches pressure the
While operating oxygen and suit, pressure the suit to 2.5 odor and from the
in the suit environmental suit pressure suit circuit (more regulator into the inches control suit heat regulator exchanger, trap. 2.5 to sense to of is cabin guarded
mode, the
open,
allowing pressure
maintain pressure.
circuit in
3.5
- water system
operation, by
the
environmental
against
a neoprene
=/4T_;,;-:
I _'II_OSStlN
C: J.%' C _
' SI nO'l"IS t_Ot
Cl;l 11133S
"13Q01_ 1}40d3_
L96L 11]SW_IAON
9l'
txm.os_v,_
_..
_pL._
SUPI_LY
t'_---.J)
\ I _-
I I
':"
_"_II
II
PI
oxYG.:l,l
,
REGUL_ A I_ c D TO!_ GIOUND TEST
,
Si_pttl I IilMD _u _,. OlllT PI[I_ | . 171 "rE_I O_IFIC
7-_L/! __
"d-
:
--
.-
,,.-,I
i15 v Ac
-I
)_ el
--
T
I i L _ I t I III III I I I 7 o lii l_ t - I " " IF" I
:.Eoo ......
,"'I'I I iT ._ L--c.... to,,_ i --------o_._
"
_--""
-i
[tt I,T
P_O_G_A_B_
/ I
_. i
i,,
....
:<i_,..
I.,_$P"'-I
'
, UAt__A_
CJ%
,#
"'%'2..'._2."--I
--
.fd
_t_I ....
Illlllllllll
.......
___x_'x_'x._.i_li_:
............
No, z FtC_UR_. _-5
t_
%UI_ Etv_,r_C_t CON'I_OL
ft J)
_i
o_,15 300
PAGE REPORT
'__
coated the
133
nylon closure coupling. control
The system
closure inlet
is
to
the
ends
of
suit The
two
that the
installed suit
parallel
to
each
circuit pressure
oxygen
from pressure
outlet, to #I the
A differential #I suit
switch In the
suit the
operate,
senses to
operate panel,
instrument the
flowing absorber
divided hydroxide
and
lithium any
prevent remove
disccmfor_ or
absorber, circuit
charcoal
oxygen. is circuit is controlled oxygen by a suit heat exchanger, the heat that
heat to
flowing by a
controlled Suit
located to
console. water
circuit in
coolant to
tank
coolant
utilized
the in SUIT
water the
tank,
temperature and
sensors,
suit
circuit,
pressure
ERVIRON_ is
main
panel,
indicator
indicates
TEMP.
The
water
separator
a filter-type
sponge,
that
collects
moisture
from
the
suit
circuit
oxygen
flOWlZ_
through
the
':....._
C2NFID=NTIA,
--
l ove ber
REVISED REVISED.
Mc, DONNELL
ST. _<"_ LOUIS "" '
C , ,ffi
REPORT .... MODEL
3-19
_R 133 10_
3, MISSOURI
the
sponge
is pneumatically is drained
compressed
to remove
tank,
located
to the water
separator.
The sponge
by a piston rides
that
is actuated
by oxygen
pressure.
programmer solenoid
power
to energize Energizing
the water
30 seconds
30 minutes.
opens
pressure piston
separator
piston.
separator
The magnets
of the piston
actuation.
Oxygen,
separator,
emergency
oxygen
pressure
is provided etc.,
any foreign
particles,
a relief
feature, flow.
suit circuit
valve,
downstream
is mechanically control
during During
operation capsule
pre-launch
is purged
with
oxygen
from an external
low pressure
with
a freon coolant,
ground
supply, to provide
cooling.
circulates operation.
throughout During
control is
pressure
autamatlcally
maintained phase,
During
the landing
altitude
of approximately
feet.
Closing the to
directs
power
to energize power
Energizing
the inlet
/
PAGE REPORT MODEl 3-20 .c_,DR lo4 133
McDONNE
ST. LOUIS, MISSOURI
DATE
' 1 NoVember , ,
l_l
REVISED
F!
explosive on + The ejected squib, capsule 3000 suit snorkel In the may which in turn ) ejects When air the the snorkel
REVISED,
ignite (Door
an
is located of 17,0OO
capsule and
altitude
cabin draws
inlet
compressor door
suit open
valve
inlet the
valve. Astronaut
event manually
the
air
outflow
fail
open
valves
SNORKEL the
located the
on the valves
left will
console. open
If the
Astronaut at I0,000
valves
feet directs
when
the
fairing
valves.
automatically mode,
system
suit
emergency suit
compressor opening of
provide directs
electrical opens
shutoff and
mechanically to is
illuminate
the
operate
a tone air
generator. door
also/_rovided electrical
emergency the
inlet
relay, door
directs the
ignite
snorkel
explosive the
and
s_orkel
explosive
j
(This event the provision door insures ejection at 21,OOO the snorkel Air explosive circulating to the door, through cabin, During the air suit inlet and in the in
failed
to eject the
feet. )
circuit is vented
is vented out of
suit through
pressure the
regulator outflow by
capsule
cabin
valve.
capsule
is provided air
in turn out
in through
air
the
valve.
In the
event
the
capsule
m---_-A_A,
. A lz_klJ
RI:_VISED.
ST.
LOUIS
3. MISSOURI
REPORT
_.'_R
I0_
R=v,sED.
merges momentarily, following
_ .....................
a water flapper landing, valves the ball
_oo=L
float
133
air
in the cabin
of the valves
water
entering outflow
and cabin,
the open
compressor
closed will
create
ducting,
located
The vacuum
relief
valve,
located
ducting, ducting
differential
between
Opening
cabin pressure
air inlet
and unseat
snorkel action
if the capsule
snorkel
outside
air to enter
capsule suit
submersion,
cabin
circuit
ventilation,
3-i0.
SUIT E_GENCY
control
mode basically
consists
the emergency
normal;
and closing
valve,
eliminates units.
oxygen
flow through
control
and impurity
of the EMERG
indicates
environmental
system operation
control in
mode, is
operative,
_T_'7
'_--.._'T'.;L
MCDONNE
. ST. LOUIS, MISSOURI "
1961
133
pressure oxygen at
is
controlling closed
oxygen as
flow as
to
the
suit
The
remains
long
suit the
circuit suit
In the
event
drops
+. .1 psia, .J oxygen
allows suit
rate to
the
of
the
due
pressure, suit
actuates shutoff
energize illuminate
circuit
solenoid
relay,
the off
0 2 E_RG relay
light,
and the
operate A-C of
a tone
the
suit
fan
cutcomwill
removes (At an
llSV
electrical +. 3000
suit inlet
altitude
17,000 air
the
Opening The
of the
cabin
inlet
relay
de-energizes routes
the power
suit to the
fan #1
suit #1
fan
relay
cir12
suit
to
operate power
seconds, to the
allow
directed
on to
shutoff to
console, that is
EMERG to
EMERG
shaft rate
mechanically open
actuates With
rate oxygen
maintain open
valve
in the
position. valve is
valve supply
the
suit the
circuit
closed,
oxygen pressure
flows
into
pressure
discharged
suit
regulator
relief
valve. the E_ERG the 02 handle to the NORM rate position valve to resets the the close shutoff position, valve
position,
emergency
oxygen
starts
suit
compressor
operation,
extinguishes
the
0 2 EMERG
light,
and
in turn
REVISED
ST.
LOUIS
3, MISSOURI
REPORT
10_
REV,sz.
switches the suit circuit mode operation
MOOE.
to the suit environmental selected durin_
133
mode. The
control
suit emergency
is also automatically
capsule
landing
phase,
has descended
At 17,000
electrical which
to operate
circuit
compressor
and close
valve, power
oxygen
rate valve.
An inlet
switch,
of the
satellite power
clock,
is incorporated operation
Premature
vates the cabin fan and closes the emergency emergency oxygen
in turn in the
rate valve.
is now operating
mode.
To initiate
transition
control
fan is activated
is deactivated. position;
console,
is now placed
in the NORM
02 handle closes
shutoff
in turn
oxygen rate
control
system
control
To prevent
snorkel
door
of the cabin
inlet
to the antenna
relay
during
descent. power
valves,
the inlet
switch is placed
3-ii.
OXYGEN During
the capsule
C9::-:------_:
.--:AL
Mc'DONNEL L
ST. LOUIS, MISSOURI
DATE REVISED
1 November
1961
133
REVISED,,,
the to
capsule activate
supply
shutoff
valves Opening
are of
by
oxygen Figure
supply. 3-6,
the
second pres-
oxygen control
shutoff suit
provides suit
oxygen
valve,
pressure routes
regulator, oxygen
emergency to the
rate
valve, inlet
bleed the
orifice suit
which
directly solenoid
suit
circuit
circuit
water the to
valve. pressure primary the drops oxygen below supply; supply Two the
During approximately secondary line oxygen located transition Junction The oxygen
oxygen
bottle of the
oxygen and
pressure supply
override
pressure flow in
continue one
to
llne, to is
detect
control Used in
secondary an oxygen
with
the
sensors on the
(See the
flow clock,
main
instrument "SEC"
a two flow
position rate
switch to
marked
drops
approximately direct a
24 volt The 02
light
QUAN
are
provided
Astronaut should to
switch switch
"SEC"
removes A to
d-c
the
light main
and
circuits. provided
indicator remaining
located supply.
on the Two
instru-
transducers, of oxygen
primary quantity
secondary
supply,
provided
to
telemetering
remaining.
I NOVEMBER
1961
F LOW
,b
*':,
OxVGE_
IN_RUN_ENI_ SW" I
QUA_T_\
I N D (MAIN _CATOI;_ I:_ANF.L_ \_ N_
t_-_.
Y
OXYGEN SUPPLY
FIGURE
3"_,
MCDONNE
ST. LOUIS, ........ ............ CIRCUIT circuit, temperature exchangers, circuit. cabin, Figure control coolant During suit 3-7, basically cabin consists and suit of MISSOURI . " _. _
oA,
REVISED. REVISED
3-12.
a water
coolanttank,
cabin
and
valves, quantity
heat
indication
circuit, the is
capsule and
pre-launch, inverter
circuit capsule
through heat
the
and
exchangers. the
coolant and
flowing
through
heat
overboard pressure
steam inverter
vents, heat as
in the
dissipates heat
same
manner to
the
cabin
prior the
capsule reaches
launching,
freon 115,0OO by
supply altitude,
capsule circuit
suit
cooling and
water
within
system pressure
valve
remains
capsule relief
5-9
psia.
psia
pressure
coolant
quantity
indicating
operate. Water from the water coolant tank valves, is to supplied, the main suit and under and a 5-5 psia pressure,
through Water
the
cabin
heat
is also
standby in
is utilized the
pressurize oxygen
coolant psig
tank. to
regulator pressure.
decreases A cooling
coolant
pressure
circuit
pressure
relief
relieves
cooling
circuit
C2NI'ID
Li',;_-ta,_
.......
RL='VISED
ST.
LOUIS
S, MISSOURI
REPORT
SEDR
10_
.
pressures coolant supply control in excess of approximately 6 psia. Oxygen which
MOO=. ....
pressure in turn within
.
the water
tank tends to move the tank diaphragm, out of the tank at a rate dependent valves. In the event oxygen, the water the coolant
forces the water of the temperature should deplete will continue control cabin and
supply
The temperature
valves
of water entering
The heated
located
pressure
to three
exchangers
as the cabin
exchangers.
by means
of the cabin
Indicator
lights
extreme
in the cabin
which
temperatures ducts
42F,
in each of the exhaust 24V D-C electrical SUIT H20 light, of extreme
actuates
Closing either
switch directs
power
to illuminate
the
and operate
indicating
exhaust control
The Astronaut
must
setting,
to reduce
the possibility
freezing
quantity
main
instrument
panel,
is provided tank.
to indicate
of water
coolant
remaining
in the water
coolant
in direct
relationship
to the oxygen
remaining
in the coolant
Mc'DONNEL
ST.LOUIS, MISSOURI
DATE
......
1 NOVEMBER
1961
REVISED REVISED
_,_
_W _4v DC
TE.ST
iTCH
0
DIM._ NI BRT,
MENTAL
WATER VALVE.
CHECK
H
H VALVE [1 METERING (FREON) 'VALVE
(5ooPSi)
FREON VALVE CHECK
METERING (WATER)
FREON VALVE
CHEC}K
I I
TNERMAL
SW_TCH
I SWITCH
ORIFICE TO PRESSL RE
THERMAL
['
SUIT CIRCUIT FLOW HEAT EXCHANGER _IIN 250 INVERTER HEAT E_CHANGER (5TBY INVERTER HEAT EXCHANGER MAtH INVERTER
_A.)
Zso_A_
150_A.)
'I
LARGE BULKHEAD PRESSURL
I
NOTE
SCHEMATIC CIRCUIT NORMAL DEPICTS OPERATION CAPSULE COOLING OURIN_ FLIGHT
CAPSUCE UMBILEALPLU6
FIGURE
P/"_ .......
3-7
I_1E"
COOLING
I f"_ P" " " - .,.,_1 I
CIRCUIT
" I/all, l[--
PM4.5
-36B
,.oo ....
REVISED R_'VISED ST. LOUIS , 3, MISSOURI . ,i, MI_ORT. MODEl.. _D_ 133 10_.
oxygen
bottle,
through
package. quantity
When
quantity
oxygen
decreases, reading
as
utilized,
the coolant
will
3-13.
SYSTEM
UNITS
3-i_.
PRIMARY
AND SECONDARY
OXYGEN
BOTTLES shaped oxygen bottles to the capsule are located conical section oxygen,
spherical couch
the Astronaut's
adjacent
bulkhead.
Each bottle
has a capacity
of 4 pounds Reduction
in the environmental
The primary
supply
is reduced
Servicing filler
of the oxygen
is accomplished
coupling.
3-15.
SUIT CIRCUIT
PRESSURE
REGULATOR regulator, Figure 3-8, is provided suit circuit to regulate oxygen consumed leakage. suit
pressure
and to replenish
by moisture
is a demand
type diaphragm
regulator
pressure
in reference
Suit circuit
pressure
is mainnormal is
approximately operation,
below
cabin pressure
during
under
(no cabin
leakage) control
conditions. diaphragm
on the upper
pressure tains
also con-
a resilient
suit circuit
PAGE REPORT
Mc, DONNELL
ST. LOUIS,
__ MISSOURI
l_l
MODEL_ I_
pressures. the event Two cabin not to anerolds pressure are provided to shut 4.6 + off cabin vent
port
of
in
below
.2 psla. cabin
.2 psia, to 5.1
the + -
the
pressure suit
through sad
out
pressure pressures
valve
into due
cabin. pressure
this
time,
differential relief
required rate
open
suit
pressure the
regulator circuit
will
determine
amount
suit
pressures
exceed
pressures. capsule relieves During ascent, suit capsule cabin pressure to decreases, within the and the regulator _0 above
circuit normal in
pressure orbital
2 - 9 inches control
flight, to to 2.5
suit
circuit
pressure
on the
Circuit
pressure In the
below the
pressure. will
event close
decreases port to of
.2 psla, 60
sad
Two
ports
will
the
poppet
the
side
suit are
circuit to
pressure insure to
bleed or
either
aneroid
bleed as an
fails in
operation capsule
regulator orbital
is the flight.
cabin
,<.
normal
3-16.
SUIT The
CIRCUIT circuit
SHUTOFF shutoff
suit
CCNFIDE-
_;Tia,.
IN_
Mc'DONNELL '
ST,LOUIS,
_%../I_II IL'/L'-i_i
1 NOVEMBER
1961
MISSOURI
I I/-'ti=' _
SUIT
CIRCUIT
5HUTOFP
VALVE
FI(_URE
5-9.
SUIT
CIRCUIT
SHUTOFF
.VALVE PIA45-152 A
pl_Llkl .._ v
P ". I
I I
_ I._
P I..
IL -i 1 i-'i
rt
"
-I..
REVISED
ST.
LOUIS
3. MISSOURI
REPORT
_DR
].04
aEvlsED
........
MOD_',' .........133
circuit
accessory mode.
components,
whenever
Closing
the remaining
supply
valve,
spring loaded
is latched is maintained
during
normal
by a solenoid switch,
detent
depressed open.
arm,
the valve
is latched
of either
the emergency
or the cabin air inlet valve off valve the valve solenoid.
an electrical
Energizing
the solenoid
retracts
spring to rotate
spoon to the close position. and opens The shutoff in capsule. the emergency valve
the valve opens the solenoid through the EMER connected closes, an inter-connecting 02 control handle,
oxygen
is mechanically valve
The shutoff
is interrate valve
rate valve,
so that when
the emergency
the
valve opens.
3-17.
regulated
amount
pressure
suit, in the is
in the
suit circuit
to operate closed
automatically normal
operation. that
during
operation,
an aneroid
suit circuit
pressure. extends
Whenever
suit circuit
pressure
4.0 oxygen
to offseat chamber.
poppet
.3
pressure increases Astronaut's to enter the diaphragm and fully strokes suit at a fixed in the diaphragm to flow into the Simultaneously with the chamber
the poppet,
allowing
oxygen
flow of .049 to
.051 #/_Lin.
_Im,_mLL
irmml
imll,
l,,mL
|,mira
At
11
McDO __
ST.LOUIS,
__
MISSOURI
1 NOVEMBER
1961
/
//
----E.ME.R_F_.NO..Y f_ATE O_
VALVE
F_O_
CAPSULE
,_ ..... .
,/--MANUAL
CONTROL
POPPET-__
CONTROL
SWITCH
_o_
-_
FIGURE
5-10 EMERGENCY
O_ RATE
VALVE
_h_45-i53
MCDONNE ,
REVISED REVISED of ST. . LOUIS 3, MISSOURI ' REPORT., MODEL
3-35
_DR 133 10_
a control
through shutoff
power
to close the
the 02 EMERG orbital oxygen oxygen inlet. chamber. Emergency trol switch
operation
flight.
valve
rate valve.
of the
control
shaft to close
flows directly
through
aneroid
shaft
actuation handle
actuates
con-
02 control
position. position am
selecting
EMER shaft
with EMERG
02 control above.
will be
operation,
described
Whenever valve
is moved
shutoff
opens
oxygen
rate valve
3-18.
SUIT CIRCUIT
COMPRESSORS environmental centrifugal control compressors within system utilizes (See Figure two electric motor
3-4).
circulation used
of gases
in the event
failure.
is activated
standby
compressor
is inoperative
is during oxygen
is being
to operate
circulate
ambient
3-36
REPORT _ MODEL_ 13_ 3-19. I011"
Mc, DONNE, .
ST. LOUIS, MISSOURI L, vJ.,,_. , .... , ,
DA, Uow= r
REVISED REVISED
CO 2 AND ODOR ABSORBER The CO 2 and odor absorber, Figure 3-I1, is provided to remove Astronaut The absorber section is baslcontains oxygen. The
emitted cally
a metal
charcoal
located
sections
dioxide.
is an exit
provided
to prevent oxygen
charcoal flow.
suit circuit
The charcoal
hydroxide
are compressed
life of approximately
the absorber
should be replaced
mls sion.
3-20.
HEAT EXEHA_ER heat exchanger fins, double (Figure 3-12) is of a plate fin construction side and
suit circuit
with
rectangular single
offset
sandwich, side.
two pass,
sandwich
on the water
throughout
it is directed
woven through
distribute
As water sur-
into contact
exchanger.
The water
the heat
is then boiled
off as steam
and dumped
3-21.
WATER SEPARATOR The water separator, Figure 3-13, is provided operation, to remove moisture, condensed The
as a result
oxygen.
CO _,'FID Z_A'A,A L
1 NOVEMBER
1961
Mc'DONNELjL -__
ST,LOUIS,
__
MISSOURI
i I
i /
II
FiGUP,E.5"I[.
CO_ AND
ODOR
AIBSORBEP,
Mc'DONNE
ST.LOUIS, MISSOURI
1 NOVEMBER
1961
_UIT HEAT
EXCHA_C_ER
F----Jx, x
[_.
ox'_ C_ __N
OUTLET
FELT
PA,
(
SECTION SHOWIN_' OPERATION EY, CHAN_EP, ! !'
PM45_._G
FI_,
E. ON
_N LE.T
_'TE AIv_ _ OUTLET FIGURE ' 'q,.*v 3-12 %BIT m,_ m HEAT
l ov er
R_ISED
M,DONNE ,
ST. LOUIS 3, MISSOURI REPORT.
3-39
_:_ 10t
MOOre. moisture
passing
The sponge,
pneumatically
compressed, tank.
condensate circuit
it into a storage
suit through
operation,
moisture
flowing
Once every 30 minutes, supplies electrical the normally the primary power
of 30 seconds,
closed
solenoid valve
or secondary
plate chambers. in area, on each oxygen side of piston, the piston raises the
against
separator densate
squeezed
tank.
Following valve
of squeezing
solenoid separator
closes.
piston
to cabin
solenoid
Oxygen
entrapped into
by a check
returning
suit circuit
oxygen
flow.
is also
supplied located
from entering
into the top of separator. in the event suit circuit separator oxygen
is supplied a leak.
oxygen
mechanisms not by
developed
squeezing continue
will
separator
piston
The magnets
aid in determining
the position
of the piston
actuation.
3-22.
SOLIDS TRAP The suit circuit solids trap, Figure 3-14, is located in the pilot's suit
PAGE
3-4_0
M_'DONNELL_' ____ _
104 ST.LOUIS. MISSOURI
1 NOVEMBER DATE
1961
REPORT MODEL.
SEDR 133
REVISED REVISED
........
SPONGE
VRLVE
I I
I
FROM OXY&EM ,_UPPLY
OXYGEN
SUPPLY
FIGUP.E
C _
_-IR
I_1 !_"
W/kTE_
I I"_ l" _ "--
"3EPAtZATOD.
PM,_5-157B -
1 NOVEMBER
1961
M_'DONNE_ "4_ __
ST.LOUIS, MISSOURI
3-41
----
PRIMARY 5ECONDARY
FLOW FLOW
.,
.FIQIjRE
--Will Ii./r-:-il
SOLIDS
I
TRAP
pM 4_j-
Z'_lh
lnL
..o.
REPORT, MODEL
M_,DONNE_ _...... __
ST.LOUIS, r m-_J__ l_ MISSOURI PL i -P_L.td _ REVISED REVISED
1 NOVEMBER
1961
7 j/,'
W^$HERS
I.,
NLI
"
CALVIN HEAT
_
FAN
PM_,S-Z_TA
FIGURE
5-15
CC"
REVISED.
"
ST. LOUIS
3o MISSOURI
REPORT
SEDR
10)4
REVmEO
!D "
_
' ' '
MOOEL mesh
l_,
oxygen
outlet
duct.
of a 40 micron operation
screen filter
which
an integral
to insure
in the event
with collected
solids.
3-23.
CABIN
HEAT EXEHANGER (Figure 3-15), cools the cabin gas in the same employs
The cabin heat exchanger manner as the suit circuit driven motor
heat exchanger
except
an electric structure
Internal
3-24.
CAPSULE
WATER TANK water tank is a pressurized Water is displaced compartmented cylindrical shaped
3-15).
which
is activated
by oxygen
Oxygen
is directed
which
control
water
with a source
3-25.
CABIN
PRESSURE
CONTROL
VALVE valve, Figure 3-17, valve drops is provided contains below to maintain that the in
control
two aneroids
expand
and unseat
which
permit
suit circuit.
and relieves
flow through
constant
purging
contract,
pins to seat and shut off the oxygen or whenever cabin pressure drops
In the event
of cabin deccmpression,
below
_.0 + .2 psia,
.i
.......
"_ "I"i
#i I
1 NOVEMBER
1961
_ST,,LC_U_S, M_SSOURI
TANK
F IGURF.
'3-16
CAPSULE
WkTE.P,
T_NK
_M 4-5- Z58
CC.;r;GF_J_i
J IAL
3-4_5
REVISED REVISED
ST.LOUIS, _
MISSOURI
REPORT MODEL,
CONTROL
SPRING POPPET
- LOA)ED
CONTROL. VALVE
II,,,,/bl"ll i I.r'l.l,,,,_
pM4s-158
REPORT Sg'DR 10_ MODEL. 133 the flow, supply operation vided manually a spring cabin. zation, to aneroids through for the in the fully the suit expand cabin and pressure
REVISED REVISED
seat
against control
inlet and
port. reserves in
circuit. that
event cabin
control
in
the
poppet
in
valve
flow
handle
should
then control
followin
repressuri-
cabin
pressure
automatic
operation.
3-26.
CABIN PRESSURE RELIEY VALVE The cabin relative In the water from the pressure to event entering cabin. relief ambient of valve, pressure Figure 3-18, automatically orbit, incorporates features valve control cabin valves a manual poppet valves, controls re-entry and cabin landing to
landin6, The
deconpressing brated spring by The valve, diap_ After existing crease, pressure relief spring control
cabin
pressure
consists section.
section
seusing and
a sensing poppet
metering
calibrated am,
valve stem
control orifices,
incorporates loaded
control poppet
a check
chamber
poppet cabin
chambers. pur_m 6 operation, During relief launch, valve will reaches pressure cabin as pressure ambient relieve 5-5 build psia. up in will pressure cabin be the same to until pressure of 5-5 ps:l.a as de ._::/
the
pressure. pressure
begins
cabin
the
excess
DATE
1 NOVEMBER
1961
McDONNELL__ __
ST.LOUIS, MISSOURI
REVISED REVISED
CABIN
P_F-SSU_E
_F.L_EFVALVE
l
f..' -
I
'.N C
F_'Y_"
"CABIN . DIAI:_RA_M "CHAMBER'-'__ / I_1 _._ _ 21_1 L_I
_EEP_F0"_ _,_
/
STEM
CAISIH
_-_'_'/_
________._
__ __
CABIN.
F_C)PPET _
_'-
POPPET
_'_
P_ES_J_E
Jlllllltllllil|llllll ]1 l I II/ i111 |
._ELIEF
i I I J--'_ IIII
VALVE
PM45- _
McDONNELL z
REVISED ST. LOUIS, MISSOURI
and
landing
Cabin poppet
pressure valve
will
be Cabin
orifices, the be
chamber. the
be
vented,
through
into ambient
chamber. sensing
Ambient
pressure The
will
vented, springs
port, to
ambient
chamber.
calibrated of
designed
respond
pressures differential
5.5
the psla
chamber will
exceeds
retract.
will of 5.5
through stem
being
larger
than
orifices, the
rate
cabin in to
chambers) will
will
poppet greater
cabin
greater poppet
cabin valves.
pressure The
the then
poppet
excessive of the
pressure. valve
Astronaut exhaust
decompression chamber
check
pressure. orbit, excess 5-5 the the cabin pressure 5.5 relief psia. to 15 to valve Cabin the will prevent cabin pressure of Upon than recabin
.,j
During buildup in
pressure
in excess
outside of
ambient
pressure will
the
poppet
valves
allowing then be
pressure to those
to dur-
cabin.
relieving the
operations makes
In the until
capsule
a water cabin
landing, by
poppet inches
valves of water.
open
pressure
exceeds
pressure
k.,IV_.'t,l.
Jl. Jl.Jrl:,{'l-_'_l.''_._-_
REVISED
REPORT
_..DR
10_
REV,S_O
-"
"
.....
Moo_
133
A manual closes
valve.
control
located valves
console
and marked
the poppet
frQm entering
3-27.
SNORKEL
AND DIAPHRAGM
FLAPPER
valve
valve act as water check type valves. (often reaching circulated the valves a pressure altitude
the landing
and post
landing
of approximately
17,0OO parts
air is water,
through would
the valves.
the valve
from entering
the cabin.
3-28.
CABIN AIR INLET VALVE The cabin air inlet valve, Figure 3-19, provides capsule landing ventilation and post and cooling phases.
for the
/
landing
It is a spring
controlled. one
launch,
the valve
so that
loaded detent
pin rides
on the large
(maximum allowable
spring loaded
aneroid
launch
expands
and forces
plunger
The valve
diameter
small diameter.
During
phase,
to an altitude
of approximately increases.
17,000 +. 3,000
retracts
Retraction
the aneroid
plunger
larger
diameter, raises
which
pin spring.
This action
the locking
spring loaded
valve to open.
The valve
arm is attached
MCDONNELL
'_ ST.LOUIS.
_//_ MISSOURI
1 NOVEMBER
1961
--
vv
|w
:.Z.Y
EIC-I.URE
_>r:19
_CABIIq
AIR
INLET
VALVE
'PM 4.5-/$4 I_,
CC;;.;GZN,
_A,
o mber
REVISED REVISED
Mc, DONNE , ,
ST. LOUIS 3, MISSOURI Rli_OR'i" . t-' MODEL
3-51
_-_)R 10)4 133
shaft and moves of micro-switches the suit circuit valve. valve A manual
with
closing,
thereby
disengaging power to
micro-switches.
stop cabin
fan operation
oxygen in
arm is provided
altitude. pin
Actuation
to open.
of a capsule
of the valve
enables
to draw ambient
to provide
suit circuit
and cabin ventilation. The cabin air outlet valve functions in the same manner is basically of the same construction valve. and
as the cabin
air inlet
3-29.
VACUUM
RELIEF
relief valve,
the inlet
ducting,
In the event
submerges
snorkel valves
seat
into the suit circuit and the closed air inlet duct
circuit
will create
ducting).
on the valve
differSuit
or less.
via
.u
Ita,,Ji-..INI
l_b'IL t-.-*
_'_
SEDR 133 104
Mc'DONNE_
ST.LOUIS, C,_T_-_ i _ I,,_,,_ _[_
C__
DATE
REVISED REVISED
1 NOVEMBER
1961
MISSOURI
VACUUM
RELIEF"
VAL'_..
5_ama-x
/
AnD %P P_C _._ VALX/E DUCT m-FLEX, BL_
i_
|
L J
I r---%_%,_
_ CIRCUIT
RELIEF
I =
VAWE
mATE
REVISED REVISED,
1 November
1961
ST. LOUIS a, MISSOURI REPORT SE_R 10_
MOOEL
ventilation whenever of the the relief ball is provided snorkel removes unseat by the valve the cabin ball vacuum air, entering float is the opened
133
vacuum Also, the above reli_f the
inlet valve
seated flex
in the the
valve
float
to
(open)
whenever
snorkel
3-30. 3-31.
TEST TEST
CONFIGURATION CONFIGURATION
Capsule capsule
8 environmental following
control
system
differs
from
the
specification
in the
Capsule
8 environmental
except ing
for
the but
Capsule light
incorporate be
a cabin with
02
pressure
warn-
light
supplemented 02 in
a tone
generator
circuit. Capsule
There 8 will
is no
indicating
reflect to aid
incorporate package.
fan and
outlet
valve
ssme the
contain contain
exchangers provisions
standby
inverters, relief
for
closing
pressure
valves.
3-32.
TEST Capsules
CONFIGURATION 9, I0 and 13
CAPSULES
NO.
9,
!0 AND control
13 systems Capsule exchangers are basically trap the water Capsule the is main tank 9 same
specification for
capsule
follows: heat is
9 solids to and
a primate; inverters; as
contain
cool the
standby
separator
is not
utilized
a source
drinking
water
Astronaut.
suit
circuit
does
not
incorporate
suit
02
partial
pressure
system;
and
the
-__D;.F;D=;4T;AL
3-5_
SEDR 104 133
Mc, DONNELL
._T..Aou!s,.
-_v,, ..... _
__
MmSOUm
November
l_l
suit
circuit
does
not
incorporate
a constant
bleed
oxygen
system.
3-33.
TEST Capsule
CONFIGURATION 16
CAPSULE
NO.
environmental
control
specification
capsule.
4-1
SECTION IV
TABLE
OF
CONTENTS
TITLE AUTOMATIC STABILIZATION CONTROL SYSTEM SYSTEM DESCRIPTION ....................... SYSTEM OPERATION .......................... SYSTEM UNITS .................................. RATE STABILIZATION CONTROL SYSTEM SYSTEM DESCRIPTION ...................... SYSTEM OPERATION ......................... SYSTEM UNITS .................................. REACTION CONTROL SYSTEM ...................... ........................ SYSTEM DESCRIPTION SYSTEM OPERATION SYSTEM UNITS HORIZON
i I i)
,.;'j'
PAGE
III ii
/,
,.
SCANNER
'_Vlll
IlJl_i|
IPI_I,,
ID, ROLL
RkTE
TR_.NSbUCER PITCH
s
[ ) RATE TRA_SbUCER<I} 11
;_ I!1
"0 > m
I])VEI2TICAL
IDYAW
RATE TRJ
'm c:
.u}
/i
I I
cA
in \
/
ITI _
). m
GYRO
_,,.
_yscs
,_W) SCS PO'TENTION_ETF.R _ITCH) RSCS RATE-DAMgER BOX HORIZON SCANNER (PITCH)
\,
=Arm, I November
REVISED,
i_61
El'. LOUIS 3, MISSOURI
PAGE
_"-3
Rli_PORT.
_EDR 104
REV'ISE:D
MOC,_L..... ,133
IV.
STABILIZATION
CONTROL
SYSTEMS
4-1.
GENERAL Stabilization of the capsule System in space is accomplished by the Automatic the Horizon and maintain Attitude
Control
Control
four basic
modes;
Damper,
Orientation,
A redundant
rate
"back-up"
system,
Control
method
the capsule
a "rate-stick" System.
in the Automatic
Stabilization attitude
Control
In addition,
of yaw,
is provided. systems
paragraphs involved
4'56 briefly
specification
compliance
AUTOMATIC SYSTEM
STABILIZATION
CONTROL
SYSTEM
Gyro, Vertical
Calibrator
Location Total
components
is shown
in Figure
4-i.
Three AD_O/RATE
z
in conjunction DAMP-FBW
switch,
are located
Astronaut's
DAMP-FBW
switch
in the NORMAL
stabilization
is accomplished
manner,
no assistance
the automatic
_ '
feature
_T r_ ,r, mll, j
is disabled
L ,i
REPORT MODEL.
REVISED REVISED
connected In this
to
the
limit is by
switches accomplished
on the
Astronaut's an
control
stick.
position (See
through
movement
of the
Astronaut's at or
plane. travel,
thrust
actuation yaw,
occur pitch,
DAMP rate
posi-
tion
disables as a
damping
singular a CAGE,
switch the is
inAttitude dis-
FREE,
and
position. Horizon
mechanically FREE
caged position
and
the
slaving uncaged;
theAttitude The
Scanner
remains Horizon
uncages COMD
permits of
either
or ASCS slaving
as
desired.
attitude to control
remain 4-12. )
energized
although
capsule.
(See
ASCS The
Sequencing paragraphs, and should modes abort be of 4-5 and 4-9, describe 4-2, the 4-3 ASCS and with sequential 4-4 the are opera-
Figures in
provided concern-
conjunction
text
various
operation.
Normal In Figure
Sequencing 4-2, the progress of a normal following prior except to orbital mission is shown divided
into
eight The
discussion. separation final the 12 of the escape relays switch tower, are being
its
gyros
running RSCS
and
the by gyro
output
fully in the
energized. AUTO
prevented
AUTO/RAT_ to the
COMD
position.
involving
slaving
Horizon
Scanner
CCr 2IDZ
II_
_
< o.
o _
w n,
i
i
+o
3al.40_l13tl9Nlari(]3(]nllllV 0_13_ <37o1-1 3 NOIlY_3_O _3N_35 1N_ISN03 G_V 3GO_ II_0 ]
5
ILl
_I ,,.v 0 Z
3_flII11_
Z
0_i3_
01 NOIiViO_
"D
l",,,,l
l.l.l
r_._
ON_ 7]0_
]ARTS "V
j ( ',
NOIL_YO l_,
++
Z Q hi IQ e e Q ILl
*"+-"-_.,c.+_/ _ _:++L
II_I0 +..
..........
2i
.... '
,.
/"
M ,DONNELL
REVISED ST. LOUIS,
_ _;""_2_2J"
""_
_'" _:
J, _l
REVISED
pitch
and
s is
minimize
_o
errors
which
may
boosted. separation when stop of a brief, tendency seconds around flve-second to tumble. damping. counterto the to signal
ASCS is
damping
to
any five
(C)
initiated in the is
of rate (180
is placed Yaw
orientation accomplished, 30
turn
Rotation) angle is
firing
within provided
seconds. during
slaving 4_ minutes
Scanners yield
phase
for to
the
first
a good capsule
reference An is
settling attitude an
down of
in -34
orbit.
(D) the
orbit ready
down) gyros
so that slaved to
immediate of 8.5
attitude
Scanner During as
phase be
phase
manual
utilized by
desired.
damping ASCS
becomes SELECT by
MDDE
the
in Phase drifts
is an orbit
limits mode
retro-interlock at +
occur back
12 pitch,
Astronaut of the
place COMD
the
ASCS
in the
orientation
manipulation
AUTO/RATE
switch. (E) of Figure 4-2, prior at rate to gyro run-up is automatically Horizon reference assured Scanner prior by slaving to
lO minutes constant
retrograde time to
attitude. a good
operation
becomes
this
obtain
t_
,._o"ld'=t0:JIA,DNWV',I
_,
o
ILl
t
..,J i1_ C _I
N O I/_
k _,_aU l u_-"
ld n
I.I1
o
I11 n,
c_
.I
"Zl_l d'O
S rJorl
NJ.LNO:)
.LN-]::_-")NI21ha NO A'HVI1NI
dn:Nn_l 9_1
J Ix. 0
0
o
(/)
E
E
9
If)
g :_ cj-,.'.L. _vA L (]NVI_NO3 3dOIN llg_10 $ 301_1.tA0 H3ild o_, _-o'l,_-'L 3' qqo_l o_ _ =o J (]-IOH 3O_IIJ.V 1gElO llg_lo # 'ONWWHO3 3001_ llC_O S3(]1_13^0 ,,,. X___________,
t_ .o
! m "7 _ _
"I_o_ _
_<Inli..u.y
N
tD
la_
,,=, '3
C_qNO33S S-_ --
o
8.:I,
,,,
I-., < 0
_]d_VO
_
> Id 0_
__
> Iii n,
/
/
REPORT MODEL
.......
REVISED REVISED any one or all three the space reference plane of the plane
achieving capsule
The Astronaut
may change
attitudes
maintained
or planes
gyros.
or planes, switch
the Horizon
slaving
cc_mand
the gyro
New reference
by the Astronaut
by placing
manually manual
turning
fuel in the axis or axes affected, and then caging automatic slaving.
control
to position
and uncaglng
The ASCS may then be returned with the exception ing, the capsule and the gyro The ASCS grade Thirty attitude seconds of Horizon attitudes
operation
To utilize
Scanner
of the scanners
in the Normal
capsule
in high torque
retro-
(phase F).
slaving
attitude
command,
within
switching
is completed
switching
held for 23 seconds. Upon completion of retro package Jettison, the ASCS automatically pitches for reoperation
scanner
the re-entry
re-entry
switch,
the off
of the attitude
gyro power.
and maintains
REVISED
ST.
LOUIS
3. MISSOURI
REPORT,,,,I.,
_F_R
104
133 dispersion.
damping phase
is provided continues
to stabilize until
trajectory. at which
in this power
main chute
is removed. Pilot-overrlde provisions fly-by-wlre permit interruptions of the preceding control "normal" and. is
sequence
by manual,
or RSCS
stick-steering
manipulation
ASCS MODE.
"back-up"
principle
which
manually
controllable.
The following
table modes
positions
necessary
to achieve
after attaining
orbit.
Variations
by further
A more
discussion
Flight
Operations
CONTROL
MSEE
Auto/Rate
Damp-FBW
sys.
AUTOMATIC FLY BY WIRE RATE-STICK DIRECT (With Rate AUTO AUTO RATE AUTO COMD NORMAL FLY BY WIRE NORMAL AUX. DAMP PUSH ON PUSH ON PULL OFF PUSH ON
Sys.
RATE COMD RATE COMD RATE COMD DIRECT
4.6.
Abort Sequencing In general, abort sequencing (See Figure 4-4) is programmed abort to correspond can be
situations separation
tower
separation
but before
is truly
orbital;
(3) abort
fr_a orbit.
The following
'_-,
.a
il./r--i_l
I/_i.
Mc, DONNELL
REPORT MODEL $EDR 133 104 --_ ST.LOUIS. _'_ _ MISSOURI _ e._i.._ " _ P T _J-'_" REVISED REVISED
1 NOVEMBER
1961
FIGU_E4-
.ASCS EMEI_GENCY
_llP v i _ll Illi#
OPEI2/kTION
DI44_" 39
DATE
N_z_bel
PAGE_
4-11
R_oxr eOO_
_ 4-9_ Before abort dlscuss Tower mission _CS sequencing in each of the
through Abort If an
abort
Separation Is started the ASCS durln 6 the perto_ when the booster only and susthe
talner
eng/nes
Is utilized
after
have been achieved. engines from firing. from capsule. peak from of trajectory. adapter. cut-off.
separation at
approximate tower
Separation
of escape
capsule. the ASCS is coezuu_led to provide energized roll rate of of the dur'l]_g 10 to main the rate normal
continuously A constant
12 per chute.
employed. After
ceases
upon
deployment
operation posl_de
This
is
by
capsule signal
separatlon_ sequence
normal
The effect
to tumble. capsule
5 seconds
of rate
Then
Astronaut the
proper
roll_
an61es
"permission" retro
(See _ph _
the ASCS
rapid-sequence
to proceed. NOTE
ASCS
"permission
interlock"
during
retro
_-12 _. _R _0_ 1_
McIDONN_
_4_
__ovember
l_l
ridden the
at
any
by
the
It
is
also
noted
that
Astronaut at any
switch should
Stabilization occur in
System
a malfunction
Control the
System. abort sequence mission (except in this for case proceeds as in the
the
difference
in trajectory
distance From an
Abort Whenever
is
initiated,
the
normal
automatic
or manual are
operations the
However, of gyro
if manual slaving
retrograde Horizon
operations Scanners
pre-retrograde will be
to the
look")
eliminated.
4-10.
SYSTEM Overall
OPERATION system operation inputs sad is best sensors Control mode Yaw, explained on the devices switching Roll and by left on Figure side the and Pitch 4-5. of the The page The Amplifier and generate basic Data
Calibrator outputs to
from
Reaction
four
switching.
Figures require
these method
a degree
and gyro)
warrants
following continuously
(vertical normal
the "_
mission, during
"local The be
vertical gyro
degrees
orbital information of
derived pitch
settling
the
sad
loops,
IL._VZ'I
i'
AU..I_.L_t
JLzeLJLJ
', _j"
SENSORS
AND.COMMANDS
HORIZON SCANNER ROLL"
CALl BRATOR
rI
..........
_IRoL, I _i ,,,w I
_L_ .......
6_
C rn 4:=
)-)
ATTITUDE
DISPL_-Y--
L.
cn t_ Ln ED F0 7_ E_
i
PACKAGE
"B"
HzOt FUEL
0 C
m 0
j> o_
ROLL PITCH
I J PITCH
Ill
"o > m
!
#,
lil
cE cE
,
J
RATE
GYRO
p,T_ I_I
RATE G, RO Y ROLL
HIGH fiElD LOW 14Ee;_TiVE TORQUE CHRI,,ABER5 SHOWN FOR YAW RY.i3 ARE TYPI po._iTIV TORQUE _,kl'D ROLL "PITCH P,_E3 #li2.E 3IMILRR.
;o m ,<_EQ_JE.t-aC.E._ I_AA,STEI_ E] DEVICES 10 -i PITCH TORQUE SW)TCHIN_ LOgiC ANb OUTPUT RELA_(S
-o >
_. !
J p,,=_
_Y_ao
d_
0
t!
_C
_T,_,_ I s_-ro,_
_ORI"ZON <]3 SC/_NNER x Or) OJ r" 0 C) "lr_ORt" P_'rc_ S_G.----- 1 ,,_ . ,--_IIL._, ! I_ pow_
[3 }>
I I
1
%
,,j
_I"T'CH
L-E_N3
!
I
I
i
I
m <: "7 FIRST PITCH REPE#,TER l m < :> .-I
I '
I I I E> NOT PART 09" A$CS
1 NOVEMBER
1961
Mc, I)ONNE_LLj_.___
ST.LOUIS, = : MISSOURI
PA_E
REPORT MODEL
i _
T
og _u_
' i T
IM
!
I
J
< )0
$
0
J
I
I _ b---
ge
oi
J d J J
6o
?
iii i
t_
_dO "tit I
-Z_l
_1
I .-.-.1
FIGU__E
4-7
YAW
AXIS
BLOCK-..
IDIA, G_AM
Mc'DONNEL.__.LC-_,,_,_ _j_
ST.LOUIS, MISSOURI
1 NOVEMBER
1961
IIIC_
u_
o_
I
Q_IL
I
.J ,,
L1
F
_z
oc
o
:i
:2d
,_I
_I
BLOCK
t
DI A&I2A
_A
.....
; C,_";4
___
R_xsEo
st. Louis
s, Mmsoumx
ms_oRv
SEDR 104
._,sEo_
_SCS controls the capsule to the command pitch and to attitude,
attitude.
/
Initially, as
after may
turn-around, drift
during
boost.
gimbal
vertical Roll
gyro
is the to
gimbal, an
yaw error
glmbal angular
output rate.
contain Thus
_itch) gyro
Roll
Horizon
roll
error
signal
producing of
torquing to
is a direct gyro.
function
error
directional of torque
that
warrants Reaction
discussion Control
is that System in
i.e., various
of the
conjunction
operation. serves as an introduction of at to the torque the switching behavior behavior varies of
conservation appropriate
control
fuel, A right
accordplot
a given in the
time. lower
angular to
angle Pitch or
is
shown
adjacent design
a typical a plus
time-history three
for
the
"Orbit"
permits which
minus is
degree to the
oscillation Horizon
orbital
in turn is
referenced
"Horizontal". program;
oscillation rate is a
because pitch
of the a
discontinuous both
square period
angle
sawtooth, on the
Portrayed -3 degrees
Phase-plane, pitch
the angle
"Orbit" to +3
relative
-Sl degrees,
to true minutes.
drift
lasts +S
becomes _2 to _
degrees,
angular is
rate
deg/sec.,
upon
half-period
spent
drifting
_"
-_|r'%r"lh
.m.
Mc'DONNELLL '
.,_J,_.U IS_, MISSOURI
1NOVEMBER1961
/ / / / /
/
,SCS
AMP-
CAL
O_TPUT
RELAYS
NOTES
ONLY AND THE YAW MICRO SWI"T'CH_ ASSOCIATED _0LL CIRCUITRY' AN{:) PITCH
,DEF_OC_l"riON
ENERGIZED
I kl
" CHAMBER
UST GYP.')
FIGUI2E
4-9
ASCS
FLY-BY-
WII2E
CONTI_'OL
PH,HS-_o_
OAT_
NoVember
I C_l
ST. L,OUIS 3. MISSOURI RE:PORT_ ,,,_--'_[ 104"
REVISED.
elMmem_,_, ,,,
Moo=,
133
slowly As
through another
zero
to
-3 degrees
of ASCS
error. torque-switching, Figure 4-10 shows case were gyro define to the
example torque
"Retrograde-Hold" nozzles control switches boundaries motion capsule high are the and
logic
phase-plane of the
In this which
utilized gentle
instead orbit
low-torque A series
oscillation. sector
attitude used is to
pickoff
switches A typical
within
phase-plane. a large in
shown
resulting motion
torque value
in this
mode.
a pitch
above
right-hand
stair
step_ and
negative into
applied
the The
rate
"no-torque" or other
region.
capsule
thrust. and
effect
of the the
torque-switching important
maintain
reliable
control
during
operation
firing. modes Damper". rotate applied for lines the of operation During capsule rate requiring torque mode switching high and Both gyro logic low are "Orientation" is uti-
orientation to new
both
preset mode
high
also
damper
signals
a basis
logic.
In this
case 3 torque
switching
boundaries
horizontal
phase-plane.
_-Ii.
_-12.
SYSTEM
UNITS
Calibrator Calibrator functional unit sections can be "functionally" slaving, divided mode into four
are
repeating,
switching
/o
1 NOVEMBER
1961
_5.5 =
I I0.0 ......... _q .....
(=,.0
c_ 2.0
IO.O I I
A e DEG#EES ORBIT
(I_TCli A.,YIS EXAMPLE') 8 *C *.b
-"
+h
+l *;" *Y ,_,._,Z_*_.5" *"
+_
-_A
*-
0.755
PH4S- S_,,A
-.
l ove ber l l,
RL-VlSEO ._v,s_ .... 4-13. Attitude This
_ -, i
MqDONNELL
s'r. Louis _ s, M1ssoum . R_,OR_r Moo_.
-21
_R 133 _0_.
Gyro
section
contains
and pitch
information gyros.
and generate
currents timing
upon command
device, directions
Roll, Pitch
are aligned
corresponding
(Ref. Para.
4-10. )
of servo-mechanlsms Attitude or
design,
repeating).
are and
"analog"
pitch
(torque
switching) control
purposes.
on-off ductlve
reaction sectors
Capsule
to use conserve as
of the repeaters.
The sectors
for torque
switching.
Switching
section
switching
and interlock
commanded
by external
devices. NOTE
devices which
functions. The mode-switching though these section uses contain compact, solid-state switching circuits. Al-
circuits
many transistors,
diodes,
components, voltage
i8 not critically
or temperature
_'/_ T_'T!DE;'T.
:_
Mc, DONNELL z
REPORT MODEL. 4-16. _DR lOLl.
!33
Torque Switching Section
REVISED REVISED
switching
section
contains
transistor
and diode
circuits
similar the
section.
Torque
switching
circuits
receive
gyro
repeaters,
The latter
sector
replacing
proportional
these
step-wlse
indications output in
attitude
switching
section
result
valves.
consists is damped
by a cantilever which
shear action
actuation force of
is caused by the displacement .05g, in the axis normal to close the circuit. and to protect
element.
is required
against
to excessive
of the attitude
gyros
(vertical
between
a set of fixed
ence ax_s which are fixed in the orbital local vertical. ity. A means Both attitude is incorporated gyros
slaving
for caging
outputs
the attitude
perpendicular
The attitude
gyros possess
unrestricted freedom
of mechanical
REVISED. REVISED.
ST.
LOUIS
3, MISSOURI
REPORT. MODEL
SF.LDR lB3
lO_
axis.
of gyro freedom
reflect Due to
the attitudes
!
by manually Scanner
limitations Amplifier
system
of the to + 30 limits it
manual barring
control
in all axes.
equipment
the success
of a mission.
If these
switch be placed
requirements
and 26 volt,
motor).
Indicator Indicator is mounted visual on the upper indications portion of the Main Rate and
and Rate
The indicator
provides
of Capsule
planes.
The attitude
indicators
synchro
Calibrator). within
indicators
are calibrated
to indicate
attitude
shall indicate
serve as sensing
The range
of rate indication
is O to + 6/sec. capability
for all three indicators. of being re-entry 4-20. _ The rate gyros rates of angular perform externally roll rate.
0
switched
of 0 to 15/sec.
in order to monitor
velocity
about
to as the
"input axis".
respectively.
consists
of a high
rotor, mounted
u. 4
REPORT _DR MODEL- l_ lO_
MC, DONNEL L .
REVISED
"_;ST. '_OUIs _ MI$SOURL,.
_u-',..=.
.......
REVISED
in
in axis)
such
a manner
that
it
is
free to
to
about
one
axis
which
the
of the to
are the
of wipers,
attached power
sector
switches.
Input
requirements
met
volts,
_OO
4-P_l. _-22.
CONTROL
SYSTEM
Rate
Control in the
an in
excellent the
alternate
means
of
capsule Control
tion
has
been
simulation the
problem System,
Astronaut to
should,
utilizing
Stabilization performance of
able
approximate Control
attitude
Automatic System
Stabilization provides
In addition, rate-damper
Rate
Stabilization roll
Control rate
a completely
programmed
during The
re-entry. Stabilization (signal in pickup) a 300 the Control System consists three one of three miniature of six rate (rate control
Rate
three
electronics solenoid
switch, fuel
utilize the
manual
reaction major
control
thrust the
shows the
location
of the
components System is
Rate
are to
connected
rate See
box
through
AUTO/RATE
mounted
on the
console.
Figure
4-12.
REVISED.
ST.
LOUIS
3,
MISSOURI
REPORT
SEDR
10_
REVISED.
....
MOOE..
_.33
4-23.
SYST_q Figure
OPERATION is a functional channel block d/agram of the Rate Stabilization the Rate Stabilization Control Control
4-ii
System. System
A typical provides
is shown.
In general,
with a redundant
rate damping
steering
feature.
rate errors
if errors
dea_-zomes, off-on
2 de_sec
in Pitch
corrective
torque
by energlzimg
the Mamua_
Reaction
Control Control
an autcmatic
including
an automatic
roll rate
re-entry
is sensed.
By manipulation
stick,
angular
to stick
if desired. which
is in contrast as an
response
alternative
Stabilization
Control
System.
4-24. 4-25.
SYSTEM Rate
UNITS Box box provides three channels of transistorized electronic Control and demodulator, seven The rateone for are a in
Damper
portion
channel
a summation
circuits. below
approximately stick.
lnterconnectlon. to 4 deg/see
and yaw
de_sec
3 de_sec
_,,,, ^
,k,
I"!"
1 A !
ST.LOUIS,
MISSOURI
.REVISED REVISED
'w.,_./l r
,L./'-:--;T_IIn L
.
I
_ i_
_I
l
I
I
CONTROL
CONTROL
STICK POTENTIOMETER
5TtC'_ DEFLECTION FOP., l
T,,_
I
.....
_ -- #)))l_" J i_
i'
i
_ATE
_TICK"
CAI_AIS_LI'rY.
TWO
V/A'/ 5ELECTOR
I_
'
EEl> PITCH AND ADJUSTED YAWCHANNELS _'0R A DEAD ARE ZONE OF APPROgI@!ATELY3 OES./SEC.
"
]I
I I J I
L E=_--J 1 F _r
J l
...............
SUMMATION
11[: L---=
, I
SUM5 INPUTS AN_LICON COMPUTE'5 CAPSULE ANGULAR RATE ERROR. J OJT_PUT IF INPUT EXCEEDI 5 i:LESET DEAD ZONE _F AFPROX MATELY _- ,_
I l'('/"'lC" _
I 5WITCH I , ] --IIF J I I I J % TRAM,SI,STORIZED -,L lif " TRIGGER CI]_CU IT JTO 50LENOID !_ PI_0VIDE$ POSITIVE FONTROLVALVE, ,$W!TCHIN& ACTION {-EETYPICA_...p',_
OF 50LEMOID CONTROL VA,LVE J CONFIGUgATION_ 5 L
_'"-'m
RATE
DAMPEI_ I_X
(HONEYWELL
BG 17/A-I) ........
_,,_,.vo.,
u.j _ PR_._IMPACT
I A _LC_N
__
_,
IOW RELAY
IAuT \\\\\
COk_SOLE_'.
_
_'F _
t
k
,j
_ATE
TRANSDUCEIQ
_,_,YRo,,
I::)I::_VIOE5 OUTPUT I::_:_)PORTIONAL TO CAD.SLJLE. AN_ULAR RATE _,OR DISPLAY, R5C5 AND T_.LEMET_.Y.
VPROVIDF,.S ATT}TLtD_-
/ATTITUDE
RATE INDICATOR :
VISUAL DISPLAY 011:" C._Pc, ULP,. AND AN_UI..A_ !:_ATF...
" F[t_Lr_E4L-ll
_SCS _iNr
,,llmilllllll_'l_ " ;L
IBLOCK aur"
-'"t_'7-T_: C '
PM 4:5-. I_lIB
REVISED
ST.
LOUIS
3, MISSOURI
REPORT
_EDR
104
MOO_ .... 133 and stick potentic_eters are summed together are
sent to the rate damper box where an error followed signal. The error
forming
amplifier
by a double
ring diode
will
which applies
control
valve
is applied.
Miniature Each
Rate
of the miniature
consists function
of a gyroscope, together
fier, and a demodulator. output signal proportional are identical indexing feature
to produce
to input except
All three
transducers A special
base. Input
prevents
is ll5 volts,
to the
stick linkage
to stick deflection
and pitch
planes.
with a minimum
of lO degrees
of over-travel
discontinulty.
4-28. 4-29.
REACTION SYSTEM
COB"I_OL SYSTEM
_ESCRIPTION Control System is used for capsule catalyst yaw, pitch and roll control.
J
The Reaction
fed monopropellant,
bed design.
obtain thrust
by decomposition
P_E
REPORT MODEL
_'_
SEDR 104 133
Mc'DONNELL,_ __
ST.LOUIS, MISSOURI
D_T_
REVISED REVISED
1 NOVEMBER
1961
P5 M
A_CS
CAL
V LOGIC DC
I I
0 P AFT G'Yr_O PWR
I
J _.OG|C AC _EFORE
J
A_
o l
I
HSVAC AFTER I
_I R/G
START
i I
H_' AC PWR
r_ sus
I I --_'
BF.FOR_-
* GNAT*
GYROS
1
o
MAIN _4 V PC PR_,- |k4PACT B_JS.
%::
N
,,2J
DC PWR
_ Sc ,,_ CAL
FI GURE4-
DIAGRAM
PM 4,5-159
November
1961
Mc'DONNELL .
ST. LOUIS 3, MISSOURI
PAeE_
REPORT,
4-29
SED_ I0_
MODEL
133
matic
system consists
of a pressurization system,
system,
an "electrically" chambers.
controlled
fuel distribution
and twelve
thrust that
is similar chambers.
system except
it consists
proportional
"manually" operated
valves Figure
to the electrically
4-30.
SYSTEM
OPERATION paragraphs, 4-31 through Figure 4-35, briefly describe the operation
and manual
systems.
should be followed
text.
system
consists
of twelve
hydrogen
peroxide
levels
and their
associated
valves,
4-14.)
The
system
pressurization is unin
and propulsion
inside
a flexible
which
is contained
The flexible
bladder
capacity surrounds
of liquid H202.
Helium,
under
containing
the H202 and acts as the pressurization to 2250 psi, has a capacity
tank, pre-servlced
of 265 cubic
sequence
of events
occurs
in producing
a thrust
output. to is
is serviced
with H202
opening
regulator regulator,
shutoff
to pass through
checkvalve,
and finally
surrounds
_Z;;;-;D--;gY;AL
r"
G:: p1
/ /
THRUST CHAt_BERS -PRES;URE TRAN,_I)_W:E R -HELIUM REGULATORS ELIUM MANUAL SHUT OFF VALVES TRAN_DUCEI? MANUAL VENT VALVE_
/
/
iI I r
-HELIUM (Hz)TANK 0,1ANUAL') (Hz) TANK ('AUTO) MANUAL PUSH-PULL OF F VALVE MANUAL PUSI4-PULL SHUT OFF VALVE C_ECK V_LVE_ SOLE|NIOID VALVES )ITCH THRUST CHAMBER (o TO 24 LBS.) THRUST CHAMBER (_ANO2# LBS.)
_ -
///I
// /
/
i/
;o
;0
i / /
R5C5 ,-SOLEta, D Ot VENT VALVES YAW -_0LENO|D YAW THROTTLING PITCH R,_Cfi 5OLENOIDI. CONTROL VALVE YAW THRUST (!A_P 24 LBS,) YAW THRUST. {0 TO Zar LBS) PITCH SOLE VALVEo ITCH THRUST CHAMBER To 24 L_)
1;
l November
REVISED
Mc, DONNELL
ST. LOUIS 3, MISSOURI REPORT _ 10t
_ it to 480 psi. the perforated push-pull solenoid The helium transfer shutoff shutoff control valve
MO0_ pressure
133
tube and into the down-stream the H202 becomes Upon receiving available a 24V solenoid
"electrically"
d-c signal
the appropriate
through
an integral thrust
chamber
See Figure
are explained
a means
of monitoring
calibration)
tube
the possibility
helium
System system (See Figures 4-15 and _-16) as those consists of six thrust
in the automatic
of two ways:
(2) by electrical
control
valves.
is provided
of control
may be
4-19.
of + 1/16 of an
and a total
stroke of 3/8 of an inch from The throttle control valve arm assemblies to
theoretical or bellcranks
chamber.
which rotate
proportional effort
valves
full Astronaut
control
See
In the event
a proportional
ROEL S SHUT
MANUAL OFF
0 o 4
HELIUM RELIEF
RELIEF SOLENOID
IVALVE
(_'a')
VALVES
-n
0%
C _3 rn
! HYDRO6EN TANK PEROXIDE O.h.O,-)
RUST
CHAMBERS
0 AND
i_ LBS_
TRANSDUCER
,/-
HELIUM
)> C
SHUT
o
7> --!
/
I I # #
PUSH-PULL
E_
"VALV
E_
C_ U} Z Cn )> rt-
/
I # VALVES
SOLENOID
(_ 0
SOLENO|D VALVES
E
CHAMBE_
0LB)
/ / I
Ili <
Ill (:
)_ -I
_
0
CHAMBER (24- LB.1
THRUST
": )
'
),
I <
fll 0
<
I'll 0
-_
/
/ l l
./
I
//
/ i !
/
/l R_C5 CONT SOLENOID RO L VAt YAW T_4 VALV HYDROgeN ( N?_OZ. ) I:)E ROX_ DE TANK I_OTTLm
;_
"U
In
>
_lTCt-t VALVE
M_'DONNF__f __
ST.LOUIS, MISSOURI
1 NOVEMBER
1961
\
/ / / //
/ /
/ /' \
/
FIGURE
PM45-SZ C
D,TE _NO_._.,
REVISED
MCDONNELL_ __
ST.LOUIS, MISSOURI
P,_E.
REPORT .....
REVISED
MODEL
!,
"1
_-_AFET_' \ i \\ \ \
\
(
PITONCONTROL
LINKA6F.
YAW
FIGUI_E
4-17
__.all_ _li.
TI-I_EE
IL I _
AXIS
I II1_ IIIm Ik
HAND
I i
CONTROLLEI_
I November
1961
REVISED
MODEL_
the
133
control in the system bellcrank for system
-,_,,.,""7_';DETUTIAL
in one and axis, the increased system. system
....... ..
Astronaut The manual
REVISED
effort control switch See to for would break the
manual pin be
free
system
could
/ f.,
control
fly-by-wire deflection. is
operation Figures
or 4-9 and
stick" manual
remainder for
similar of H202
the the
except
fuel
capacity,
lbs.
4-33.
SYSTEM
Due to
UNITS
simple nature of the two system items components, (thrust a discussion and of each is fuel)
the
considered do warrant
unnecessary. brief
However,
chambers
propellant
explanations. Fue ! (H202) is a clear, which releases contained solution of gas. colorless are miscible vapor, liquid with soluble water. gas, in all proportions peroxide H202 in when deusable
4-34.
Propellant Hydrogen
peroxide
water
and
most
substances decomposed
Hydrogen and
water and
oxygen is
heat. of
when
properly of H202
controlled when
capable
producing will
pound 60
(90%)
properly peroxide
produce
cubic
feet
Hydrogen
at ll.3F,
286F. Chamber chamber assemblies a metering a nozzle. The an screen (See orifice, The Figure _-20) consist disc a of a stainless by a steel
_-35.
followed stack of
catalyst
gauge
resembles
household of 99_
screen. silver
covered
(called area
of the forms
nickel. a short
between
the
catalyst
nozzle
|1
I NOVEMBER ,
1961
MCDONNELL_ __ I_
ST.LOUIS. .............. MISSOURI "
PA_E ....
REPORT. MODEL
_-_
$EDR 104 133
":'_';
4-381
s
MCDONNELL __ _
_/_Z ST.LOUIS, MISSOURI
1961
SEDR 133
104
____
REVISED
/
I_o_
SCI-.IEMA'r:I
, _mZ. .....
C . OlAGI:::2AM
ST.LOUIS,
MISSOURI ., . -v
REPORT MODEL.
SEDR 133
104
DREXITE
V/////////////////////./////2_/(//7
c,7"y'_
_(,.\"q1---"><--_lL"i76_
W/
_ NEAT BAR_(ER
50LEMOID
iNLET VALVE
ILB./_ND
6 LB. TIq_UST
DII,_EXITE
COATED
NICKEL
SCREENS-
/--_LO#OU_STS_I_UNLIE# _ #LTEAIE L
/FILTERS
/'-_"L'TEI_.
c_LWS_ cups _
,/
SCREEN
c _,"
24 LB. T_I_UST
CHAMBER
PP14_-giB
Mc, DONNELL
ST. LOUIS, ...... MISSOURI _._,
DATE
November
l_l
REVISED REVISED
plenum
to
smooth the
out
the
flow
prior
to
reaching
the
nozzle upon
thrust The
through steel
orifice
of the and
solenoid the
valve. catalyst
distributes entering
presents of the
bed
a uniform reaction
Upon place.
first gases
catalyst the
bed,
a violent of the
catalyst
bed
resulting
output violent)
in
angle
The first in
majority two
of the
within be
catalyst The
cups.
expected
this
area.
remainder and to
assure from
a complete reaching
process
prevent
H202
_-36. 4-37.
SYSTEM
Horizon of the
two
identical a roll
units.
The
reference an output
the that
orbital slaves
phase the
mission. gyros to
scanners angles
ASCS
attitude
proper
command
/
external Basic
programmer.
Construction 4-21 is a photograph mounted prism of from a Horizon the large Scanner circular infrared and cover. Unit. plate _ll and major include components the
Figure
are
assembly,
drive
system,
detector, The
electrical the
connector prism
circular into
mounted of the
scanning
compartment system is on
projects
The
elctronics are
completely separate
various
functional
sections
fabricated
_v ,_vJ.'t.a.
.ILJ"Ik.JL'r
_'*'_"
:M 'DONNE
REVISED_ s'r. LOUIS 3, MISSOURI REPORT. _J_DR 104.
133
fastened
boards
on the circular
For rapid
servicing
boards
can be replaced
as a single
unit,
or individual
as required.
Scanner
has a number
of special over-all)
features.
It is compact
in
in weight shutter.
and resulting
those
prism
is a special
reaction
devices
sun in the scan path or the loss of horizon signals. The final feature of significance
would is that
llO volts,
3.2 va is required
The highly
regulated
the need
usually
required
detector.
4-40.
SYSTEM OPeration
OPERATION of the Horizon Scanners depend s upon infrared radiation received These at the
zero radiation
from space.
levels
discontinuity
for both
vertical present
reference
sensing.
is oriented
in general
horizon or change
(See Figure
4-22).
discontinuity,
in radiation
|I
JL Adr-ka_
level, between
.............
v_._.s_a a/md,b.d_ql
Mc'DONNEL_L __ H'_
ST.LOUIS, MISSOURI
DATE
....
I NOVEMBER
1961
REVISED REVISED
'i
.-
.,
FIGURE
4-211
WIDE
ANGLE
HORIZON
SCANNER PM4_-___8 A
'_vi',illl
=idliil
I_
1 NOVEMBER
1961
__
PA_E
REPORT MODEL
MISSOURI
SCAN
\ / ',1 /I
\ \ \ I I / /
s-
.=
/ I
\ \
FIG. 4-2.2
I-IOP,J ZON
SENGOI:E...
SC.$wN
PATTIZP,,I_
PAGE
vREPORT 7-
b_DR i_
104
MISSOURi _
REVISED REVISED
MODEL_
at
the
two to
horizon Horizon
The
Scanner
then the
bisects
the of
included bisector
angle with
itself of a
the
direction
the
fixed to
error
signals As the
bisector (roll
signals
pitch)
attitude Figure
shows
simple
block
diagram explanation
of
the of
Horizon the
Scanner.
The of each
discussion related to
entails the
a brief
functioning
over-all At
operation.
Gradient
Horizon in the radiation and the which upper the detector receives as
a large the
difference
it
scans
boundary
between equal to
space that
This
change
from black
bodies
difference gradient be
watts/cm it
The any
is much
cycle.
Correction Sharp
Reflected gradients
Solar do
of
reflected
solar
Such
found the
at
cloud
filtered system.
gradient be
since 0.2 is
most and
spectral earth is
and
troposphere by
at wave-
the
germanium while
radiation
at wavelengths
than
REVISED
ST.
LOUIS
3, MISSOURI
REPORT
_DR
10t
R_VlSED
MO_EL
133
radiation
filter
remove_
techniques
and Radiation
of the scanning
assembly
4-21.
The of
detector
through
assemblyo prism of
cone
prism
field
the conical
Different
portions
scan cycle:
output
The detector
signal is processed
is available
at the electrical
drive
system
is the reference
signal
generator
Is a square wave
second. signals
is the fixed
reference
horizon
The reference
interaction
between
a magnetic
assembly close
of the vane.
pass by the end of the magnetized pulse. A subsequent square wave. electronic
to a phase later[
30 cycle
-=::;:-;7.,:;;TIAL
in this 4-45.
section. Sun Shutter shutter transverse When two mirror the the consists slots of a pair of spring tube loaded of metal the slides scanning spring which mirror fit
The into
sun
opposed
the
section
scanning together
is not field on
rotating is the
slides
obstructed. slides is
scanning to open
is turning,
the
centrifugal
force
sufficient
shutter. Arrangement radiation electrical is frcm signal a thermistor the field is of view strikes by its the the infrared detector system. immersed and The in
_-46.
Infrared Infrared
the
which
processed with
electronics element
detector
bolometer
active
lens. element is a rectangular with flakes a similar flake of thermistor flake and By material which is and is con-
in
a bridge
shielded is con-
radiation. to the
are
oppositely which
their
Junction the
input rear a
the
immersing
in the by of
surface of
over-all
detectivity having
increased field
factor The
detector has
same
view.
material of
in the
a high
when
flake
Since
When same
flakes have
temperature.
istics, change
their the
resistances of
resistances
both
flakes
l ember
REVISED REVISED
MCDONNELL
ST. LOUIS 3, MISSOURI REPORT SEDR
104
...............
MODEL_
13._
Junction focused
remains
the same.
opens,
incoming
radiation
is
on the active
element;
element element
becomes
from that
of the compensating
there
is a voltage
change
to the electronics
prism
is a sharp change
level
The result
a complete
scan cycle
of an approximate
signal
at a frequency
of 30 cycles per
arranged
so that functionally
related into
system is divided
circuits,
on individual
circuit boards.
In some
the requirements
construction Thus,
sub-circuits amplifier,
and phase
the block
diagram
(Figure 4-23)
lines.
the power
generator
in function
that
follow describe
the functions
system.
by system
and these
description shown
of the major
in the block
Immersed
The radiation
determines
the waveshape
of the
REPORT
REVISED
output
signal
is to
be
processed by the
by
the
electronics cycle
system.
The previ-
determined
scanning of
described The
and that
first is
WF-1, space
Figure
waveform is an
higher
there the
shift in is
to the
as
the
scans place a
across because
horizon
change
200 this
the of
of
required the
complete Thirty
shift complete
level
detector.
taking
This
resembles levels
that is
between
the
takes is
a longer for
time. the
approximately the an
required
active The
detector
flake
half-level amplitude
stabilized of
output.
detector
output
the
order
2 millivolts.
4-48.
Amplifier
thermistor
flakes has
the per
pre-amplifier. second.
pre-amplifier is to used
a voltage
between phase
stages
prevent
Negative the RC
provide
stable
gain, boost
feedback time
provides
compensate boost.
effect
of 350 an
this
reduced
microseconds
booster
amplifier shows is
additional booster
voltage
cycles
second. signal
WF-4 amplitude
of the of
amplifier.
peak-to-peak
in the
5 volts.
I NOVEMBER
1961
Mc'DONNEL L
ST, LOUIS , MISSOURI
II / II II II /
,,oR,'.S'M
/--/.4.H_'[,,qS"[Z) /_)TCTOR
" ------
Z)ETE'CT/OI_ C,'_CZJIT"
/_c_R iz<3_v
,..',_lV, dL.
t
_u_-
G_Nr_4TOR
R_'F'_'.REA/C_ <3/T.=_Ur
5",_A/AIL
FIG
4-_3
_O_.LZO_
_CAh.lhdE.g:_...
I_LOC;_
DIA(_g_vl
Mc'DONNELL
ST.LOUIS, -_Vl_lr
il./r--I_l
1 NOVEMBER
1961
MISSOURI
133
WF I-RADIATION
ON
DETECTOR
WF 7-PHASE
INVERTED
LIMITED
OUTPUT
._IGNAL
_ PHASE
WF 2 - DETECTOR
OUTPUT
VIBRATING
AT
80Z LOAD
_OURCE
9-CHOPPER I--
(AT
K!O.I
CONTACT)
5CURCE--I
KIOI
WF4-
BOOSTER AMPLIFIER
KID&
WF I0- CHOPpEP, OUTPUTS WF4ABOOSTER AMPLIFIER OUTPUT (2,5" DROPPED HORIZON] I--LO4D---p
(AT
NO. 7 CONTACT)
SOURCEH -_sv
__#_
WF 5SIGNAL CENTERING
CIRCUIT
OUTPUT
WF &- LIMITER
AMPLIFIER
OUTPUT
INTERNAL
SIGNAL
WAVEFORM5
o,
NO
HORIZON
a. NORMAL
APPROX. 36 _ SEC_
B_ 15 VIX: 0
t__j_
I_'E
5"8V
P/P
|
/I-ayocl,.g_l
..... ,i _--__J/THAN
'
tjJITTER
5 o RESPECT
_.
LOW ALTITUDE
HdRIZON
MUST aE L-_S
U 6EC WITH TO LEADING EDGE
_. MOTOR ._TOPPED(LOSS
I
OF M.,,E-.Nr'T_CF'_CKUPREFERENCE PUL.S,E)
I t _) INSUFFICIENT 'GAIN OR
I i PARTIAL
I _ SIGNAL -0
VOLTS
TRANSISTOR
. 14. v NORMAL
LOSS 0
J I ,
_ I t ] I I
_ --i i I
jIF i
VOLT_ - 0
-'' I J--
I I
+ I4 V
NORMAL
c_ NORMAL
_IPM_IAL DROPPEDHORIZON
,I-7,
_, I "
,F-l,
I _.LJ
IF "_
U _0 VOLT.5 _. TYPICAL
J%P-L__J-LLOCKOUT SIGNAL
I L L
I L___,
i raT'p _,-'I I M
'_" SUNIN II)_N AT SCaN I'-IJ1
I
CAUE'ED BY "SUN
'>
PUL'_E j I LOCK-0UT T0 GROUND
MORIZ.0N
_ _ _----_
I
NORMAL H0mZON
PUI.._E ' -4,,tI-,--.$UN . I
I vo.Ts
, _------d, -O
, (:;
:i':U
D_SCONTINUrFY
, I _
_')
li
U
II
LJ L_
c
KOUT TO +14 V
2.)BUN
IN
_ I
_J
_i_
O T OT AT
CC,;;";,..,_,,,
l Ii_
_L----J
_00LTG
e.,. IMPERFECT
_YNCHRONISM
LIMITED
SIGNAL
OUTPUT
AT P-IOtA
FIG-,4-24.
FORM._
--
PM_-Z20 A
, ,,-,,-
OAVE
REVISED REVlSL=ID
I November
1961
ST. LOUIS 3, MI_URI
RmPORT Moo,,,
_DR 133
i0_
4-49.
Signal In the
Centerin_
Circuit considered previously signal. there has been this no particular average is that the
in the voltage
of the average
However,
in system operation.
for this
be determined
between
and the fixed reference should have no effect. in earth temperature amplitude detector variations there
and amplitude
variations
variations parts
because
of the trajectory
or orbit.
characteristic portions
is a difference
in phase signal.
different signals
of the lead-
would
also be affected
due to changes
in amplifier
gain and supply voltage. variations variation. but the limiting These variations Using areas an RC of the de-
of minimum
at the peaks
to couple the
would
Changes
in the angle
of horizon Hence,
a signal
circuit
the limlters
shift under
of two diodes
connected
on opposite peaks
the associated
to charge
_ IIL/
up to opposite
peak values
of the signal.
summed
in a resistive
divided
network,
and half the sum is sampled by tapping follower couples this signal which is
the divider
at its midpoint.
An emitter circuit.
1 November
1961
REVISED REVISED
.............
4-50.
Phase enters a
S_litting the
Circuits of a pair of cascaded The feedback amplifiers, consists an of emitter the section level. of
first and
each
of which
as
phase
stage
performs is about is lO
the 50:1
volts during
lO-volt
the
emitter grounded
follower emitter
from
the The
collector first
of the
stage
diode. centering in
section Its of as of
sho_u
WF-6. the
it underfirst in the
is thus
shown of
either will be
signal found
signal
information out
s the
presence ripple
signal
cancelling
undesirable
components
rectified Phase
signal.
Detector of the symmetrical detector the s limited derives reference signals signal and enter which the the detector section to (WF-8). the phase interor
a d-c pulse
between phase
midpoint of two
sensitive in phase
consists by the
driven and
reference choppers
signal. provides
desigof
._j/
Kl02
(WFg).
of two ripple.
advantages
rectifications the
notably action of
rectifier, signals.
it
is
to
phasing
Since
_bul_
r l_l_
A A.ak L -
,,oo
REVISED ST. LOUIS 3, MISSOURI REPORT _DR 10_
133
to the source while the arm of the other Swltch-over vertical takes place when mark the radial
reference
Thus, when
it is connected
storage
capacitor
The capacitor
is charged during
of the earth
pulse
switched
is parallel
eachcapacitor Therefore,
an amount
is not no
is, therefore,
signal at the input of the d-c amplifier sensor (cw as viewed from the
for a positive
of the
sensor along
uncombined
D-C Amplifier The output of the phase detector is combined and filtered in an R-C netvaries
work at the input of the d-c amplifier. approximately The amplifier i00 mv per degree input is at high three, of tilt impedance the output polarity
a low ripple
of the amplifier
reversing
at zero tilt.
to the emitter
of the input
stage.
configuration
vith temperature
SP-HL Detection
-"-C._'Y:ZZ_:T'AL
Mc, DONNE
REVISED _-, -_'r._',-.'- -,_?_W_ REVISED,,
the
sun
appears
in
the
scan
and
when
the
is
lost.
Signals by its
./
these sun
trigger or the
a logic horizon to of is
circuit lost
indicates the
the
circuit).
This
can The
be
used
d-c
error
guidance of
effect
shown
graphically
Figure
The
sun pulse
introduces
unsymmetrical from it is
element likely to
signal The
at the the
hundreds
than When
earth. occurs,
produce
pulse
pulse
a peak
amplitude to produce
causes
Void
Signal a
is present
in a normal to keep is
5 of
6 volts shut as a
centering of the
suffices the
void has
amplifier effect
off.
when
horizon to less.
sun
causes a load
void 2000
amplifier ohms or
conduct
with
a consequent
output
current
4 ma
into
4-54.
Phase A phase
Sisnal signal
Circuit is produced with by the to It each scanning the system The whenever reference spaced it
through is
point
respect
Sensor.
system. for
consists revolution
equally
one
one
the
scanning detector
These is in under
trigger with
bistable scan
two-level the
synchronism various
cycle.
reference
generator
operating
conditions
shown
4-24.
4-55.
Power Su_l
the power
7
required to operate the sensor is derived from the llO volt,
All
DATE
REVISED, REVISED.
,1,,November 1961
ST. LOUIS 3, MISSOURI
PA_
REPORV
L55
SEDR 104
MOI_ZL .....I_
power
supply.
the
of this transformer
to provide secondary
a-c to operate
motor.
output
is full wave
rectified
with respect
to ground.
outputs
and void
signal
voltage
is rectified
separately
unregulated current
generator
signal
amplifier. _-56. Power Regulator The Regulator regulated voltages and super Regulator convert Circuits of the power supply into
circuits
the outputs
sensor.
by cascaded their
maintain
a substantially
terminals
similar
to break-down
regulator. connected
a symmetrical
arrangement
followers.
potential
is fixed by low
reasonably
regulated
in the Super Regulator by the detector content circuits is are 1/4 and
to provide
regulated
voltage
required
pre-smpllfler. essentially
is extremely
transistor
regulate
within
4-57.
4-5@.
Stabilization Compliance
4-59 through
4-62.
--1
i&
iIiiiwllli
_1
i/-lIJImm
: f
!11
> m
NOTE
DUMtt Y I_ISTALLATION HELIUM LOW PRESSURE RELIEF VALVES
/
_ .4
"T !
C R] HYDROGEM PEROXIDE TA_K (AUTOMATIC SYSTEM) z /
m
4_
I
p.} Lrl
i i
_B Pl
_B Pl
0 ),
'
[_ HYOROGEN PEROXIDE{HzOz) (MANUAL SYSTEM)
__AW
I z
HELIUM FILTERS
I;
:;0
ROLL SHUT MANUAL FU_;H-PULI., OFF VALVE RELIEF FILL HELIUM RELIEF LOW VALVE / .J -ROLL SOLENOID VALVES PRESSUREWLVE (Y,_) IDL_-.. VALVE (_}
OR_.IN RELIEF
-THRUST
CHAMBERS
(I AND
6 LB '_')
-n
G_ C
X3
TRANSDUCER HYDROGEN PEROXIDE (HzOt) REGULATOR MANUAL TANK / IJELIUM MANUAL SHUT-OFF VENT VALVE VALVE
rn .p
I
ra
o/I
,'
' / /
- HELIUM
FILTER
SHUT /
OFF
c:
MANUAL SHUT
_0
MANUAL
'
YAW
H=Oz
RELIEF
VALVE
P* ii /
/
i
-1
CHAmB_ (..B.)
@w SOLENOID
VALVES
"-"
_. _ /
(I LB)
CHA_BE_
13
cn rn
'
C1 r11 -t
E,
"
" "
"
-"
{24- LB.) m
.//_.
/ CHECK VALVE HELIUM (H_ TANH --/ / MELIUh_ VENT FILL VALVE YAW SOLENOI VALVES HEAT CIr. THQUST (I LB.) CHAMBER _ARRIEP, PLACES) AND /
e_,._BER
u1
4_
(ILB) SOLENOID
4-58
REPORT MODEL S_EDR 104 133
McDONNE
ST. LOUIS, _ MISSOURI REVISED REVISED .......
4-59. In to
Automatic general 8.
Capsule
data
converter signals,
to and
permit the
vertical the
torquer has
command been
after
fairing
separated.
Rate Capsule
a Rate do not
Stabilization apply.
Control
System,
therefore 4-61.
Paragraphs
Control 8 is which
System not has equipped been with a Manual and text RCS System to with the the exception RCS through
of
the
fuel to
installed All
Automatic 4-28 of
System 4-35
provide to
additional the
fuel.
system component
applies
component see
automatic 4-26.
location
and
tubing Capsule
differences helium
between
Compliance
regulator output
output for
helium 8 thrust
regulator chambers do
460
not
filter
screen
shown
Figure
4-62.
Horizon Same as
Specification
Compliance.
Refer
to
Paragraphs
4-37
through
4-56.
4-63.
TEST The
CONFIGURATION
CAPSULE
NO.
9 System with the for Capsule No. noted 9 is the in the same
. j
Automatic
Control capsule
as ing
the
Specification 4-64
exceptions
follow-
Paragraphs
r__
ROLL 5HLJT-OFF VALVE.('AUTO
m o
.<
|
!_
r_
=;
C VALVE5 ;0 m II -t
I
"0 >
_B,C_PITC_ VALV rr-S CMAN) EAAI4UAL RC_ HYDROGEN PErOXiDE (H=O_ TANK
AND YAW
(MAN)
_OL_Om CONT_O_
==
_E
REPORT MODEL
,-6o
SEDR 104 133
M_,DONNE_
ST.LOUIS. ="_..ti"lt =L,,,tI.,,
__
MISSOURI "Ti = ,_,_
D_TE,
REVISED REVISED
I NOVEMBER
1961
AUTOMATIC
RC_
HYDF_OCtEN
,_.:j
OF AUTOMATICi
MANUAL
P-,CS FUEL
SUPPLY
OATE
REVISED REVISED
1 November
1961
M DONNE
ST, LOUIS 3, MISSOURI
PAGE REPORT
4-64. In
r
Control 9 ASCS do
Capsule. to the
sequencing of ASCS
missions to
a detailed 4-9.
description
normal
sequencing Capsule
in the
foregoing ASCS
referenced
paragraph at
is
adefairhas by
9 with the
ceases data
antenna
separation added to
when the
removed.
a yaw command
converter
system
signals
generated
Refer
to
Paragraph
13-145.
4-65.
Control
Specification
Compliance
Capsule.
Refer
to
Paragraphs
4-21
through 4-66.
4-27. Reaction Control Control capsule Reaction Reaction System System with on Capsule No. 9 is the control same as the is specificainstalled connected supply for
Reaction
The
stick fuel
not is fuel
Control Control
peroxide an
tank
the
additional Refer
system.
See
4-28.
to
paragraphs
specification
4-56.
4-68.
TEST The
CONFIGURATION
CAPSULE
NO.
Automatic in
Control through
those
discussed
the
Specification
Compliance
Capsule.
_A_
,-',_r'h|_', A,
Mc'DONNE
ST. LOUIS, MISSOURI
DATE
i November ,
1961
REVISED REVISED
4-69.
Automatic Same as
Stabilization
Control
Specification Control
4-70.
Reaction Same as
Specification Scanner
Refer
to
Paragraphs
4-28
through
4-35.
4-71.
Horizon Same as
Specification
4-72.
TEST The
CONFIGURATION
CAPSULES
NO. Control
IOAND System
Automatic as the
Stabilization
the
same
Specification
Compliance
Capsule.
Paragraphs
throu_
4-56.
4-73. Automatic Same 4-74. as Stabilization Control System Refer to Paragraphs 4-2 through 4-20.
Specification Control
Reaction Same as
Specification Scanner
Refer
to
Paragraphs
4-28
through
4-35.
4-75.
Horizon Same as
Specification
4-37 through
4-56.
,umMp_4m=-_
, I NOVEMBER
1961
M DONN
ST.LOUIS, MISSOURI
THROTTLE
VALVE
FIGURE
4-Z9
MANUAL
RC5
THROTTLE
VALVE.
AND
BF.LLCPh_NK
PM45-
7.70
vv
_.A:;
IIN/r--I1
.......
I/_
t-
S_CTION v
m
SEQUENCE SYSTEM, LAUNCH ROUGH RETROGRADE OR ABORT
TABLE
OF
CONTENTS
C_.;&:----m
Ill'liB
Ilmlliill
-.
fIRE
BOOSTER EN6tNE CUTS OFF AND _EPARATES UPON GROUNDCOMMAND. TWE_T_ _ELO_b_.kTTE.R E,OOSTER.CUTOFF, FIRE TOWER Rim SEPARATIONBOLTS.
SEPARATION. SCAPEROCKETS E
_-
(_) CAPSULE ADAPTER 5EPARATIONBOLT5 FIREAFIER THRUS'I I)ECA_' .OZC_ TO A,_O i SEt... TINGE DELAX
_> f'-_I
(_
(_ (_
WHEN SIXTY
'I'_' PP"O_I'P" A_TT'Tt_DE' A_b kFTEP" _O _EC" T'IvIEDELKY' RETRO ROCKET'_ F' REE SECONDS AFTER RETP,.OROCKETS HAVE FIRED s RET_O ROC..KET P/_,CK_kR IS CJkP._ULEA._S_),AE_AND _AINTA,IN_ RE-E_TP-.Y _,TTITUI)E CHUTE IS DEPLO'YEb t_kIN .
JETTISONED (_ (_
UPOI'_ DE_CENT
FA_P.._,_ IS JETTISOhEb
I_
EJECTED,
Mo_
133
V.
SS_
SYSTEM, _
THROUGH _
OR ABORT
SEO_:E
at time
of
and
then
engine seccmds
tower are
be_m_
fired after
after
delay. and
fired system
bolt
detonation
The sequence vhlch zero Orbit switch the occur reference relay is box provided These st
system
is a_er
from ls
the
2 inches and
know:
latching
No.
located in
_.n Astronaut from to the the _ Altitude the occur loss this Time o_ ti_e
ocutro].led _ssLle
reach Sensor
cap_tle. Satellite
same Clock.
also to
Altitude Sensor an abort the power rel_ After Sel_ar_lu_ Delay Main the a_
in
the
whereby capsule
the
booster
_awa_h Second to
Jettlson be _plied
ener_L_e Llsht
Bolts
relay
Jettlson Power _
Warni_ rely7 ls
ar_ed _en
ARM switch.
Isolated
Mc, DONNELjL__ __
-_-'. ST, LOUIS P P_w, MISSOURI !"_ =_I_=Ne_F_
'r
DATE
REVISED REVISED
1 NOVEMBER
1961
133
%'-/_TEM
5T_ql
TWO. W_,
NG
_- ETT. L_RT _EPA_'/_T%O_I-_ I REL P<' I INTEP, LCX:.K _ FIRE H RQCKE.T JETTISON
I I I
_lN_
LIMIT
P-OCKE_
_///////////////////_
[ aOq"_'F''{l"
%V_/ITC.,,_
FiRE
_.E.Lk'-([
f l
I
I I
-I I
_OLT5 TOWE_.
///////////////////'/_
eOOsTaa I
E._GmE I ^
I
I
NOTF_.%
/_ /_ z_ USE IF ATLP,% FAIL% TO PRODUCE. LIFT-OFF 51C.,,_L LO_ OF ?.B VOLT POWER IF ESCAPE P.OCKE%'5 FA_L TO F_P.E ANO T_R_T bE.CkW5 TO ,_0 q.
LIFT- OFF
AT L/_% _B VOLT_ AT
H
I --
%._-,T E.LLI-?
TIME
7-E_,O
_t
TIME
ZERO
_w_TC.H
MA_MUM ALTITUDE
#M'45-? _,5
bus three
pover of
tvo
of squibs
the
flve
squibs
and
squib
bus
power
flzes
se_ented return
Tower to the
Clamp norasl posiThe rela_ p(r_er relaT. are rocket Rocket both squibs
Tover and
svitches pover
through
their
contacts. Rocket squib Rocket Fire Fire bus Fire relays _ettlsaa Escape fire the Capsule the f_m two
pover Jettison
Escape )_Ln
energizes s the
Escape the
contacts In two
Jettison both
relay sources.
vl_
fire
Of the and
The Emergency same :anner Power routed of and this are _ light sepezste_ pover De].a,y Rel_rs. to the
are
cc_ected _
Jettison 1 Seecad
Flre _s the
Rockets unfired.
separates ls
Rockets the
s_ccmpllabed, and
tower
s_t
sepaz_ted the on
reaove
fr_ 1 Tower
2 Tower
de-energlsed_
energize A_er
No.
Chute Chute
S_stea a:l
deist, Delay
i_ii _
Tlae _e
ho_ foot
watll the
range, thls
which
sequence
tattlated.
IX of
amnu_.
PAGE REPORT
5-6 _ 10_.
Mc, DONNE
REVISED _TLT'J'_U| _!_S_ S'O_ RI U REVISED
MODEL..1.33
5-5. 5-6.
SECOND__ _n_io_
i
staging bolts
is
initiated are fired and bolts sensed orientation the are and
by
sus_J_er
cutoff has
at
which to
providing four
decayed disconnects
in
capsule of rate
rotates
Settles
orbit
attitude.
5-1'.
OPm_TION
At approximately 5-3)Sustainer in the At thie 285 tJ_e Cutoff Cutoff 1 Second to seconds a 28 Relay. Sensor Time energize 2 Second Main suppled and after volt d-c _en closes. Delay the Time Xsolated the Sequence clamp close Rocket and to fire The Isolated the and launch, signal the second fran thrust Power _ta_er is the drops then Engine Separation relays. fire the Light on the staging missile below suppl_ed Cutoff Bolts Through Capsule Time Lef_ it to will occur (See
_-1_1 -_)E,
Engine Thrust
Capsule contacts, Also l]._te the Capsule grade connect energized Cap_e Main
energized Bolts. to
Separation Delay Hand relay Console. the the Adapter power and create through the
power Red
through
CapsuZe
Separation
a3_lows
supply_z_ Fire
energize
PosiDisthe
Rocket Squib
busses Pos_Erade
contacts Adapter
four
Explosive
Posi_pmde
Rockets
sufficient
_F_------
--
November
ig61
M ,DONNE
ST. LOUIS 3, MISSOURI
L --
__
REPORT _ 1(_
thrust
to
the
adapter.
attached
flows Sensor
Capsule
Warning Separation
flows Slgnal
Dsmping to
relay end
orbit
orientation
capsule
a 3_
attitude.
5-8. 5-9.
In sequence touchdown
\
SC IPTZ0a
order must point. of may for my the be a also for be the initiated The method Retrograde activated calculated be pre-set started by capsule to impact at a designated nautical re-entry the into at area, miles the re-entry of is by the the The to The
3000
up range sequence
Firing the
Clock. prior
re-entry by the
booster
Co,and
may be
Command transmitters the Astronaut The last starts the the fire switch Time retro Delay to
and manually
the
method Retro
Sequence of the
h_tton. sequence
which
capsule Retro
proper
delay Retro
has Rockets
run
the end
5 seconds is in the is is
the the at
Retro 60
Retro the
Rocket of
Asselbly the 60
Relay
run-out
delay
package
..........
""f
ff
R!
Mc, DONNE__
ST.LOUIS.
_ilT i I I
P
MiSSO0'Rr "_'_
1 NOVEMBER
1961
133
C,-,-,,-:_ _,_
I
I
_o
__////////////////////
_.A
I
DJ Z 0
ir
_r
'JI
/// ///
'//i
.4,._
__
I
I
!
z _o_
0_.
J
_n,O
bj O-JO
,Po_q o
(j c_ _ N {Z :"
t---I
z_
O..J
_o
oj
zo
r',,, _ o
I
_Zq
"i
F-O. ,_,v uJ
DAV_
RE_/ISED
i November
1@61
ST. LOUIS 3, MISSOURI
.'AGE .",'O.V
R_ISED
The three
retro retro
package package
separation electrical
is
sensed
and
results
in
the
separa-
umbilicals.
5-10.
(See
Figure Retro
5-4) Fire relay and the the the switch (See Retro Retro same is Figure Fire armed 5.-4). switch by Main With closed Sequence Retro Squib the by Fire Sequence Indicator supplied the pressing the followed. power No. position on and when the 1 to and for the flow No. Retro Retro has 2 30 bus Retro any 30 power Delay of the
clock
Separation
"NORM" position mentioned Is energized. illuminating switch Attitude may on Relay in Retro manually the lef_ and the Fire when Retro 30 the allow ASCS No. in the
Second
Retro
Sequence power is
contact The
B//_ , \
No.
1 by-passing sequence by
Retro
console nodal
which
will
energize to be
sequence closes
allowing the
Emergency
Attitude second
capsule
Normally, telelight, and routed first Rocket Latch the Retro through the and Relay, Left 5
exti_u/shes energizing the to the time Rocket. energize Isolated Retro dell7 the
the
Red
Green Relays.
Relays a 5
second 3) to
(No. Sisal
later will
(No.
Signal
vvl_a
allu_aw
a,lr-Sahm
5-1Q _ l_ l(_
Disengage
Signal
23 Second
Time
Delay
Relay. the
The
power to be
to
the
coil to
of the the
Retro
Fire
Disengage
Relay
allows RCS 3
circuit
completed
ASCS will
resulting
in hi-torque which is
operation of total
23 seconds,
firing. rockets The are
retro
capsule
end will
seconds, removing
23 Second
Slgnal in the No. Relay With Fire the No.
energize the
Retro
removlng the
Attitude
position
switch to
1 Emergency
Retro
bus No.
power
the
relay Rockets
powering when
switch the
in the
which be
energizes fired is
Attitude of the
relay,
Rockets Signal Retro Warning run 2_0 the Fire Jettison Retro gize Light Jettison out ft./see, RePro
relay
Main Second
Squib
Power
Time
Delay the
relay 20
Retro delay
relay. is supplies
Retro
to
velocity Fired
Retro
the
of
the
Delay and
allows
Jettison As the
Jettison delay is
telelight
illuminated.
Rocket
AsseRbly
Jettison
DAT REVISED.
NoveE_er
PAG REPORT
_zvlsEo. relay Assembly of the shield from (single Retro Assembly three the directs Jettison capsule and Main and Bolt. 2 being Isolated
MO_. of the
will
will the
a coil T_
Retro
package will
package Separation
allow the to
Rocket their
switches) Separation
Rocket
Assembly
Umbilical Retro Rocket after Separation and is At for 1 and .O_g the
Separation package dropping Relay illuminates energized, end bus 2.0Sg Telelight involved in of the
squibs
umbilical Rocket
When the power When the Accelercmeter delay_ the the .05g .O_g
telelig_t relay
relay relays.
Main No.
power Retro
Jettison po_er
Retro
Power the
removes as well
switches s.
Sequence
as extin_tishi_
telellEht
5-11.
ESCAPE SYS_
system of
of
a tower and
&ssembly
desiEned
to the
propostand of a
system, sustainer
initiated The
tubular end.
steel
structure clamp
_ foot
escape
mounted secures
_ts t_e of
A segmented
3 _xplostwe
104 ..... .ST. L.OUiS ,. MISSOURI _; to the recovery plate the con_artment is escape a Jettison rocket the engine has _i __,_ _j T_.._ upper flange. rocket been rockets which fired are ' Attached is for
Jettison however,
conditions of booster
escape
fired
accomplish
tower
separation
separation.
5-13.
BEFORE ground
LIFTOFF
_EFORE
UMBILICAL will
DISCONNECT energize abort the the Mayday relays. the This missile on
signal the
is
a direct
through must be
capsule pad
In the is
aborted
launch
unable be
transmit
abort and
signal, 45 are
is one wired
other and
method
may
selected. the
transmit Abort
from
blockhouse energizing
Signal relay
relay, 28 V
locking
energized of the
Squib relay;
Arm
Ground until
Test the
Umbilical is
however, The
through be is
relay
de-energized.
the
relay
if this
abort
method to
conductor
first
the eject
milliseconds
thereafter
umbilical.
5-1_-
ESCAPE During
DLSCOKIECT 50 is to 90 inches (1) The seconds liftoff. blockhouse (2) These three between time During to
of this
capsule period,
missile Ground
hardline cc_Aud
paragraph; handle.
signal;
Astronaut's
Abort
REVISED
REVISED
REPORT
MOI:_L-
_R1:_ 104
133
methods
all result
in energizing
the Mayday
relays.
5-15.
ESCAPE After
AFTER LY__FF
_EFC_E
TO_R
liftoff,
(Time Zero),
there
be
initiated.
command
abort
naut
Abort handle,
Catastrophic
Failure
method
non-effective de-energized.
is energized
two inches
a circuit
relays
if the Catastrophic
is de-energized
of power
Operation When the Mayday relays are energized, The ABORT Bolts relay the abort light sequence (See Figures console 5-5 will
occur as follows:
Separation Delay
Power
relay
Light Time
is energized, After
is energized. Sensor
is energized.
computes hefore
Jettisoning releasing
tower.
separation
squibs
the capsule-adapter
the three
positions Fire
Fire
relay
relay,
rocket
explosive separate
squibs.
rocket's
of thrust
the capsule
Mc'DONNE
_VI11 I_IJlIJIil I Ig'_ iI-
1 NOVEMBER
1961
BY qRo_% P_E-SET
,,,,,
R _
RETRO
ATTITUDE
t
PEE-SET BEFORE AUTOMAR_C 7..4-V D.C. _U Mh_N S j
RE'fRO
R.OCKETe,, LI
R.ETRO FIRE
ROCKET R.EL&'YS
T
VELOCITY SENSOR, ASSE_BL'X" SE_APRATiON R.ET IKO ROCKET RF.LA,y
NOTES
[D AFTER _o SEC.T.D _CORR_-CT _,TTI'TL_D_ IS A_X_I_D AFT_._. SO g_C..T.D. ATTKR _,0 _EC.T.D, AFTEIK ZO SEC..T,_). PWR RKt, OVED AFT_.R2q_ Sr..C. A ATTEIK ?_ SEC.,T.D. RETRO W_ _EL _,Y F_RE L_HT
I
R ET_,O g iQ_,IA, L L A,TC_, _.EL k'f RETRO FIEE
[_D [_
I
I_ ]
1,
P-,ETRO ROCK_.T L_I_ILICAL _EPA, R_T Io_ IK_-LAy I SEP,_RAT_OI_ _ P-,ETRO ROCKET SENSOP., _SSEMBLY I RETRO ROtKET ,T E.TT_SOl, P,E i LK'( _ R_.T RO IKOCKET S E PAP-,A,T i iot, RETP,BOLT O ROCKET __ ,IETTI SO R, ETR.O LIMBIL_C&L b I_CO_',II_ET C
l I_-I -
!: " i
(z sEcT.b)
RELLY
FIgUrE
5-4-
NORMAL
.....
P-,E-EI'4TRY SQL_ENCE
. I I I _ I I
PM_5-Z3BA
_
m o 111 o
(_
'_Y
-/
/
z 0 <
m m
/
! /
UPON RECEIPT OF ABORT SIGNAL... _ _2_ (_ _._ SHUT OFF BOOSTER, SUSTAINERENGINES. FIRE CAPSULE ADAPTER BOLTS FIREESCAPE ROCKET SENSE CAPSULEADAPTER SEPARATION, JETTISONRZTRO-PACKABEND JETTISON RETRO-ROCKET UMBILJCAL_ A MAXIMUM ALTITUDE 3ENSO_ RUN3 OOT FiRE TOWER 3EPAI_AT/ON BOLT3
I ,w
SENSE TOWER SEPARATION THROUGR ELECTRICALDISCONNECT COMMAND _'ATE DAMPING, 3' 5E.C. TIME DELAY EJECT ANTENNA FAIRINr_ ANI) DEPLOY MAIN CHUTERATE PAMI_IN6 .STOP3 AT CHUTE PEPLOYMENT
P N
REPORT MODEL-]
_I_ 33
10_
ST. LOUIS, _
_f .....
MISSOURI _
REVISED REVISED
and
also
energizes interlock
the relay
Abort Retro
Interlock
Latching Jettison and will by for in relay tower return Rocket the this MAX ALT firing clamp to Fire their rebus be to capsule a coil fires
abort
the"ARM" of the the package between the capsule and the three
The
fracture spring purpose. SENSOR the ring: normal lays. power _ettisoned electrical the This main start foot Tower relay chute the and bolts.
assisted assembly
bolts three
Duping
signal
A_CS the
damping relays
recovery 2
will
baroswltches
after
seconds.
5-17.
ESCAPE The
A_ of
TO_ER
SEPARATION an after Abort three abort after and (3) will of these staging are: Booster energize relays are identical to the receiver DeThe the
initiating escape
the
command
Failure relays. in
Mayday described
energizing
d-I
f'l,
"_T
1"_ T T_
T_
"ILl' rr,
"
1
1 NOVEMBER
1961
Mc'DONNE
ST.LOUIS. MISSOURI
,,,
5-17
),
MAY'DAY RELAY5
BLOCK HOu 5E
POWER
IRELAY ,i
J---. .__J _ /
CAPSULE
' H
L
_@_LAM
SWITCH
TOWER, _EPARATION ABORT .s-f,,, _NT_LOCK TOWER RELAY._ JE[TISON WN. LIOBT TIME DELAY RELAY
CAPSULE ADAPTER DISCONNECT SQUIB FIRE RELAY JETTISON ROCKET FIP.E RELAYS
V
JE'ITt._3N RETRO WARNING LIGHT 2,0 SEE. TIME. bELAY 5EFARATION BOLTS POWER RELAY TOWER RINC9 BOLTS
ill
Tow H H
RELAY
F
TOIVER R II,,IG uMIT 5_)ITCHES
H
L
H
i J
JETTISON
TELELICq-IT
I
I _
_T_o
C K E T
I
"
I
If' "
I
I
I
" _
"l
RETRO
ROCKET
/
/
_ [ /
/
g
I I I
I
I
ASSEMBLY I ,
UMBILICAL SYSTEM
RELAY
I I
I
i
I_,
I
ASCS RATE
PACK_
uM_,_A_
,.
SW,TCH AI
ANTENNA FAIRING EJECTOR
J
; I
_ //_
EJgg,_L
L
/
_Y UMSIUC.I_CUIT TO E)_OOOFt
RELAY _ DAMPING
/
/
--
SEPARATION I.
RELAYS
-
I "
I MUST _E ENEREdZE0 CAL RELEASE FOR GET THRU, SWITCH CLO_ED
_LOW
FIGUI2E5:-G.
ESC.-A.PE
BEFOI_E
STA61N(5
BLOCK
DIA, roI2AAA
P_,;s-_;B
MCDONNE
ST. LOUIS, MISSOURI
REVISED REVISED
following 5-18.
O_eration The signal which energizes the Mayd_7 engine relays also is transmitted 5-7 and 5-8). is contacts contacts completed of the to the
missile contacts
to shut down the sustainer of the energized main armed. Mayday instrument As thrust
Through to the
on the are
close
the Capsule
Separation
Bolts
Power
relay
firing
five capsule
squibs
and separating
the capsule
adapter
clamp
ring.
The sequence
ring separation
sequence
Re-entry
or ground before
Refer also
5-9.
the capsule
has obtained
the correct
velocity
rockets,
must
that even
rockets.
TEST CORFIGURATION TEST CORFIGURATION General Capsule No. 8 is that the the takes
same
as
Capsule of the
in Launch
the
seOrbit
quence and
of
events and
place; Relay
Escape
Retrograde
following
manner.
5-22.
Launch Throughsecond
Same as Specification Tower bolts_ the Compliance Tower Ring Capsule, limit except that spring immediately to their upon actuated
firing
the
switches
=:
O > -I Ill
"11
c
111
--4
I
iO E
(I) 0
!
., f 0
UPON Q Q RECEIPT SHUT SF-NSE OF AISoR'r SIGNAL... OFF 5USTAINER DECAY ENGINE TO .?.DO AND FiRE CAPSULE ADAPTER I_OLT5 EXPLOSIVE RATE DAMPINQ, D rtl r"
T_RUST
m zl "4
O (_ Q Q
RiNG RELEASE, i:iRE CAI_SULE TO ADAPTER AND File I:IO_IGIRADE I:I.OCKET_. START 5 5EC
SENSE CAPSULE-ADAPTE._ SEPARATION. AND JETTISON RETRO-PACKA_E, ]_PTER S .SEC. GATE DAMPlN6 CAPSULE
TURN,_
AROUND.
/1 fln
OR C_ROUNO COMMAND ABTRONAUT _NiTIAT'..5 EMEP,6E_CY URE5 TO PERFORM RE-ENTRY AT 34" ATTITUDE,
PROCEED4_
?
",4
Mc'DONNEL L
ST.LOUIS, MISSOURI
1 NOVEMBER
1961
AROI_T
LIGHT
GROUND
P,EC EIV_.
ABORT NANDLE
MISf:JLF_ CATASTROPHIC DETECTOR CAPSULE 4 CAPSULE ADAPTER DISCONNECT SQUIB FIRE RELAY
i
POSIG_R/C)E ROCKETS FiRE RELAYS ADAPTER EXPLOS_VE DIBCONNEC/5 L_ CAPSULE SEPARATION CAPSULE SEPARATION SENr-_R, P,ELAYS
,(.___
'
POSIGRADE ROCKETS
DAMP(NG
//_
REMOVED
AFTER
5 SE.C.
//_
APPLIED
AFTER
5C.
FIGURE
5-8
ESCAPE
SYSTE.N,1
AFTER
TOWER
SF..PAP,ATION(BLOCIX,DIA_P.AM)
,I
PM4s-c,s o
DATE
R_'iSEID, REVISED,
! November
I_i
_
ST. LOUIS
__A_
3. MISSOURI
PAGE
REPORT
_-21 _ 10_
.............. and relays four are complete and relays fired to the which and the a circuit Emergency are to the
.,
L
MOD_
,
and Fire
Escape
connected
parallel from
rocket
tower
separates
capsule.
Re-_atz 7 The stone three switches Telelight as Specification pressure energize and switches, three illuminate Capsule one Retro the except on each that Retro Gone Retro the velocity Rocket. Relays Telelight. sensor Closing which of is these the re-
placed pressure
by
Rocket green
extinguish
Red Retro
5-24.
TEST
CONF_ION
CAPSULE
NO. 9
uener
Capsule
/
No.
9 is the that in
same take
as
the
Con_liance circuitry in
Capsule the
in
the
place; following
Retrograde
the
The Retro and Right telelights light which illuminates (No. 3) are
which
extinguishes
the
telelight on the
energized of the
Retro Jettison
extinguished on.
through
a series
Retro
remains
5-27.
TEST CCMFIGURATION
CAPSOLE NO. 13
e,e r.Z
< _'_
Compllance in the
Capsule
in the
circuitry
Retrograde
following
Mc, DONNE
REPORT MODEL ._1_ 1(_ .o_TJ.OUI$_MIS$OURI
DATE REVISED
November
1961
3.33
REVISED.
5-_.
_-Entr,/
The Retro Retro light telelights Telellght remains on. are Power extinguished Drop relay is through not in a series the circuit of relays and the except Retro that
the Jettlson
.05g
5-30.
TEST Capsules
NO.
iO
AND
16 Capsules.
same
as Specification
6-I-
SCTION
/'4_- _,
V_
ROCKET
TABLE
OF
CONTENTS
PAGE .........................
eeee.ee.eoeoeoeeee.eeeeeee.
6-3 6 3
6-3
HANDLE ROCKET
.0.
...............................
ESCAPE
.......
, .........
..............
6-S
JETTISON
6-7 6-11
TEST CONFIGURATION
'::_ii_iiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiHiiii_'":
_ALIIPlRPILIqI_N n_ m li 8 IkllP n I I I
,il, I/_1_
I b
MCDONNEL_L __ _
ST.LOUIS, MISSOURI
1 NOVEMBER
1961
uJ v'3
.,%
,.oh"
,._
--
',O
Q LY Z
o_, i-.. c_
'-_ IJJ .P_O
,J3
SYSTE_
.,,,_-_
(SI-IEE_I'I OF;?..)
il"i,L
l o ember
REVISED
Mc, DONNE
ST. LOUIS 3. MISSOURI RI_ORT
6-3
_ 10_1
VI.
ESCAPE
AND
JETTISON
ROCKET
SYSTEM
6-1.
SYSTEM
DESCRIPTION
consists system
of
the
capsule
pylon,
escape
rocket
and
also
utilizes
items
illustrated assist
on Figure in the
items to
part the
of the
escape
system, During
but
sequence
escape
normal
flight
abort
initiated,
associated a written
items
perform
function system
different of the
For
description refer to
and
diagrams
discussion,
Section
6-2.
SYSTEM
OPERATION
The
i_/'
system abort
provides is
for
an the
abort
any
time adapter
after clamp to an
the ring
gantry
is
capsule is
capsule
carried of the
this
time,
the
Jettison tower
escape
tower
seconds drogue
chute
is deployed. is released.
deployment, release,
antenna heat
fairing is
after
landing utilized,
impact the
a normal is used to
mission separate
is not the
escape
capsule.
6-3.
ABORT The
HANDLE handle's used primary as of function is to handle initiate during the abort sequence. of the For
abort
The abort
handle handle
is also is
a restraint the
forward
Astronaut's
support
m -t
> Pl
!
ESCAPE AND JETTISON ROCKET -,_ _[Z.
ADAPTER
RING SEPARATION
m
o
C
Z
_
u)
rn
H
CLAMP RING
;o
I11 <: rrl El SEHSING SWITCH _
_o
Ill < I11 0
o
), ,-.I
0
v
-rl r_
rl
"D
J>. i
DATE
RUrVlSED
1 November
1961
ST. LOUIS 3, MISSOURI
pA_,,
REPORT
6-5
SRDR l0 b,
._,sEo
_omm.
133
, , J,
initiated
button
located
be depressed,
the handle
to be rotated switch
to the abort
(outboard)
position,
an electrical clamp
ring bolts.
sequence
initiated, umbilical
has been
connected.
Before
is inoperative.
6-2. )
6-b,. ESCAPE ROCKET rocket consists of an electrically nozzle assembly, actuated igniter assembly, a
The escape
I inch b,130 steel case, rocket propellant 70 inches. weight (See Figure 6-b,).
plenum
chamber rocket
and a solid
fuel
The length
of the escape
The diameter
of the rocket
case
is approximately
is approximately
350 pounds.
is added
The nozzle
assembly
incorporates
at 19 degrees
from centerline
of exit
outward
and capsule.
chamber
a Jettison
facilitates
of the Jettison
rocket motor.
motor
alignment
The optical
of the resultant
alignment
mirror.
the rocket
capsule
altitude
of approximately
is a polysulfide industry.
ammonium
perchlorate States
formulaof
in the rocket
The United
Bureau
Explosives
is sensitive
to pressure
left1
Me'DONNELL__ __
ST.LOUIS, MISSOURI
DATE REVISED
I NOVEMBER
1961
104
-b
REVISED
\
\
DAVE
REVISED. REVISED.
I November
1961
ST. LOUIS 3, MISSOURI
pA_z
Rm,ORV
6-7
SEDR i0_
.om,_
grain is an internal to the case. burning nine point star which
1_3
propellant
port design,
mlsalignment
is reduced.
nozzles.
thrust
F is 52,000
it then drops
off uniformly at a
The thrust
of the motor,
approximately
56,500
rocket
igniter systems
initiation
The dual
circuitry
batteries. type
This
of long duration.
igniter pellant
It incorporates
surrounded
nitrate
Surrounding in which
is an annular
plastic
a metal-oxidant
mixture
Either
of initiating of which
two initiation
can start
the igniter
in the event
The igniter
is a Class
A Explosive.
6-5.
JETTISON
ROCKET rocket is a qualified Thor retro unit and is manufactured of an electrically (See Figure 6-5). The by
Research
Corporation.
The rocket
consists assembly
igniter, cones
a motor
are canted
(from canterline
of motor
case
to centerline a diameter
of exit nozzle).
It weights
19.5 pounds,
has a length
of 18 inches, at
of 5.5 inches,
and produces
of thrust fired
70 F. in vacuum.
1 NOVEMBER
1961
I_OC
ESCAPE KET
"METAL CONDUIT
_TI. _ L,;
1 NOVEMBER
1961
' Mc'DONNE_
ST.LOUIS
_,,_
, MISSOURI
FLIGI4
PROPELLANT
Mc'DONNEL_L C__ _
ST.LOUIS, MISSOURI
DATE
1 NOVEMBER
1961
REVISED REVISED
P OT T IN C-i
/i
IGNITER
F_E
Iv_ _LW,
/J
__
\I
W/-
_ov_,.,
L,_
C E DEbFJ
j-L, NEa
'b"mN6 _...
NOT..ZLE TNSE_IT J (_"_,_J _/_ "-_" N 0 ZT. L _: A, f) EM,_LY
'Ai << c_
,A,I_I ,'61
ELECTRICAL
DIAG, RAM
FIGUI:2E
6-5
JETTISON
_OCI,F_TI"
pM4s-_7-
DATE
_vemb_r
l_
PAGE
6roll
REVISED
ST.
LOUIS
3. MISSOURI
REPORT
._,nR
IO).l.
REV'SED
"
J
"
MOC_.
133
and from sea level to vacuum. The Jettison capabilities. threads 7 grams rocket igniter is a head mounted unit with dual ignition head and
This unit
is cylindrical
in shape with
a hexagonal contains
rocket.
The igniter
approximately squibs.
which from
by either power
of four
has independent
is capable
of igniting
the pellets.
6-6.
TEST CONFIGURATION
CAPSULES
6-7.
CAPSULES differ
manner. capsule
For a normal
launch,
by the simultaneous
firing
of the escape
rockets.
64.
CAPSULES
NO. 9 AND 13
capsule.
j___7"
7-1
VB_
m
POSIGRADE ROCKET SYSTEM
TABLE OF CONTENTS
............................
TEST CONFIGURATION
.-::::.
.::::::"
-A _V|l|
AIIIPllll_lPLl_lel |flJimll
A Io"_b_
MCDONNEL_L__" __
ST.LOUIS, MISSOURI
t NOVEMBER
1961
\
\
.FIGURE -7-I
POSIG_ADE
I_OCKET
SYSTEM
DATZ
REVISED REVISED
I November
1961
ST. LOUIS 3, MISSOURI
._oR'r
._.I_
104
MOO_ .... 1_
VII.
POSIGRADE
ROC_
SYSTEM
7-i.
SYSTEM
and igniters
mounted
package time.
7-2.
SYSTEM
and booster
achieved.
during
The three
however,
two of them
separatlon.
7-3.
POSIGRADE
ROCKET rocket primarily and an electrically approximately consists actuated of a nozzle igniter. assembly and case, a
14.7 inches
in length, rocket
5.24 pounds.
This
is basically
changes
for increased
Reliability
by two methods;
different successful
buses,
rockets
is necessary range
separation. control
of these
a temperature posigrade
utilized
rocket
is Arcite
377 which
thrust
of 370 pounds
in a vacuum.
..... _,_1
11
l"Jl" ,
I AI .....
Mc'DONNEL__
ST.LOUIS,
__
1 NOVEMBER
1961
MISSOURI
133
ROCKET_
I
I I
I
ii
r
A,
I (0 A PO,StGR_,DE ROCKE"r _ BUS I 1 I
.+
FA:
I
,&j
I 4
_I_
; ROCKET LAY
,,lie
)--.-
-} +
CAI_uI.Pt..Ik,t J"r AD_P'I'ER 5wr'I'CH _,."TO G=ROuMI_ RELay ALARM
Rt_I_
ES
,&
F'IGURE
7-_
POSlGRAOE
ROCKET
IGNITION
5Y'STEM
_CHEMA'I'IC
PM4S'G6A
.......
_='m
|4f-t.
L--,
OAT_
REVISE:D
i November
I_i
VONNE
ST. LOUIS 3. MISSOURI
i
PAGE
REPOnT
T-5
SEDR 104
RE[VISED
i
.o_
Rocket Igniter rocket igniter is a head mounted
133
7-4..
The posigrade
r
The igniter
is cylindrical
(see Figure
pellets which
are ignited
circuitry
from a different
is capable
the pellets.
7-5.
TEST CONFIGURATION
CAPSULES
7-6.
TEST
CONFIGURATION
CAPSULES
Ssme as specification
capsule.
L_
r:,
8"1
S[CTION
VJl_
RETROGRADE
ROCKET SYSTEM
TABLE
OF
CONTENTS
PAGE 8-3
eeeee.
ELECTRICAL ...................
WIRING. .........
OPERATION
ROCKET
........................ .......................
TEST CONFIGURATION
_..I _Vlll
i.
l.k
I..
.i_'i I ini--
_'_
.............
_ ....
l_ll
8- 2 SEDR 104
Mc'DONNE_
ST.LOUIS,
__
MISSOURI
1 NOVEMBER
1961
133
ADAPTEP.
FIGUI_E
8-1
P, ETI_,OGI_ADE
ROCKET
SYSTEM
_M4.5-65A
DATE,, REVISED.
No'ulCer
1_
PAGE REPORT
REv,sEo
...........
Moron.
133
VIII.
REZRCORAIZ
ROCKET
SYSTEM
8-1.
IESCRIPTION
Q
system
primarily wiring
of
the
three for
their The
pyrogen retro-rockets
necessary retrograde
Je_tlsonable
packa_
along
the
8-2.
ro ts.
ROCKET MDURTIm The retro-rockets to the by capsule are mounted of
8-i.)
in
the
which, at the
in
turn,
mounted the
by means bolt.
three Sixty
bottom
package
retrograde
the straps are released, To protect a metal blast the grawlty at cover time the over of
capsule. has
rockets, its
rocket by as
off
rocket to direct of
Mount_n6 towards
so designed predetermined
resultant st time
center
firiug.
8-3.
REPRO PACKAGE _CAL The retro l_ckage Is that from the the to the the slotted
WlRI_ supplied are electrical power through around the they for the face the three enter retro the three electrical
equally
base
the retro
wiring the
heaters rocket
package
through virin8
shield. package.
Postgrade (See
bolt
remain
within
the
Figure
8-_.)
DATE
1 NOVEMBER
1961
REVISED REVISED
COMMAND
%A-I'ELL\TE
CLOP.3<I
_I_
CAPSULE _,EPAR AT_ON _.ELK'f
t
AUTOMATIC P RE - %ET t_E_QRE LA.UN C_ KAAIN _ _'I"'T E_.'Y ---l_j IA_cs CAUBR_GOR l AT'TITOOE
I _'T_
P-.E'_RO _TU2LOCY_ r
P, L,k.'_ 5
NOTES
E_ AFTEr. _.TTITuDE A_'TER _Q &EC.'T.O._ _ A-CCA_EQ %EC.,T._. " CQ_I_,ECT [_ 30
[E> [:E>
A_'fE_ 6o SEC.q.D. AFI"_._ _0 5EC.T.b. PWI_ REMO'VEO AE'I'EI_, %0. %EC. AFTE._, 2 _EC.'T.D.
(20 sEc.T.b._
LATC_ [ P.ETgO
R EL K'Y \G.NAL
C_ostc-_.bh
RE L/_"Y
[_
J
_E-T_,O _.OCKET UM_)ILICAL ._I_2ETRO t_SGR OCY-,f.."T I 5E 3"ETTI SON RF_L _'Y I I I A%% Mf_L'Y 5ET-flSON
:; E-TT_SON _L'T _,O UMBiLiCAL I RE-T_D ROCKET D ISCDNI'_EGT %EPA_ATION, I_OLT RETRO ROCKET T RE'TRO 3ETT/_ON _NK_NINC_ L_.C_HT
(.Z. Ec"T.OJ s
RE L &"
FIGURE 6-2
RETROGRADE
PM45-_4-
1 NOVEMBER
1961
Mc'DONNELL H
ST.LOUIS, MISSOURI
8-5
SEDR 133 104
SELECTIOM
A_I
AN_
r_ECOVE_..Y
_,
IKIO.
rZELAY
r-
OF
SATELLITE
T"ro I:::U_C.,TI_,K._
C..LOCl.
_'_----'_
F:J_E 2[LAY(30SEC.T._.)
g r-" -"
ISOLkT_D _ATT.
LIGl.IT 0t_
-n3_
-ROOr._.T h "JET'ClSOt4 I_T_O * LIGHT
SE
P_,_.ATIO_
_0TES
I501._TI;D e_,TT_I_y EE> _I_EEN i.t@l-IT OMI.,.V.
A'_
LI_NT
ILLUI,_II4/_'IT.tt
ASSK_.V
LEFT NAIAD CONSOL_
iFi
'
,so_,T_o _TT_Y
SCHEMATIC
pM45qlB
PAGE REPORT
McDONNEL L
ST. LOUIS, MISSOURI
I_i
MODEL_ 1_ 8-4. SYST_4 The re-entry. which defined sequence attained, attitude the at clock rockets fire. is above the as OPERATION of the firing is retrograde of the rocket is system preceded Is to by slow a
the
capsule period
prior during Is
to
rockets to the
positioned 34
"retro" 00
attitude. or
begin, be
the
been
exceed arise
rockets,
selection;
of two
other
entire
retrograde
p_ckage
8-5.
ROCK_
All three No.
FIRING
rocket 3 rocket the of flre fire relays relays receive have table time a 2_ fiveV d-c and _hen siemltaneous_7; ten-second each Note rocket that the time however, delay, its the respecflre
No.
2 and
following burning
shows
receives asterisk
thereafter.
lndi-
Left Bottom
e RK_
+ +
Right
_o.
SECOImS
The retro rockets are fired sequentis_ to avoid the Inei_ectlve results
DATI_
REV,S_O
--
R_'OnT.
10_
133
from a failure failed
\ /
of either
Consequently,
to a degree interlock
attitude
position,
attitude
permission
The capsule
then be reposltloned
fire
po_er
if the No.
were to fail.
(See Figure
8-6.
EMERGERCY
function either of
is started,
the satellite
The purpose
the button
is to initiate
to satellite
runout
or failure
of
(see n re
The next two For light as
8-3.)
in flight, always be reaches the the the in retrograde sequence are switch REdO adjacent light will ATE. to and the
The RETRO ATT. attitude should must correct then and should was
illum_te Approxigreen. If
soon
capsule later
position. illmninate check retro the also the fire Astrcnaut push
forty
411,--tn-tes determine to be if in in
Astronaut is in
attitude If the
order is
capsule correct
found
attitude,
position REdO
switch later
illuminate in the
However,
Astronaut
determined system
not
in order IV. )
to correctly is
34 attitude.
When this
accem-
.....
''"_"_I
_ I
__ I"9
DATE REVISED
1 November
1961
REVISED,,
pllshed If
the the
telellght telelight
should
illuminates to the
illuminates leaving The green event supply cannot sometime explosive 60 this an be the
button switch is
RETRO
telelight
A_T.
AUTO
position. This FIRE button telellght RETRO will illuminate In the to package
JETT.
RETRO. of the
telelight. be
adjacent the or
should bolt.
selected retro be
Jettison
override heat to
method,
re-entry or burn
when the
extreme straps
detonate to
retention
spring
the package.
8-7.
RETBO The
ROCEET
HEA2ERS rockets only. and are equipped vlth type blanket thermostat moisture type heaters operated heater by
means ture
of
A resistor 95 + 5F
maintains from
temperaon the
between
75 + nozzle
5F
preventlmg
collecting
retro-rocket
closures.
8-8.
RETROGRAnE
The retrograde of the
ROCKET
rocket, Model manufactured Leading inches, by Thiokol Chemical are : ]2 Corporation, weight is a approxi-
Total
inches.
rockets an average
13,000 seconds
each
system Dual
the
overall to all
rocket provided
been
ignition are
electrical
Heaters
bonded
nozzle
closure
MAC
23TCL
(27
APR
59)
November
1961
ST. LOUIS 3, MISSOURI
P^G_
8-9
MOm_ controlled.
133
thermostatically
.4--'-,
8-9. 8-10.
TEST T_ST
CAPSUI_S C_ NO. 8, i0, 13 AND 16 are basically the same as the speclficatlon
capsules
_A_E
REPORT, MODEL..
'-,0
SEDR 104 133
1961
_'_j,'ez._ t, MISSOURI
__F:_
S".'T :_ L
REVISED
F_URE
8-,4--RE-FRO PACKAQE
; _ ,,_,
EL.EC-rRICAL INS,TALLATION
: :
pH45-'13
.t_kll=..ll_lm.li.,-r-
_lm_.
a_.:.,p. ,._,,.,m,_ _
SCTJON
JX
TABLE
\
OF
CONTENTS
TITLE AUTOMATIC AUTOMATIC EMERGENCY EMERGENCY SYSTEM SEQUENCE SEQUENCE SEQUENCE SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION OPERATION DESCRIPTION... OPERATION ....................... CAPSULES
COMPONENTS.,
TEST CONFIGURATION
........
_^ilPII'_IP|I'TI tv i 11 i IBw bl 1 I
A Idr_ll
I_1315A5
I-b
SB_I3
.; ii:
03SLASH
IHROSSIIN
'SlOOl'/s
_ol
llOlq
/HOd'ai:l
lg6l _I_RW:IAON l
DATE
REVISED REVISED
i November
i_i
Mc'DONNE
ST. LOUIS 3, MISSOURI
p^_E
REPORT MODEL
9-3
SEDR 104 I_
IX.
SEQUENCE
SYSTEM
LANDING
THROUGH
RECOVERY
9-I.
SEQUENCE
DESCRIPTION sequence safely system provides after in the an abort automatic electrical and to
and recovery
sequencing initiate
or a/_er
re-entry,
locating
subsequent
recovery. used
(completely
automatic)
incorporates
a drogue
parachute, phase
of recovery landing is
Capsule
accomplished
parachute
is deployed
at I0,000 chute
feet.
failure, manual
reserve
may be
selection.
and reserve
are reefed
loads
at initial time
opening. delay
Automatically,
will open
the capsule
landing
speed.
After main
a cushioning chute
is autcma_ically
The Astronaut
contains
survival
9-2.
AUTOMATIC On tower
SEQUENCE separation,
OPERATION power is removed from the Tower Time Delay delay Separation to be Relays energized flows through relays
allowing
Chute System Arm 2 Second After the 2 second time energizing a 2 second the Main delay
relays
contacts after
C_ute the
Delay 10_000
Time Delay
turn
arms
Baroswitch.
ft. Baroswitch
is armed through
PAGE REPORT
MODEL_ l_
2 Second switch Mortar, Drogue finely be ft. is Time Delay relays. energizing the Drogue and that Upon the descent Drogue
to
9_I,0OO
ft.
the firing
_1,000 the
ft.
actuated, deploying
Drogue
chaff chaff
Chute cut
capsule; radar
picked the
up I0,000 of
by
planes
Baroswitch circuits
all Light
four
Fairing is is
the the
Main end
Deploy of
2 Second Red
Delay
2 seconds
delay
the
Main Arm
Deploy relays
Telelight are
illuminated. through Fairing The Fairing Fairing The Four Main the
Fairing of the
Sensor relays
energized Antenna
arming
the
two
Separation firing to to of
Switches. Antenna capsule. the Fairing Ejector Squibs connected frca the to line causes from chute the the Antenna Antenna
the
four the
from Chute,
extracts
chute
initially chute
in the
condition reefing
limit is
seconds
the
is deployed line
severed parachute
pyrotechnic
in the
reefing
allowing
the
fully.
The Separator to the the the Main energize squibs _ separation Sensor the fire, Chute of the fairing to from the capsule the Main the of is from allows the Antenna power Fairing
Through the
Ejector generate
gas, the
filling ejection
Antenna Deploy
Fairing Telelight
Signal'relay power
illuminating Power
removin6
Telelight.
CC_!FIDENTIA,.
through Switch
to the energize
the time Landing well The Ba_ As the the Bag Unlock
Main delay Be_ as closed Valve 2 second Red Signal to _ag power
energized and
Extend to the
Second Switch
Delay Tnertia of
Landing of
Unlock Bag
contacts releasing time Landing Limit energize Telelight operates wades contacts System power 1 Second a delay
fire
the the
La_iing ba_.
the runs
shield, the
extending Bag heat through Si_ Red in to power light. turn the is
illuminates T_na4nZ power the of impact is Green on Switch Through the T_na_nZ the of circuit relay Capsule the is is and time and of PoSt Post
contacts illuminating
Extend the
and
Electric coil.
pro-
closed
Impact Through
Landing Relay,
of Signal,
the
System
transmitted Time Delay the light Deploy is relay relays relay, to the be
energize
Stabilization Landing
closed Recovery
con_leted energized the Red the the Rescue Capsule DisDismain Chute
the
_pact
the Main
delay
energized are
Main
releasi_ the
the
capsule.
Relays
Reserve
Disconnect
Squibs
releasin_
the
Reserve
Chute
and
energizes
the
Reserve
Deploy
REPORT MODEL_
REVISED REVISED
relay the
the
Reserve
Gum
Squibs The
de-
Chute gas
Ejector
Reserve delay
generator bag
a one
second
before
ejector Aids
When
switch
the
Rescue
Signal,
the
Post
Landing
Power
Hold power
Aids
Switch the
Signal Green
Hold relay.
Post-Landing 30 second
delay
energized
Whip
Antenna of on
Extend to power
Squibs its is
cartridge Post of
extending System
element
antenna impac%
full
Landing
Relay
number System
a 30
delay the
Landing of the
Power
power and
remainder Aids
relay Aids
Rescue
Switch
leaves
the
Telelight
illuminated.
9-3-
SEQUENCE
DESCRIPTION of the landing system by the basically Astronaut. Left Hand of rescue the consists The of
systems
switches
on the
Console. Drogue,
manually Landing
deployment initiate
aids.
9-4.
of
opening
shock
and
by
a visual
check
through
the
window,
depress
the
Drogue
1 NOVEMBER
1961
Mc'DONNELL__ _ _
ST.LOUIS, MISSOURI
133
\
\
F PILOT
WHIP
ANTENNA
i
CHUTE LANYARD
TO
TOPOF
PILOT
CHUTE
i,i '
EtGU!_E
SYSTEM(SHEET
I OF
MCDONNELL
ST.LOUIS, MISSOURI
I NOVEMBER
1961
\\
. .,
',\
\
SO_k_ _o_,_
_/
"_--__
__
PM,_s--7_,_
DAT REVISED
.......MCDONNELL
ST._" _'_'LOUIS 3, MISSOURI REPORT .... x MODEL
9-9
_D_:_ i(_ 1BB
REVISED
allows Mortar If
the
Emergency to be
relay the
to
be
Drogue to of
dispersing failure
Main
the
Chute no
deployment decrease in
may rate
detected descent.
\
by
and
determinRing
not
Main
Emergency the
Antenna Main
Ejector the
Antenna
through is
Deploy
above
per not
chute
If the which is
Reserve _ At Pilot
from
capsule. the
Reserve
Chute, a
Reserve delay
Chute
Ejector the
after
i second
inflating
ejector
which Twelve
Reserve Chute
Chute. is deployed does not the come Green on, Landing the Ba 6 tele_-d_ng relay, and Aids Rescue Chute Deploy was Switch Aids DisGun, and in Bag
seconds be
Main
If the
light
"MAN"
Landing the
Extend shield
impact
relay and
energized. the
energizes as
relays
that squibs
squibs Bag
well
as the same
Reserve, be done
Ejector "MAN"
in the
manner
would
placed
position.
C_::y:___:'T'
AL
Mc'DONNELLj
ST.LOUIS,
_ ,,p_ m- I]P"
DATE REVISED
.
1 NOVEMBER ,, ,
1961
MISSOURI
II_" L I "_l"
REVISED
DP.OGU
CHUTE
CH_.FF
__
MM_
ncE
._J
J
l,,t
GU
CHUTe.
PILOT
MAIN EJ CNUT "TO DF.PLOY DAN1/kG&O _ FAIL5 C,R 15 ____ _E._E ECTOR I:l.Nt E CHUTE
CHUTE
J --"-_
ELECTRICAL
SI6klAL
MOVEMENT
II
_.MER_ENCy BAG
EM
E R _ENC"(' _,,_C_
._._.J_LAND_NG
L._N_INC_
I
.FAIL ' TO r=."_TEt,4D
"IEXTENO
RELAY
VALVE
%q_IBS
LANI_ING
BAG,
r--IN _sco_c'r
_',,_ c_,u_-_ I
I
_---_
- _ONN_.CT
J
IT
, . ,
s_,_
DEPLOY Gu_
I
k\\\\\_ .>
_ove_er
l_61
9-11
9-5.
SYSTEM COMPOHE_TS
, , ,
9-6.
PARACHUTE
The drogue parachute with and assembly integral drogue having nylon (See Figure drogue cover. of lines of 6.0 the 2-inch of 9-5) consists deployment The drogue wide, 1,O00-lb. feet by bag, of a conical drogue ribbon-
drogue chaff
canopy packet,
mortar, canopy ts a
ribbon
parachute
suspension to
strength
a diameter of and
6.85 feet
diameter 27._
means porosity
effective is made
The SO-ft.
long integral
riser
from three
strength
includi_
ejection
(2) providing
of cotton
fabric
cloth. assists
at the upper end with a 0.5 lb. lead disc from the are canopy _ cotton orderly cord. at tapes riser the completion to which the of line
bag to
riser
secured of
order
provide
deployment.
The mouth
a light cotton
"LI.J
9-7.
m0uuE
CN_E M_a
parachute with forces.
A_D _
ejection sufficient The drogue mortar energy parachute is a device to overcome is packed for positively local in pressure a protective deploying gradients bag
parachute
gravitational
McDONNELL
ST.LOUIS, _ I_ I_r'__ ! _ MISSOURI I1_' _._..r_!"_P Lz.__.., REVISED REVISED
1 NOVEMBER
1961
I, 2. 5. 4. 5. 6.
FAIRING
EJE'CTOR
CBUN FdJN
fl.
5EQuENCE
BOES(,Z)
/ I I I
D_PLOYMP-N'T CHUTE
12. c'_JRVIVAL f3. MAIN CHUTE 14. t5. 16. EIAROSWITCHE3 ANTENNA CHAFF
( 2 )
I
I I I ! I_
7. RF_ERVE
8. 9. I0. EJECTION GAB INERTIA
CHUTE
BAG_ (2)
ANO
L2)
BA_
,
G_NERATO_S %WITCH
II
NOTE
t CAPSULE 8 ONLY
FIGURE
9-4
LANDING
AND
RECOVERY
-
SYSTEM
--L
INSTALLATION
PM45-74C
pj_l_llpIlitpIl--vi I
In
il_ll_I1
I_
,1NOVEMBER1961
Mc'DONNELL_'J_._ __
ST.LOUIS, MISSOURI
FIGURE 9- 5
DROGUE
PARACHUTE
"_
A |
9-I_ S_I_ 133 i04 ST. LOUIS, MISSOURI ._,,_,T.T_ _._Tr_Z_JL,=-REVISED _ REVISED
stowed sabot by
in the functions
mortar as
on
top to
of
sabot
(See
Figure
9-6).
from is
eject
pressured charge
initially which at is
small
pressure chamber to a
through In
small
orifice
relatively since quality the base. in the the with pack metal housing. routing to also of
reaction
energy is
The in to For which is The mortar surface of can. negative its the tube of
pressure
small tube
holes
the on
and ring,
lubricated stowed is
before position
installation. within the upper the sides chute against loose from the screw required
parachute a thin
to
the in drogue
antenna permit is tions the such slotted chute ignition powder_ ignition cuitry
of
the
cable chute
The
cover
constrain to require
minimal Pressure
attachments cover to
causes
heads to expel
through the
from
propellant
teminates separate
The of
ignition which
individual
capable
of
igniting
upon
application
of
the
proper
current.
1 NOVEMBER
1961
ST.LOUIS,
MISSOURI
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7.
['O"
RING
FIGURE
9-6
DROGUE
CHUTE
MORTAR
ASSEMBLY
9-16
_ I_B I0_.
MCDONNELL
ST. LOUIS,
_'_ Ik.Jck,_l 41,
1961
MISSOURI
A
,ILU.IL,4J._I
9-8.
CHAFF The
PACKET packet metal is a locating having are S-_ aid radar capable Land which performs its function The by distribut. strips of
chaff divided
fine
foil
reflecting of
capability. an average
foil
antennae covering
and the
area
C-band
frequencies. chaff is
package in a 5
deployment of
of the
drogue shape
parachute. with
package When
i x 3 x and dis-
Jettisoned
airstreem,
its
contents.
9-9.
_._
The
P_,_Jl_l_.
main bag, parachute and assembly parachute ringsail the per of ringslot square _50-pound bag The which bag and yard consists disconnect. type. The parachute. nylon of: The ringsail The parachute strength. a low snatch from upper along Main main parachute parachute parachute parachute cloth The is into main force cotton end its is canopy, canopy a is slotted riser, a 63
J
fabricated _ gores
tensile provides is
Figure with
manufactured at the
fabric,
inforced glass
nylon
webbing
with
Thermoflex
cloth
midway is to to
is a pair fabric
function and
separate full
entanglement deployment.
with
lines
cause
time
stretch-out
before
9-10.
DISCORRECT and reserve the parachutes loads are attached tO the and capsule to by a device the
designed
sustain
parachute
during
descent
disconnect
_L'VtSEO
nZPORV
10_
Ev,s=o
parachute on ground impact (See Figure or damage 9-8).
Moo .
The disconnect
133
is necesafter
function winds
capsule
upset
by dragging
in surface
consists
of 5 separate
details
installed
is an integral
part
of the capsule.
The parachute
around
transmits
through
tending switch
On ground
an electrical it to fire.
thus generated,
forward
around
the pivot
slips off the arm and the disconnect serves to absorb back energy of moving
function
is complete.
piston
and prevents
rebound
position.
9-ii.
RESERVE
PARACHUTE parachute assembly consists of: The pilot canopy, chute deployment gun
reserve
parachute
reserve
parachute
deploy-
and reserve
disconnect.
The reserve
parachute
deployment of flaps
deployment
the packed
The reserve
disconnect parachute
The reserve
is identical
Parachute
9-12.
PILOT
It is manufactured fabric
of 3.5-ounce
in the
and 2.25-ounce
in the vanes.
1 NOVEMBER
1961
.FIGURE
9-'7
MAIN
PARACHUTE
AND
PACKINGBOX
WIRE CARTRIDGE
6. 7.
. s_UCTUR_ BUSHING
MAIN AND
s.s._R S. ARM
RESERVE
PIN .
DISCONNECT
FIGURE
9-8
CHUTE
November
9-13.
CHUTE
_PLOYMEBT deployment
GUN gun (See Figure 9-9) initiates gas the first step
chute of
\,
in the
sequence
reserve will
deployment. to fire,
Either thus
pressure
impulse which in
cause
a 12-ounce The pilot the is This from The and the gun the which
reserve reserve
parachute landing a
and fired
charge.
damaged) to
firing in
projectile
assembly
place
by
a pin which
projectile to eject
cartridge, as follows:
generates pressure,
(i) Gas is
through drives initiating A minimum electric side of of All the the Fail of
when
RESERVE-PULL-RIX} base of the detonation pneumatic installed fires Firing Current circuit _tzzle 2.5 main
operated),
at the
subsequent for
pressure at
received a and
igniter igniter
After
per
bridge. in a _-pin
ignition receptacle.
consists velocity
individual projectile
terminating ft/sec.
2r)o-_X)
9-i_.
PARACHUTE
EMPTOR
The
ejector
bags
are
inflatable
air
cells
made
of
lightweight
rubberized
vva_a
I_a_a
Jd'TKJhne
M 'DONNE
ST.LOUIS, MISSOURI
1 NOVEMBER
1961
FIGURE 9-10
PARACHUTE
EJECTOR BAG
I November
19_i
nylon
fabric
(See Figure
9-10).
The design
inflated
ii inches
in diameter
and approximately
35 inches
in height.
to promote
Jettison
of the parachute
on landing
9-15.
PARACH_ This
EJECTOR
GAS GEaR a rapid and sufficient (See Figure volume 9-11). of gas to inflate The reserve except
ejector
bags
is similar
to that used
to produce
into
through
stainless
ejector
is
with
mounting
container Fire
9-16.
SOFAS
A post-landin_ recovery aid. SOFAR is an abbreviated performs form for "sound fixing when it waves ships
and ranging" (See Figure detonates from the or shore of capsule; by hydrostatic explosion bases the and Mercury one set
9-12).
This component
pressure
water
Shock
devices sboanl picket thus made. are set The carried for 3500
range the
aboard feet.
The b_b
weighs
approximately
2 pounds.
One 3500
foot bomb
is tossed
over-
Ii
!11
....
1 November REPORT MODEL _ 10_ -.4;T_LOUI$ ,_, MISSOURI .... REVISED. ,.,v,,.-.,.uL_,, REVISED
1961
133
at only the main serves water's ) chute to deployment. notify surface the to
second party
bomb
remains is (See
with
the
capsule
capsule
non-recoverable.
Operation.
CAUTION The bombs are relatively that sense they safe are to high handle, explosive should be but it devices practiced. should and
precautions
9-17.
DYE The
PACKET packet function patch. bag, (See by Figure dissolving 9-14) is a post landing recovery aid
dye
performs yellow
thus of
producing
fluorescein an outer
a soluble The
into
aluminum time of
packet
at the ocean of
ejection. from an
fluorescein i0,000
surface on
which a clear
airplane
a distance
i0 miles
CAUTION The place dye marker not package be exposed should to be water stored in any in a dry way.
and
9-18.
To light such an
_ECO_
aid in
LIGHT
the visual in be the location recovery in The of the capsule al_er The for is landing, a flashing of the miles 15 light and up is to
is that
installed it will of
intensity _O nautical
visible feet.
normal
altitude
12,000
flashim_
approximately
flashes
per
minute.
Powered
by
self
contained,
dry
cell
_ A_ ------J. ,
batteries,
the
light's
circuit
will
f_ _
g'a v
w.v J. ,
r,_,','_ A A A.F
._A.
JL
1 NOVEMBER
1961
M*,DONNE
ST.LOUIS, MISSOURI
4.
TUBE
FITTING
2. I 1. 3.
MAIN
5.
ATTACHMENT
LUGS
ELECTRICAI_ PROI_ECTIVE
6.
SHORT!NG
PLUG
FIGURE 9-11
MAIN
(,..m._ ......
VVIll iJb/Vllllll
_"1
ia
A !
'l.I
McDONNELL
ST.LOUIS. MISSOURI
,. ,_,eat#l
1 NOVEMBER
1961
13 3
SHEFIR PIN
OPERIqTIO_q
SURFACE DETONRTION OFTHE UAIN CHARGE 15RCCOMPLISHED IN TWO ST/::IGE,5: WATER PRE.%_URE ON .SURFACE ",q' CREATES /_ FORCE 3UFFICIENT TO BREAK SHEAR PIN',q" PERI_IITTING THE INTERRUPTER BLOCI_ TO .t_OVE UPW/_RD /_GRIk/_TTHE 3TOPPING SHOULDER. WHEN IN THIS POSITION_ THE PRIMEg CHRRGE 13 IN LINE WITH THE FIRING PIN.
B. _J
DETON _TO R
LERD
IN
W/_TER PRE53URE ON SURFACE 'B' CREATES FORCE TO BREAK SHEAR PIN 'B' AND DRIVE THE FIRING PtN INTO THE PRIMER CHRRGE. THE PIPIMER CHRRGE BLASTS INTO THE BOOSTER CHFIRGE VIR THE LERD IN ORIFICE_ fiND THE I_OoSTER CHARGE CRUSE3 THE MPdN CHRRGE TO DETONATE, STRENGTH OF SHEAR PIN "B' IS PREDETERMINED FOR DESIRED DETONFITION DEPTH. STRENGTH OF 5HERR PIN "R' I_ SUCH THRT IT _IILL SHEAR RT A DEPTH OF RPPROXIMATELY ONE H/:ILF THE DEPTH REQUIRED TO 5HERR Plkl "B'.
BOO3TER
_J
5CHE_FITIC
PM45-16;
I'q_u-=
R_VIS_D R_VlSED
s'r. -ou,s
-_.MISSOUR, _
nm=ORV. MODe.
_DR 133
10_
be is
, f::\,
closed
through by relay.
an the
energized closing of
contact the
of
the
Post
Landing on impact
System and
Relay energizing
which
activated Impact
Inertia operate
switch for
the
The
light
will
approximately
28 hours.
9-19.
To beacon,
WHIP A_rE_mA
provide a Whip operation Antenna of the HF The voice active and by receiver-transmitter element when is stowed is and in HF recovery
is used.
in the The
compartment
extended
approximately is activated
a gas
which relay
30 Second is
energizes takes
Extend segments
relay. of the
When active
extending holding
a galling it rigid
action in the
between position.
element
extended
9-20.
BAROSWITCHES
are
two
pair
of
used
in
the is to
(See design
Figure to
these
switches during is
chatter of
feet in
+ 750
switches
recovery
they pressure
a plenum static
chamber. pressure
plenum equally
chamber located
collects around
compartments
surface.
9-21.
SWITCH switch A landing of switch two is is essentially shock electrical used in of 7.5 a plus contacts, conjunction spri_ or device zLtnus thus with actuated 1.13g's completing a latching _ an relay by mass will electrical which receives (See produce
_it_llwa
m Ii
! P'_ aml,Na
Im'lk
|_lp, 11
| I! ia ._r--=--.
Mc'DONNEL L
ST.LOUIS,
--_ L. a. :--_, I it1,
DATE REVISED
!. ,i_jm_
,,
1 NOVEMBER
1961
MISSOURI
ir, k ! ,,I-
REVISED
_AT_
REVISED REVISED
1 November
1961
sT. Loum 3,MlSSOUm
PAGRZPORT
9-27
_ IC_
__C__ _!V_
MOnm.
133
an
electrical
pulse continuity.
and,
by The
latching inertia
latched used
position, consist in a of
continuous snap-
electrical action
switches
and
two
separate
all
housed
common
9-22. 9-23.
CAPSULES CAPSULE _equence NO. and 8 escape as sequence described for in Capsule the No. following 8 differs para-
normal
from graphs.
the
Specification
Compliance
Capsule
The pack after marker the and main sn_nna will main
reserve be
parachute to the
is
replaced main
with
a in
This to
attached
chute are
to in
packets chute.
fairing, in locating
fairi_.
9-2_.
Operation
The capsule's landing Both de-energized the No. and orbit 2 de-energized and relay 3o. 3 tower box, units complete will power orbit, and be circuit at the an to system isolated impact No. is and relay 2 armed main No. and No. by battery 1 located 3 orbit 28 volt power in d-c power circuits the No. 1 relays located relays time four in delay in at are time of escape
attitude relays
time 3 to being
delay
located both
second the
energized
excess
open
contacts the
re-entry are
altitude
feet
21,000 a chaff
switches
actuated
drogue
parachute
is deployed
package
Mc'DONNEL_L __._ _
....ST.LOUlS o MISSOUR,/
1 NOVEMBER
1961
,133
FIGURE 9-15
BAROSWITCH
SWITCH
DATE
1 November
l_l
_'
MCDONNELL,, '...7_
ST. LOUIS 3. MISSOURI
i
PAG_
REI=ORT.
9-29
_ 10_
Moola. is ejected. The disperses ft. level, drogue finely chute cut stabilizes metal foil. and decelerates the descent close
133
,,
the throu_
chaff the
package
! r
As capsule will
I0,000 through
dual circuits
energize
controller of the
circuits and by
antenna the
ejector. power is
energized
pre-grounded main
circuits
fairing
squibs through
over-ride
relay. are
are completed
circuits
switches.
The firing A
c_npartment. fairing
The separation
from spring
the capsule to their switches, controllers signal fairing tion Main entering
separation
actuated three
Through
these
two double
actuated
limit
signals
are returned,
two entering
the system A and B sequence relays, energizes 3 antenna is is and the third the fairing completed also applied to the fire eject as of sa-maing the four antenna separato the
two 12 second time delay relay the relay the 3 antenna box where it No.
V si_ml Power
Green.
through two
"_j
No. Squibs.
Main to be
Chute gas is
The firing
chute
extracted time
two twelve
second
relays,
energized
, _=
wwa.,
lli,==llT=_
alllvL--i_l
.......
! I'_ill.-.
---t_r..muls,..Mlssg.uR_,[._,
REVISED
contacts sense
of the
inertia and
switch. complete in in
At two
the 28 V
time
of
landing to the
the two
inertia inertia
signals B
located will
system turn
A and energize
main
Jettison
relays and
energized chute
main
main
chute time.
from The
chute that
at this and
system
main of
relays A time
through
the
inertia to
is now relay
sequence in the
controller overall to
that
This box
28 V to the
circuit No.
relay
relay out
the
air two
of the is
circuit is
switch
the
other
I recovery No.
four
impact
energized
relay
is closed is removed go
relay,
delay
relays clo_ed,
Deploy is
telelight
out. No.
With
aids box
switch
the
1 recovery relay
where
relay. is
energized starts
the
Torus
Bag
Deflate to the
relay
of the chute
reserve gun
of the
reserve
deploy
the
the
reserve
discounected_
deployed
....
_ : , -.: _.
_-_
_-2L _-
1 NOVEMBER
1961
CONTROLLER
SYSTEM A AND B
REPORT MODEL.
_:_ 133
1011"
El'. LOUIS,
REVISED REVISED
neath Torus
the Bag
chute
is
the the
chute Whip
the
runout is
of
relay
flow
the its
antenna length.
energized
Gas
active
element
full
Sequence
and
recovery
manually Capsule
emergency No. 8 is
system
is
the
same
as
the
Compliance
unmanned.
9-27. 9-28.
Assembly and recovery of the system capsule relay systems fuses_ sequence (See boxes with Figure accomplish initial and timers controllers 9-18). all connnands. needed to located These the sequence
the
three
capsule the
assembly of the
relays_ sequence.
accomplish
chutes
in
proper
;
9-29.
TEST
CAPSULES
NO.
Basically
Specification
9-30.
TEST Same as
CONFIGURATION Specification
CAPSULES
NO.
i0 AND Capsule.
16
Compliance
i J
10-I
SECTION
ELECTRICAL
TABLE
OF
CONTENTS
PAGE POWER SYSTEM ..................... ...................... 10-3 10-5 10-11 10-12 10-27 10- 27 10-30
SYSTEM
............................... CAPSULES.
iiiiii!iiii_iiiiiiiiiiii_jN
i_[i!_i_ii!_i!ii!iiii!gi_i[i[![g;_i
iiffiffffffff!ffiffffffiffffL--'_ff,
DESCRIPTION
._iiiiiiiii!i!!iiiiiiiiiiiiiiii!ii_iiiiiii_iii_
==============================================================
TEST CONFIGURATION
iiiii!iiiiiiiiiii!i!iiiiii!iiiiiiiiiiii!ii!iiiiiii!iiiiiiiiiiiii_
==============================================================================
.iiii_ii!iiiii!iiiiiiiiiiii_iii_!iiiii!iiiiiii_i!iiii_iii!!iiiiiiii_iii_iiii_.
_ _li_
A V
i I I
I lira
---
\
X BATTERY ON*OFF 5',N ITCH REMOTE
7 I
7\
DETAIL'A"
BATTEP._' ZSO ON'O.CF YA 5WITCH _N_/ERTER5 PAklEL
A
\\
OETAIL'C I_ELAY5
5NUNT
IN_'t'RCJMF-.NT DE.TAIL'B'
_AI4EL)
POWEI_
CONTROL
'SECTION
I _
5E HO"H"_DEI:_'(TOP P,E.'I'ROGRADE
TO
/ /
_P.ECO_ERY
[1_ C,t_PSULE 16 NAS I_00 WATt- HOUP_ 15 _,TT E P..IE5 IN THESE LDCATIOI4 S
5WITCH FOSE PANEL
COMMUk_CATION5
(SA)
\-
LAUNCH,
0_T
--
REVISED
ST.
LOUIS
3, MISSOURI
REPORT
104
RSVISED
MOO,=.
133
X.
ELECTRICAL
POWER
AND
INTERIOR
LIGHTING
SYSTEMS
I0-I. 10-2.
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
POWER
SYSTEM
_ESCRIPTION
power
supply
of
three supply
main 6,
batteries, 18 and
two
standby d-c
isolated
battery to the
12,
24 volts
power and
accomplished may be
high off to
through
a diode
panel to
10-2. is when
capsule
ammeter Capsule
indicate may is be
current
when
capsule d-c
power
read
voltmeter
or
battery
power loads
are
the
"Abort" of the
a solid fuses
place
circuits which 2)
redundancy,
position emergency an
switch (No.
(No. possible
Position. a solid of
during
emergency, (No.
in place
in the
emergency
Chute Control
Deploy
(e)
(f) (g)
Retd.
Reserve Emerg.
Manual control
Chute Reserve Deploy Chute Deploy
....
....
---_a
1row
,0
DATE _" REVISED REVISED MISS_UR|
M 'DONNELL: ,l
" _'_ST_LOUIS.
"lmm_V a I
1 NOVEMBER
1961
F " ="
u Jb,r _ r.._u _ _ _ ................
I ,-T'_E ._s _;IiS'_E " ', _"__ I AF "_ t I sQutts_ I RELAY _ --I1=. ARM
L
I I I I i O I
981
981
_40"T E E> t5oo w. _, _ C.APS. _G 4.1 i S4, i 94-1 qq _
imo_
UI_glLIChL DISCONNECT
IS01
ISOL
_us "I
II,,
24I_ *b ;ISOLATED IcjO0 _ATT EEY W-H
FIOURE I0-2
D-C
POWER CONTROL
i_,,i p ...... ili.i IE.
SCHEM_IE
i _ _ _= I = IJ"=ll, IL-
(CAPSULES
IG,I_
19)
PM45-_ F
1 i,,,,,I p .,_=,..=
The
a-c
loads
are
not
fused
because
of
Luherent
overload
protection
in the
imverters.
a-c to
power
is
by
using to
two I15
main volt,
imverters 400
and
standby phase
transform voltage
voltage through
cycle, to the
a-c
control
circuitry
distribu-
busses.
10-3. 10-4.
SYSTEM D-C
OPERATION CONTROL
POWER
main
d-c
power
consists battery is
of
three
3000
10-2). on
connected
in parallel reverse current The power 24 volt inputs. capsule for the 24
by
an
ON-OFF
main
from bus.
supplied to the
main 150
The
directly watt
hour
standby voltage
batteries and to
to main
bus
incorporate through
diode ON-OFF
current located
protection on the
connected
batteries.
taps,
through to
diodes, launch
supply
6,
12 and are
18
volts
d-c by
to
the
Prior
circuits
external Stand-
external
power by be
battery on
STDBY
switch ON to
instrument OFF
placed
in the
or
In the
position, systems
main the
supply
24 V d-c "ON"
electrical
In the
position,
:A L
104
REVISED REVISED
24
V d-c power
bus to
is
connected capsule
directly in event
to
the
main
bus (See
and Figure is
both
battery
groups An
supply
the
systems in
10-2). after
emergency
hold
circuit To the
is
utilized cabin
command
initiated
reduce
heating circuit to
provide
emergency applies
hold power
removes cabin is
circuits of the
also
the
vent
squibs
motor
Circuit is
hold the
signal
applied to is the
ground Power of
of
the
No.
then to
through of
the No.
No.
1 emergency relays.
relay of
the
solenoid
2 and
hold
Actuation and
these
removes sensor
power relay.
from
some
At the emergency
through periscope,
open
of the squibs.
cabin to
battery and to
emergency to other
bus in
and event
batteries protection
are and
isolated the 18
reverse ON-OFF
isolated volts
switch.
Isolated to
taps system
6 and The
diodes,
24 volt arming
available
through of
of the to
squib
AUDIO be
the
may
also
in parallel position
the
24
standby
batteries
through
ISOL-BTRY
switch. External d-c power is supplied through the umbilical cable to capsule
DATE
I
1 November
1961,
ST. LOUIS 3. MISSOURI REPORT ,_..T'_ i0_
REVISED REVISED,
Moo,,,,
133
is used
for pre-launch
operations
in order
to conserve
supply.
Normally
to the external
however,
supplies
are used to supply the 6, 12, 18 and 2A volt and selector switch permit the Astronaut
individual with
as desired.
the as_eter
switch
to indicate
the batteries
diode panel
is incorporated
connecting
protection
from transient
(See Figure
i0-2).
10-5. 10-6.
A-C POWER AND CONTROL Main Main Inverter a-c power is supplied by two inverters of 150 voltnamely
amperes
The a-c load is divided The 250 VA inverter The main and the main a 25 d-c
the ASCS bus and the FANS bus. the 150 VA inverter (fans inverter and the bus) inverter (ASCS bus) fuse. and supplies through is also
supplies
through the
filter of The
25 ampere ASCS, of
AC B_s, the
AC Bus
switches feed
Instrument of the
Relay through
relays the
output (See
_./
the Power
lO-3.)
10-7. Standby Inverter cycle a-c power is supplied by one 250 volt ampere standby
Standby
IISV _
....
v
sis
--;'-"''"
_aml
.l_m
al
1 NOVEMBER
1961
,,
j,_ll( iMAIN I
INV ERTEP.
MAIN
150 vA
F_NS)__J
I
I
L_'"'_PLJ
zsovA
[ MAIN INSTRUMENT
PANEL FAt4S
r i
I
I
I
T_ SCS
SELECT CWITCH
l'
I
i
I I I I
1Z/26 VDC
|p
I
t
'i
I I I
J
P---O_
! --
r--o* 1 i S I A_CS
5E ,_. D.C
Ir
I"
_ O'_D
j ,
STaY _ OFF'
l
I
IA
, j
I
I _J
_--'_STAN T
DBY
I
I
L.
, _: ,I T
J MAIM
...., _ _
STBY _ MAIN J
C_TcH
TIMER. DIsCONI4ECT)
zsovA
Iso v_
A-C
POWER '.CONiROL
'_'_ I _11,_
.SCHEMATIC
I_11 I I
(,CAPSULES. I/o,I_.F))
PM4-5- ZI5 IB
OATE
REVlSE;D REVISED,
i November
196_
ST. LOUIS 3, MISSOURi
R_PORT MODm.
inverter.
The standby
inverter
will
supply
to either,
or both,
ASCS
by selecting
the STANDBY
on the respective
ASCS
on the mai_
instrument
of either
Inverter
in turn will
inverter. contacts
inverter
busses.
A warning
on the Main
Inverter
is switched
reason
of either
of the main
inverters.
(See Figure
10-8.
/_ -4
POWER
DISTRIBUTION
i0-9.
D-C POWER DIS_I_JTION D-C power is taken from three battery separate battery groups, namely the main which operate
battery,
standby
and isolated
battery. method
Various
sub busses
are as follows:
plus i0 minute
impact
relay.
Pre-impact
bus through
AUDIO
to isolated to standby
battery.
directly
.........
--_ _m#" Jl _11 Jl J[ &mr &m|
ii-r_|
11i i
-
| J--_ J&m
10-10
Mc'DONNE :
104 -ST. LOUIS , MISSOURI ' P4P_kll_-ir%L'_'_ _ _"_._,m_
1 NOVEMBER
1961
SEDR 133
NOTE,S
_>:!/-Y _E fN3TALLEDIN CAPSULE FOR r3,ROUND q EST_ OR FLIG, FIT _h,lAY _:,E !NST?,LLE_ IN CAPSULE,FOR GRQUN.b TESTS 3L___bONOT INSTALL Ikl CAPSULE, MAY _P_. ACTIVATE.) AND USED FOR #OWER. ._Y,._T=----...'N_ TESTS/G;'-_OUND CA_T FOR."I'HFa, THE HATCH POWE.I_"AND B4TTEeY CHARGER TE:ST,_ U
OI::F
ON
I i
i
1-24 v,
_ev
C, _4 D E.
I_e I
C (ISO0 ('..5000 (I.500 (.ISO0 (.1_00
24V
Z4V
[_EAGLE PICHER MAR 4.02B-I, MAC 45-79707-15 EAGLE PICHER 1,4AR4027-5, MAC 45-79707-21 AGLE PlCHER _AIA 4028-A, MAC 4.5-79707-19 A&LE PICHER MAR4028-8, MAC 4S-7_707-19 A&LE PIe.HER _AR4028-1_,,I'4DE4567020-5
OFF
I
EAGLE PICHER MP_R EAGLE pICHER MAR _AG.LE PlCHER MAR EAGLE. PIqHF_.P,_AR, 4027C, 4027-1/ 4027A/ 4027C/
"{
MAC 45-79707-/7 MAC 45-79707-13 MAC 45-797o7-17 1"4DE 4587020-._ (SOO0 (_ooo (3o0o C3(_o W/O WH) W_) t4//4)
: \
i _ _i
i_J'
.,
II, !
llll
,P._.-'-;'.;T,r,.L
. .
__
MC, DONNE
REPORT _xE]_ 104 MODEL. 1_ put in an ambient output cycles atmosphere
1961
to ground,
of 400 across
and essentially
A short
the output
of an inverter
or the wiring
involved
in short circuit.
10-14.
D-C AMMETER
0-50 AMPERE is located on the main instrument drain panel and provides the The
an indication movement
of total
current
ammeter
sensitivity.
resistance
is connected with
path to ground
proper
voltage
10-15.
D-C VOLTMETER
0-30 VOLTS and its selector switch, condition are located on the main instrument
battery
can be determined
by placing
to the appropriate
positions
and reading
the individual
battery
lO-16.
TEST
CONFIGURATION
is presented
Compliance
lO-17.
TEST
CONFIGURATION
CAPSULE
on Capsule
Capsule Figure
(See
components
installed.)
System
The Capsule
_-_v_.-
.=..JJ.It,.4_.l
JI.
J_"L
llj-
1 NOVEMBER
1961
McDOtNNEL L
ST.LOUIS, MISSOURI
PAG
REPORT MODEL
+. I
To-30 MIN.---_
i
_51._-
PROt%_AFAM._
"A" 5OMIL-SEC/17.5
SIP_.
PRE-LAUN.CN Z. HRS.
--
T__LE.METV<'.(-ON
ST_'I'.
To-(. M,I,,i.UixA_
h_---
s _ c _,_o
"754-.o '73Z.-/ PILOT
,E_,co_ ,NXERROC_ATiON
RETKACT _o PIJL/,SEC..
LAUNCH .IHK
(n a/ 'X:
TWW.
%EP.
--
TOWER EBCApIE
_KT'.
+
0N C_PB. ADAPT. BOLT5
CAP. $EP, --
. l
j[4
POS_. _TS._
_O1._ PILOT PILOT 5C-ANgER INSTR. _ INST. CAM.
UMS. O_C.
PEP..IS:,COPE _ PUL/SEC. _ E'/,T. %r._t_/5OMlkL
A
O_lr ATT_ -_ 711.7 _9q.8 6_].q 67q.8 _.8 CAM, 5 PUL,/MIN. HEATERS r-AJv%. 3DPL_L/MIN. 8.5 MINI./30 MIN.
,,9
0-:
oRBIT _5 HRS.
I"%
FI%#'7 "
.<
o
..J 50.Z
L.
>IV
_LOOO
PRE.SSL_RE
"/5_.4- PILOT(
IN.ST.
CAM.
(a PUL/$C.
%O %EC/3OMIN
..... im+ _O..%F..._ F {-Sq.B I_ETRO -, ..... 1-725-% _&TI_O II_. "IU _.._.-.-I______ET_'.O
I
_0
PER|SCOPE
_.F-To
.0s_ -?.iK ,__ I,(o'LI.O IOK'--_-_o?.Z.'_ DR_O%U ANT. SNORKEL % MAIN CHUTE
_--IMPA.CT
P,E_,CT, DISC.
CONT'L +
(&,O
,%EC)
(IMPACT
m AI,4T
I_ESCUE
AID,%
_" 30
SEC.
t ;"
POST PERIOD I?..H RS. 351.9 PROC_RAMMKR "A" IMP. IOMIN. IIO__
I
FI&URF-. IO-5
D-C
WATT
_OUR
LOADINr_
(CAPSULES
, /0;l(o, lg _ (q)
PI'4_S-Z74
v..,_.='ii
ll./r-;-l'l
1/96
I0-I
Mc'DONNEL L
ST.LOUIS,
-:.t'_:d_,, _lPV Ig ! I li P ! i
DATE REVISED
, ALl IN ILB
1 NOVEMBER
1961
MISSOURI
I'% 1, I_",1_ ;imw, a I "riP' ! i _liL_
REVISED
/
_[O ,,40:: o 0
_//
\ \
DAT__ REVISED_
REVISED--
i November
1961-
standby
isolated
through
fuses
except to the
(2) Emerg.
Separation, circuits
(3) Abort
Control,
System
A circuits
- these
utilize permits
a two position
(No. 2) position.
In addition,
an emergency,
a solid conductor
is installed
of the following
circuits:
Control
A-c loads are not fused because i0-19. D-C Power Control
special
instrumentation
The at
connector
plugs on the No. 3 and No. 4 main batteries Special instrumentation bundles
to the No. 3 and No. 4 batteries. supply consists of only two main batteries. to the circuit diode by an
d-c Power
10-7.)
Each battery
is connected Individual
in parallel current
reverse
protection from
prevents
a faulty
standby battery
oss,^s_
O.;l SIA.;II: I
.................
%";
l t_Ot II0_$
196l _I3_W:IAON t
_IVO
&,,
91-01.
DATE
REVISED REVISED
i November
1961
ST. LOUIS 3, MISSOURI REPORT R_T)R i0_
_oom..,
a_LL , ......... ,,
133
bus battery
voltage also
and
to
act
as
standby
gower
for
the
main
system. and is
incorporates through
diode
reverse switch
current
protection
an ON-OFF diodes,
located
Standby various
system busses.
to launch
these
and external
power
package. BATT
24 volt
is controlled
instrument
panel.
or MANUAL to a level
a decrease
in main battery
voltage
causes
is applied
through
bus control
have holding
solenoids
With the No. 2 and No. B control solenoids removes volt of the secondary
relays
bus relays.
voltage
output
in parallel
main battery
output. light of
automatic
D-C AUTO
The _N
position
STDBY
BATT switch
the standby
24 volt output
directly
to the main
indication
this use of the standby battery voltage. command circuit An emergency after umbilical power
than Astronaut
checks
of current
is utilized To reduce
removes
and applies
r_,
.,_r# . ._
(
/t_n <i','.
_'Z
3,
.o
f_
70
I I I I I I I
, O_ I"I I
_0 _r
FI__ /4
E_o
"
m
r
e_ _l
_Ic_z
.....
_j
/,
ii
_g
r'.4
L96t }I]SW+AON
' T[_O(I_hT
81_OL
DATE
REVISED.
i November
1961
,,_ORV ,.,oom.
motor '_old" No. relay. of the of the
_n 133
1O4
REVISED,
DV;_T;AL
the extend The
power cuit is
Cirbooster
switching
applied to
through the
of the hold
test from
relay d-c
solenoid
bus
is
applied
through of No.
contacts No.
relay open of
to the contacts
hold sensor
the
secondary Other to
relays,
to
the
extend
normally cabin
contacts and
hold main
the
squibs
Ascs bus.
10-20. 10-21. A-C Main Main, inverter is is 150 divided the
Inverters volt, 150 400 volt cycle ampere bus a-c power is supplied by one 250 volt The when bus ampere a-c the load ASCS the
115
and
one
10-8.) flight
between a-c
the
ASCS the
primary ampere
load,
inverter During
that at
while
volt
inverter
powers
inverter feeding
supplies bus
power input
inverter the
supplies
inverter RELAY
ASCS
from
one
inverter energizes
ASCS
BUS
inverter through
RELAY. to the
the
energized a spring to
bus
relays A-C
VOLT-
is provided the
with
normally operated to
circuit
bus
manually
ASCS
REPORT MODEL _
SEDR 10/4 . l_
REVISED , REVISED
,,-,_nn,, 4L
4L.C'JkJL./-
10-22.
S..t_sadby Inverter Standby, 115 volt, 400 cycle a-c power is supplied which a-c by d-c output power INVERTER by one bus 250 volt ampere
/
inverter. the power the ASCS the BUS put standby the event ONLY
The
STANDBY
INVERTER input
switch and or
shall
shall With
failure.
standby The
inverter
standby
energizes the
STANDBY inverter
energized nnd
STANDBY the
removes output.
llne
applies INVERTER
standby is from
STANDBY by
FANS d-c
position bus.
the The
standby
ininverter
24
volts FAN
main The
standby FAN
STANDBY
RELAY. the
energized applies
STANDBY the
BUS
RELAY
J
inverter
output
llne
and
standby
inverter
AUTO power
of a-e
the bus
STANDBY should
CONTROL inverter
allows one to
the
in-
inverter inverter to
relay by
the
output
proper
The while
A-C
automatic
mode, a-c
standby Signal
inverter, voltage
from of
the
d-c
power
bus.
STANDBY
A-C
AUTO
light
operation
supplied
to the
instrumenta-
system. No Emergency 24 volts A-C d-c is Power switch is provided for use the in No. Capsule 10.05g No. relay 8. Ininto the
stead,
connected
directly
through
MAC
1, owber
nev,sED REV,SeO
Mc, DONNEg.
ST.LOU,S s, u,ssoum .
..o.
_e_oRv MOOre.
lo-2
SEDR 133 104
150
VA
Main D-C
10-23.
No.
8,
d-c
power
from and
three
which See
operate Figure
and
special
bus
supplied
ASCS
bus
supplied bus
by
through
ELEC
PWR
RELAY.
main main
relay bus
isolated
through
AUDIO
(3 position, (g) (h) (i) Isolated Standby Isolated battery. (J) Standby battery. 10-24. See on Capsule D-C Power 6, 12 d-c d-c
directly directly
6 and
18
volt
directly
and
18 volt
busses
directly
to taps
on
standby
Figure No.
10-13 8.
TEST
CONFIGURATION Power
NO.
Electrical
Capsule differences
,ompliance
Capsule Figure
except 10-6
following
paragraphs.
(See
major
components
installed.
--
---
M 'DONNELjL
_---_T_.OUlS,,.MISS_I..,,,
1 NOVEMBER
1961
(WATT._) o 8
700.8
01 ,
PROGRAMMER
50 MIL-SEC/30
5EC
-13
Cb
TO-I2 v F" --
& _KY CAM I0 PUL/MIN 774-.9 PERISCOPE " RETRACT ' 774.9 _::::_740.?_. PERISCOPE CAM. :3 PULJSEC TRANSMIT PYLON TWR SEe BQbT_ RK'T.
EARTH
"rR-p7oo.8 RETRO RKTS ('3 PEAKS) T +50 5EC-" ..... 1-,--726.4 R_TRQ ASS'Y SER _R'_u _=u--[ RETRO UM8. DISC. = 785.5 PERISCOPE RET. _._. 1_'_-_"----787-.0 REACTION CONT. .05(_ i..._59h _6_9.2 9 HF&UNF TRANSMIT DROG E M
01
I0" ' !'_--594"5 SNORKEL.ANT.. FAIR. & MN. CHUTE ow E----J"--_(,85.1 PERISCOPE EXT. ( 5 ,_EC) -_J'--P_(,2_.I REACTION MN. DI.9,C.,BES. CONT. ((_0 SEC)
I_FOROF. SEN.,
TORU.._ BAG WHIP
E,,I'ECT,
YI_NT., M_N-
HEUUM
_ ANTENNACOVER
ANTENNa.-.
(IMR-505SEC')
0 I 478.5 PROGRAHIER
P_
_516.3 WATER
SER
.FIGL_E
I0- q: D-C
WATT1 i I
HOUR
i
LOADING(CAPSULE
NO. 8)
PM_5"-
g-09 E
r'O""-'D-"t;,
;A_-
DATE
REVISED.
1 November
1961 ST. LOUIS 3, MISSOURI " REPORT MOOW. _E_R 133 , 104,,
REVISED.
10-26. The
S_stem capsule
Description power supply for Capsule No. 9 is similar to that used on the
Capsule.
on
Capsule
No. to
9 is
similar
to IO-A),
that
used
on for
the the
Compliance
Capsule (See
(Refer
Paragraph
except
Figure
i0-7). bus control not relays used. No's. The I, 2 and 3, and power
9 the
relays to
2 are bus, in of
standby the
battery main
directly
Main
d-c
with
standby or
switch
placed
The
standby bus as
(AUTO),
the
standby standby
Main
"ON"
of the
battery Compliance
switch
is the
same
Capsule. Compliance
operation
is the
same are
as used
contacts
used relay
in the from
control
power Control
the
umbilical
discomnect.
Inverters volt _00 cycle a-c power a-c 250 is supplied by two inverters two the of 150 volt-
and bus VA
250 and
The The
load VA
into
namely and VA VA
inverter inverter
the
FANS
bus. circuit
powers fuse. a
(fans inverter a 25
bus)
a filter powered
(ASCS ampere
bus) and
from
the
fuse through
the EL_
antenna 1_
separation relay.
bus
energized
the
............ "'_1_ili
ll./_ll_ll
|! it-ilil--
REVISED REVISED,
ASCS Main
d-c 250
loads VA
are
fed
from
the
ASCS
bus.) of
The the
of
the
inverters
feed
the relays
Relay
ASCS
Bus
Relay.
These
energized and
through of the
of the Relay
relays to are
through fans by
normally ASCS
Power
the
busses.
i0-ii). relay
invez_ers
deactivated
antez_,za
fairing
separation
during 10-30.
descent. S_t_and_by Inverter Standby 115V The shall EMER ASCS _00 cycle INVERT by of a-c power is supplied the by one of 250 volt ampere and/or standby which
mode
operation
inverter A-c to
then
the
solenoid
ASCS
power the
flows a-c
through
energized
Standby
Relay's FANS
ONLY
switch
standby the
inverter of
from the
main Fan
Standby A-c to
then
solenoid
Standby bus
flows bus.
through (See
standby
fan
relay's
cOntacts
Power
the
FANS
the main
STDBY
INVERT
switch
allows one to of
the them
inverter fail.
to
Power of
a-c
inverter
Failure This
inverter
connects
\
standby the
inverter output to
by
and
the
proper
bus. while
STDBY
standby inverters
operation in
in the mode,
automatic standby
mode. inverter
both from
automatic
the
operating
dT_ _
_LT
T_
T T-_
T_
.....
'!
g
13
g
0
-q
/
DETAIL'A"
@
@
BATTERY ON-OF-F SWITCH _N'4 E RTE_.5 PANEL. OETAIL"C RELAY5 = I .___ .... I
OFF
PWR O_F
Frl O
|
aUTO
C)
,/
/
_ (MAIN IN_TRL}_F.NT PA_L) i
I
"X3 O F,1
C 73 13
Cn -t Frl if--.
.'X3
\
s/
s /
"_..
0 m
> pl
C (..n
TO66LE DIODE "_'1 P.EI_OGRADE _ P.EC.OVERY CSA) _'_ _, . /
io
? RETROGR_,DE 5WITCH FUSE PANEL
LAUNCH, ORBIT MISCELLA_EOtJ.T;, WIISCE LL ANEOU5
/
( RECOVER'( C5 _ IOA)
ItE_CAPE CSA) (_0 _' _SA,) (SA) _ "x-'05o. '_
_,
-- _
-ACCELE'P.O_AETER ._ - "
/
/
;_ m II .-I
"u >
il
lOOK
P,.ELAY
"1
1';
;_ _ ----ANS AE. BUS F G_,_. "TEST UM_, EELA'Y m < m < > --I
.I
lOOK
___
E_U._
<<i
__AC
WA_N,
LT.
,/
DATE
REVISED. REVISED
1 November
1961
ST. LOUIS 3, MISSOURI
p._
10-27
the
main A-C
d-c
bus,
will
power
the is
fan
a-c
bus. to
Signal the
voltage
indicative system.
of
STDBY 10-31.
AUTO
light
operation
supplied
instrumentation
Power power
Distribution distribution Capsule 10-7. on Capsule to No. 9 is the s_ne as used on the differ-
(Refer
Paragraph
10-8),
except
for
Power
Figure No.
i0-i0 9.
graphical
summary
of
the
primary
d-c
power
loading
TEST
COHF]DORATION power
CAPSUI3S system on
NO.
i0,
13
AND
electrical
Capsules
No.
i0,
Capsule. loading
(See on
Figure
10-5 No. I0
summary No.
Capsules
10-13
iO-3_. 10-35.
INTERIOR SYST_q
LIDHTING _gSCRIPTION
i
for
the
consists See
of Figure
lights
iocatic.1
arrangement
and
10-36.
Two left 115 V and
Cabin
Flood Li_ts
flood Astronaut. invezCer console, flood The Fans the lights lights lights are mounted for and the on bracgets cabin lights by are to is the right and from the
Power _ts
a-c on
lef_
switch are
"L.H.
"OFF". for
cabin usage.
actinic heat
especially a low
produce
little
have
.-b_=
----
....
_w
McDONNELLjH__o_
ST.LOUIS, MISSOURI
_Vlli I'llJ_lll i 18--_ l'-T'-
1 NOVEMBER
1961
133,
/00
2OO
300
2 2j
ORBIT
OK'
28<A 3 9. _
WA
TER
5ER
l-IF ,,? r O VE R Y E
F/GURE
I0:1_
L_.-Stl_d
1
I I I I I I I
0% - o.L
oo_l
OOtl
000_
00b
009
OOL
009 gllVM
00"3
I OOt
i 00
I DO?.
i OOI
L96L _I:ISW_AON
'
%_r_ MISSOURI
DATE
1 November
1961
REVISED REVISED
_.T _ _.__
mtlng 10-37.
of
four
watts Flood
nm='e 1o-15).
Photo Two
are in lights
on
to The by
the photo a
left flood
and
right lights
of are
the
cabin
lights cabin
PHOTO
LIGHTS
switch, on the
an ON
and
position.
PHOTO
LIGHTS
switch
is mounted
console.
1o-38.
Warning on the main
TeZeli hts
telelights instrument are of for a connected particular telellghts ampere are and to
proviaed
left the console various or
for
and
are
10-14.
system is
of Capsule 10-15.
supplied shown
bus is
IbASe as or dark
A Dim-Brlght
Switch
daylight
operations.
TEST data
CAPSULES Paragraphs fr_n in then the the 10-34 the through data 10-38 applicable paragraphs. is the same as applies to the If that to the Conis on not the
Capsules for
following item
particular
Compliance
i0-_0.
TZST
,,
CONFIGURATION
,,,
CAPSULE
NO.
1o- 1.
The, CoEpliance positions cabin
hood m ts
flood lights except (Refer to on the Capsule control No. switch 10-43. ) 8 is on No the same as No. flood the 8 Specification has "ON-OFF" are used on
Capsule, only.
Capsule photo
Paragraph
lights
1 NOVEMBER
1961
Mc'DONNE
ST.LOUIS
__
#
, MISSOURI
. " ,,
NOTE_
EE> [_ _AME _IOT PL_E. II_-T'_t.t.F._ OI4 CAPeJ,_LE )
.........
_vilr
Iur-iN
In_--'
No.
8. Telelights telelight Compliance the following Periscope Lending installation Capsule (Refer on to Capsule No. 8 is 10-38 the and same Figure as the 10-16),
Warning warnin6
Paragraph
differences. retract telelight is not is used is not used on used on on Capsule No. 8. No. No. 8 8. 8. in place 8. No. 8.
The The
Bag
telelight telelight
Capsule No,
Chute
Mayday of the
and
used
Capsule
abort
(g)
A recording operation of
the
tape
(h)
Standby
d-c
Auto
telelight
c_
system (Refer
_o. 9t lOt 13 A_ 16
on these Capsules 10-35 is the same i0-_) as the (See SpecificaFigure
Compliance
to Paragraphs
through
lO-I_ _
lO-15).
J'q
_'_
ILT
IF'_ T
_r_L
_mw
1 NOVEMBER
19611
Mc, DONNELL__
ST.LOUIS. _ l
__
.
.PA_E ,
REPORT MODEL
MISSOURI
L:: :,;
m 11 -t
>
\
i --'_
g
0
g
o
1
m
[_ Nh_ME PLATE
Z F! < 0
;0 m < 0
O > -! :
19,E_CUE
MAIN
DROGUE
.OSG
JET_.
RETRO
INR.ETRO.
5 TAR]I_.
C'-A P_5--ULE
TOWER
GNt)
_O_t.q
_,ET_,0
R_,T5
t4"fR_
C_
/11
_
!__ , 2 E
_1' 5 ,o _E._,._ 1
MAYDAY
READY
RECORDING
STDBY, AC AU TO.
OXYGEN WAR N,
EXCE55 SUIT W AT E R
WARNING
LIGHTS
MAIN
INSTRUMENT
PANEL,.
11-I
rji_,_+_._ ._:<_,_, _,
SECTION
XI
COMMUNICATION
SYSTEM
TABLE
OF
CONTENTS
+++iiiiii+ii_
iiiiii.:.'-ii'i_ii.-:.-_!_ii i_
::::::::::::::::::::::::::
TEST CONFIGURATION
CAPSULES ......
iiiiiiMiiitMilttii_-_%
===================================
;:_ _iiiiiii_+:'_::!iiiiiiii_:
el e'_'_._.
_r ,"
_ +,'_V,_
"+
_111
I1_1_i_!1
I_MI,
ONION___VdWl
_ _
o
IN_/AOld30"
o W I-Q -'
O hl
_,LnH_ Nt_A_t
E:
I1:
A_J.NZ-|II
.1.111_lO
Ol
H:_Nnv'i
[ 33S)
NOI/DNN:I
[
IZ W a.
NOSlll_r _V_DVd
/ \ \ /I
J, / /
_ \
NOSll,l._r
_,_0.1.
_vosn
NOIIV_'d_S illlZlO
_l[1SdV_
_T_ANSMIT SWITCH X
I i
I I _ llfmllll_llli_ltl_<_,
I I
/ /
I _ 1
DETAIL
A SELECTOR
_WIT_H
(STOWED)
/_
RECOVERY
ANTENNA
]
t s i t
"_'Z
'
J
/
-.
:UMBILICAL DISCONN,F..CT _" AUDIO CONTROL PANEL SEE DETAIL k
CO14_IffICATION I_'NCTIONS
CALL CAPSULES).
FJRCTION
LAUNCH
ORBIT
RE-ERTRY IMPACT
POST LANDING
Astronaut I Pre-Launch
i
Astronaut Capsules
I
on Manned
i
Pre-Launch Selection on Unmanned Capsules _--
I
Transmitter Beacons --All Capsules =-i0 Minutes After Impact
I
C and S Band -_Manned Capsules - On Continuous or Controlled by Astronaut and/or Ground. Ccmnaud
C and
S Band
Beacons
i
UHF Rescue i0 Minutes Impact Ultr. Sarah Rescue Beacon Bicone Ant. After--_-Capsules I Capsule 8 & 9 only I0_13,16,18 and 19
Unmanued Capsules - No. 's 8, 9 Manned Capsules - No. 's 10, 13,
Separation
16, 18 & 19
MCDONNE
R_-VtSEO. ST. LOUlSa. M,SSOUm _ORT
ll-5
SE_ 104
XI.
.... \
COMMUNICATIONS
SYSTEM
ii-i.
SYSTEM
DESCRIPTION
ii-2.
VOICE
COMMUNICATION Is provlded ii-i). operate with volc_ communlcatlons and microphone control throughout contained the entire within the
A dual
headset
Astronaut's voice
through
circuits
communications prior
A capsule-pad
Luterphone
available
to umbilical
disconnect. the main KF voice communication set during separaThe main It will
through
transmission
during
re-entry
is Jettisoned.
the
entire Amplifier.
mission
by
the
Cc_m. over
communications be made
Transmissions is selected
the
identical in operation
transmitter operated
may be
by
operation
of
switch_
or by a voice
relay when the VOX switch is in the the selected transmitter will This
automatically automatic
feature
l.....
REVISED
ST.
LOUIS
3,
MISSOURI
RI[PORT
10_
.................
MODm. ,
133
provide
ground
voice for
channel
throughout systems
until through
capsule fuses
communications
is supplied
CQmmunications
and Ccmnunications
(See Figure
ii-2).
11-3.
COMMAND RECEIVERS
Two separate sets of receiver-decoder of ground capsule receivers is and auxiliary signals. circuits. through the fuses (See located Figure in 11-10). decoder units are used
These
signals
Power the
Cc_unications
Communications
ASCS Fuse
Holders
ii-4. Telemetry to of ground voltages to transmitters are provided is picked for ccm_mieating up throughout These the telemetry voltages the are capsule capsule modified (Refer are used information in the by form coding to for the
circuits. to this
circuits
transmitters.
manual).
of the telemetry
information,
output
of 3.3
separated. after
Transmitters impact. or
i0 minutes
The power
Power Holders
system Figure
fr_n
located
Figure
_-5.
z_co_s
The beacons provided in the capsule to aid tracking by ground energized stations re-entry, are
a C-Band
end
an S-Band
beacon,
a UHF recovery
beacon,
during
_,
....
tWINIi"
--
w _"lr"%
i lll*llli
!'1"
. .
! AI
...__
PANEL
El
U'_ .C:
i;o
ANTENNA SWITCH
Rm:,owr ,,,or,,-
after
impact,
and
an
HF recovery with
beacon, direction
provlde crews.
signals The U_
compatible voice
used
to provide is installed
A flashing
location
(See Section
Capsule
system
in the communications
communications, frequencies
and of
beacon outputs of
and
types
portion allow
mission.
parachute
To replace in operation.
antenna Antenna
is automatically is extended
an HF Recovery mission, C
to permit
HF operation.
Throughout
the entire
are provided
for operation
Antenna
and multiplexing
autcmatlcally
through
located
switch-fuse
(see
11-13).
OPERATION VOICE COMMUNICATIONS Audio Control and Ground outputs Inter_hone ST_em panel. This panel
1_*Vil_lla
la,..__.
_ Jl
_ ___
1 NOVEMBER
1961
ST.LOUIS
, MISSOURI
/,
//
\\.,
\
\
==
REVISED.
ST.
LOUIS
3,
MISSOURI
REPORT...
]-0_
Revis_
Rm_R_Y_'_._
__,'_
,_.--
MODEL
133
provides Outputs
' i
one from
control c_and
for
HF
audio
and
one
volume to audio is
control the
for
UHF
receivers of command
are
Co-_unication by a low
Panel filter,
for
mixing.
Separation of
and voice
signals in the
and
amplification
resulting
done
control
(See
Communication from to The the audio signals and and to from the volume from controls, the satellite in and the interphone are audio supplied center. to the of
alarm the
tones two
clock the
the
tape
headset the
audio them
headset
serve the
amplify
audio
feed
Astronaut's a path
helmet. for
relay
supplies
receiver
re corder.
from
the
is
fed
to two
separate to
microphone
amplifiers output
audio
center.
serve
amplify of the
a level
sufficient smplifer
input
of
voice or "ON"
circuits by the
energized circuit
handle, in the
when
switch
instrument KF Voice HF HF
position.
Communications Ccmnunications voice on main the cc_mnications a frequency pre-impact set. Switch The of 24 set is an AM receiver-transmitter 15 is MC. fed directly through tower Portion to the the EF unit
Main main to
_-_:_
Power receiver Position relay,
Transmit
and
contacts
separation of the
tower
separation.
Audio
input
to the
transmitter
.......
.,_,..a
i_
! _, ,..
P'_E.
REPORT MODEL
,,.'1_
SEDR 104 133
MCDONNE_
ST.LOUIS.
_' ".-_ m
__
D_TE
REVISED REVISED
1 NOVEMBER
1961
MISSOURI
___-__
PM4S-IO'7,D
73NVd
.[N3_Nn_ISNI
NIV_
n e,1 o
I-, ld < a. 0 Id It I_ 0 Id
P_.
3
-I
..=.
Id
o
' I
__ m
/
&d
/ f
[ )
IMPACT BICONE
;o m -,t
11 ).
pRE-i_Cr
:71 i1.1 t I ._J _4V _:: BL)S.JlI_
iillJ
u
I A i _ lie, iMPACT ......... IA|CROPHONE AUDIO J / IC TO I_I_CEIVE HF AS VOLUN_F_ DESIRED . T / SWtTCHE_ t'_lNO'i,TOt-lo-2 . ..
iT
I_
'_
I 1
I I
| / .a
/ Iv
SWITCH VOICE
OR
USE
SWiTC_4
| -'_
OPE_J_TED
SER
IL_CEIVE2
m
. V'OX OFI:
iiI
IV_A_N
|NSTRUh_ENT
_:::_Ak_F..L
_,VA_
AFTE_
;_
TO --'_ANSMtT_ER CONTROL-H _.ECE NF AS -MICROPHONE. AL)O_O C T(3 TRANSIenT OPE2_TE Sw_'_C_ VOtC_. RIEL/_y AUDtO _ I H F RECOVERY _VEI_ VOICE 2 I_ _ELAY" I_AIC _PHO_ O_ _::_ USE _ATEO E AVAIL H F RECOVERY ANTEN N,_ A 5LE ,c_FI'E{_ LANDIN_ _VF.. VOI..U DESIR_D bAR
7o
g
m o
g
m o
I
]
.
0 z
NOTE
[_VOICF.SY VOX O_R_,TEO BWiTCH BELAY CONTROLLED
R:ECE
-'Te..A_5_TTE
SE_ 133
10_
is
energized Astronaut's
automatically
or manually ll-8).
switch.
(See Figure
the antenna
multiplexer
and
antenna.
HF raddatiau includ-
is negligible.
during
transmission
in the
panel. Recovery HF Ccemm_uications HF voice comnmicatioms having set is basically a lower output. upon laudimg, through the same as the main
The recovery
HF unit
relay,
is supplied
and keying
as the maim
the recovery
antenna.
output
through
the HF volume
control
through
the audio
and to the headsets. UHF Voice C_icatlons Maim UHF UHF voice camumicatious set is am AM receiver-tramsmitter 299 MC. unit
to operate
on a frequency by a separate
The transmitter
is increased
Power fram the audio of the UHF Selector Figure 11-9). Switch
section
This power
Switch.
for the
tramsmitter
section
of the
!1-16 .....
f3__
DATE
1 November
1_961
ST. LOUIS, MISSOURI .......... .,.,_, _._-_.._ .._,.,_,_" ............. antenna separation the bicone
REVISED,
1
separation
relay
con-
assume
Switch thus
providing mitter
a continuous
UHF signal
to the transcenter.
portion
amplifers
in the audio
The transmitter
or manually
Switch,
automatically equipment.
This feature
may be overriden
panel to the OFF or the UHF position. from the set is through and the antenna the UHF booster amplifer coax
Antenna switch,
antenna
multiplexer,
switch to either
antenna.
Operation
of the microphone
inserted
in series with the coax line. to 2 watts. The booster through Audio
output
is connected
switch to either
the main
antenna.
transmission,
is routed
The Lo power USF voice communications without the booster Switch amplifier.
operation input,
receiver
Antenna energized by
is routed
through
which
position
Switch,
MAIN
:UH_ TR_kN$_
VOICE iTTER
,]l_. "_
AUDIO / CONTROL
REC'EIVE _,WITCI4
(_E] -
1"
1"
/
/
SELECT VOLUk_E-A$ TO
DEStRE
RECEIVER
AUDIO --
u.r _.NORI_.
TR_N OPERATE 5WITrN OPERA'TED
TP.ANSMIT
_
r | 1 _. -'_ _ .-_ _ /...,,I. ,.L BICOh_E. la.I_LAy _ SEP , _ 'I_--'_'_K
3G
_E J I
", MIT
5WtTCI4
- UHF _ I / I
Iit+
t
/ |
AUDIO
.u=
Z4VDG
.]
I I I I
I I
- .L+ ++,,.. _
VOLUME
TRAm+mlTTER
POWER--
o_-_o.,-i.uo_,=I --
/ b
,J _)
"
_ _ _
ItI
flO 7.
t
"
tf
"
:-I
_&--
'
, LI
I
,,,.,,,,,,,_
-- ! ....... 0 I Q
- W
-,
:
_..o.,.,,_ i i,._ i
I-I- t 0 I Ot
laF OFF uHt=.J
.11
I
I ;
_,,_m ImstitumeNt
+_._L
/ "-I
----'------d
'
'1
,
q
,.,,'rE.,,,,,,,L/" "d
F.'--'"7 _ _
I 3 _
SWITCHE_ TO
TO
,,,.--,I
DECEIVE
(_E]
I
I
D -11
m m -t
> m
'E
5WITCHDESIRED
_P
,IK>_
TRANSMIT'TER POWER
KI
T P,ANSMIT 5WITCR-
,SELECT
I
]
S
F I
}1=
eI
RECEIVE_ AUDIO
_WiTcH_ USE'.'O,C_ o
DF_o N TINUOLI 5WITCI4-
'_
_l_
T R_,NSEAITTER
CONTROLI314F LO SELECT PWK Or= SwITcl4 UHF IVEE -TRAI, -NORM,. VOICE I$_ITTER
NOTE
SWITCH
[_
"To
REC'EIVE
AFTER
IMPACT,
AL_.O
PLACE
UNF
DE 5WITC_
TO
R/T, POS=TION
_ECE
McDONNE
-,,_ST. LOUIS.,. MISSOURI "/'_'_T ...... n.,.,- _."_ _,_,_._ 4,_I.IL .iL,LJ41.JJ. ll JL JL,Z-LJ.._
DATE
1 November
1961
REVISED REVISED
the to
UHF either
coax
switch,
the
antenna
multiplexer
and
the
antenna
switch
bicone
or UHF
rescue
antenna.
Receivers unit to 450 consists MC. twenty The of an FM receiver signal may The operate operating be in the with a
received
modulated
a possible to the
audio
frequencies. which
receiver
reduces control
input
modulation
frequencies
individual
Figure
11-10). provides Ten contacts are the "B" are be for a normally in the open "A" or a normally
control
relay
control
channels in the
provided
available output of
"A"
auxiliary
channel
assignments may
security station
had
from outputs to
ground
command in the
Receiver circuits is
are
supplied
amplifier the Hi
center set
the from is
supplied set
power bus.
command routed
supplied sections
standby impact
through
of the
order
to
upon bicone to an
landing. or UHF impedance rescue match antenna which through supplies the both antenna re-
multiplexer
X.2;,/
-17.
11-18. The
Telemetr v
Low low Frequency frequency Telemetry telemetry set is an FM transmitter operating on a fre-
quency
of
approximately
228
MC.
"_D_4T_ Lr_ _LT s_A'*,.,,L.'_*L T_ T w-_ 5T_ .LLA'.LL_J._I
,JL JLJ'IL
IlL
-_++.,r,..,_i+q+,2.,:'" r_
r:-
""" ___%_om_
,.,.,.w,^o., --,,
,;_,,'ll_.Lg 0
F-_
H311MS
:L_0
NO
I )
I-O > n, > n,
U
o_
JUN!UNU
41.1n _H )
, ON=L
%O eJ_O_.U_;Od
_N_ N_l_l$Od ddO
3sn_-N3_s
/
/ I/
IL
_
"_41/ _
13Vd_l-3_d
'
S "ON
"
AlddnS
-_
:
/ L .I
{N "_-,_
__ .._J
e""'"
I-
',_
0 U_
_tV
I ;!
yI
J --7
oN
i
!
I NO1 I-VzN]_n_sNI
I I _
C_..._ T_
--
I(a_.sn, "_a_
V_
I
I / _I3,_od _ I = I ]9Vll0A +_ -_ .
I
I
N OI ,,I._/'_ :JdO
$O0_NIINO)
bl
_n_
_-'O
<
REVISED
_lr,
LoUIs
3, MISSOURI
REPORT
,_,
10_
_v,sED
Before supply Ground umbilical receive
,'___!F!
___._'._._._L_
telemetry
MOD,_
transmitter
IS3
and its power the energized solenoid (See Figure
24 volts d-c from the M_in Pre-impact Relay, normally open contacts.
bus through
the umbilical
until
the umbilical
the
TM transmitter,
the
solenoid
of
the
Instrument
M,c_leand First
through
three methods.
switch
in the block
Relay
method Relay,
through
The third
energizing open
the Instrument
is through After
the normally is
contacts
of the energized
Relay
#2.
the umbilical
dropped, through
relay
is de-energized Power
and power
is directed 11-11).
to the telemetry
supply.
0N-OFF
in the "OFF"
information
modulate
the transmitter.
Instrumentati_
or UHF recovery
antenna.
High Frequency
set operates
on a frequency telemetry
The 2_ volts d-c to the hi frequency as described under the low frequency switch provided
is supplied
telemetry
description,
exception
in the capsule
is in the form of a
REPORT MODEL.
ST. LOUIS,
MISSOURI
REVISED REVISED
(HI FREQ. ), located is 24 is to from volt routed interrupt fail. a d-c separate bus and the
on
the
left
hand
switch-fuse
panel. from
power second
power
supply and
operating B+
B+ voltthe voice
panel. in
allows the
Astronaut
circuit Figure
transmitting ll-ll). is
code,
event
supplied
from (See
the the
instrumentation Instrumentation
transmitter.
manual). is fed to the antenna multiplexer recovery where antenna. it is routed through
output switch
antenna
to the
main
bicone
or UHF
Beacons C-Band C-Band Beacon beacon on is is a transponder of unit consisting 5_O0 radar to of a receiver MC. ground the The and transis are
a frequency compatible of
5900 the
beacon units
with
when
type
operation. selection
Upon of the
command,
through
or by beacon
Astronaut receiver
"CORTIN." Interrogation
position by
of the
ground Input
radar power is
result main
in a coded
reply
bus
through
relay the
controlled Beacon
by
command (See
continuous
operation,
Switch.
Figure Beacon
connection C and
is S baud
through beacon
a phase antennas.
shifter
and
the
C-Band
power
divider 11-22.
to
S-Band
The
"S"
Band
Beacon
is a transponder
unit
consisting
of
receiver
and
trams.
C_JA'q
J.
A_-I_A_
A_MLR
_"
..r:.
"
PRE-IMPACT
g
RESCUE Aux UHF BEACON 0 I
g
0
ANTENNA SW ITCH
ANTENNAS
No_T%_,TION
UPON F_ ANTENNA RINC_ JE.TTV_ON
R_co,,E.y________
-I
_F_ON LANOINr._ C
U)
_-_
(_
DtV| DER
;0 ill
"0 >
-!
PHASE SHIFTER I
PAGE
! 1-2_ 10_
Mc, DONNE
ST. LOUIS, MISSOURI _, _. _'__1;.____. _ 'i' _. ,_.._r_
DATE
1 November
1_1
REVISED REVISED
(Bee 2900
Ll-12). is double is
The
unit to
on
a frequency of
of
approximately
pulsed
interrogation. operates rejection Power (Refer to Beacon and "S" Band HF/UHF Two high at
unit
compatible
Verlort
a positive of
acceptance +- 1.8
tolerance
of
-+ 0.5
micro-seconds
is through
the
S-Band
Power
Divider
to
three
"C"
11-23.
recovery
into on
one
unit. high
One
beacon
on
frequency, to
the radio
other
ultra
frequency. finder
signals
recovery
direction
equipment.
r
Ii-12). recovery It beacon is operates by on the a frequency 12 volt RF of 8.364 bus is MC with a tone the impact the
HF
output. is
powered
standby output
through fed
energized to the
upon
landing. HF
The recovery on a
power antenna.
through
elevated beacon by
recovery It is
operates the
frequency bus
of
211.3 _
with the
pulse fair-
powered This
6 volt
isolated
through
relay. is the
during is
antenna
fairing and
Jettisoned. antenna
output
antenna
recovery
antenna.
Beacon operates 6 volt on standby relay. a frequency bus These through circuits of 243 the are MC with emergency energized pulse hold 10 modularelay minutes
the
impact
Cirri _ :_!:_i_
%:,y;
H.E I_ECOVERY
E
"3"
l TI
/
/
BEACON P4 C0VERY
TI t I I
ANTENNA MULTIPLEXER
RECEWER COMIViAND
RECEIVER 1CO_tMAND
I I
Y' ii
..L
,
I.........
I UHFSEtECTOR
&
I '
I I
I
I t
II
1 I
I IAux u..H_F I I I I
Li{ [
BAND '
AI'ITEI_I_S
AUX.
UHF
HF ANTENN& RECOVERY
UHF
DESCENT
BICONE OFF PO$1TION AIID TWO INDIVIDUALLY FUSED _WITCH FUSE. PROVIDE5 ROSITION_ _4V. D-C BUS PRE-IMPAET
ANTENNA RESCUE
ANTENNA RECOVERY
ANTEN_
SEDR 104 1_ impact. Figure The n-12). RF power is ST. LOUIS, MISSOURI _r,,rt.l_ T_ lr n _ __L_... radiated from the Aux. Rescue
Antennas Main A biconical Bicone (HF antenna of is the located capsule mission. over the and is UHF) used This open for pre-launch, antenna end The the of the the for of is the an launch, integral recovery antenna receivers, antenna orbit part system serves and forms and of initial the antenna of HF re-
phases and
a_erbody.
antenna the
fairing ground
while plane
portion
of the
fairing
body _
forms Recovery
antenna.
(See Figure
If-IS).
Antenna
,:i '
A UEF It is
antenna
is
used
for
the on
final
phase
of
re-entry, of the
landing recovery is
and
rescue.
a compact
located
systems Sixerected
is folded is
fairing
jettisoned
portion
recovery EF voice
beacon,
command
receivers, is
receiver-transmltter is negligible. 11-28. The recovery (1) The Main (see Blcone
connected 11-6).
antenna
Recovery are
Antenna connected
radio in the
systems
following
manner:
Figure
HF voice
receiver-transmltter
antenna
lead
antenna
multiplexer.
(2)
Switch
determines
whether
the
hi-power
or
the
lo-power
- C,CNF:DENYiX-,.-
OAVE
i November
1961
ST. LOUIS 3. MISSOURI REPORT
lz-2?
._.nR, Io4
UEF
is used. set to
It the
energizes
the
EEF
coax
switch
to
antenna
both
receivers
to
share
antenna
antenna
frequency
telemetry
multiplexer. Antenna antenna Multiplexer multiplexer one enables simultaneous this or is individual a radio antenna The cause operation frequency switch to of the
systems Final
using
Effectively
antenna UHF
is through
the
biconical by
recovery
antenna the
switch
separation recovery
automatic fairing
maim
antenna
upon
antenna
(See
Figure
II-13). Antenna is provided is a to permit HF radio whip Once and transmission antenna extended, the which the is and reception after
telescoping impact.
after
antenna of
HF rescue
receiver-transmitter
HI _ portion
beacon. Antenna recovery simultaneous beacon or leads are from the HF recovery to operation the voice HF recovery over the receiver-transmitter diplexer. single lead to This the and diplexer antenna. the HF allows (See
connected
individual
nm, -e ll-Z3).
ll-31. C and Three S Band Antennas antenna units are installed in the capsule structure
C and
S band
.....,..,.,,
..r" . LL',E_MTI A h
PAGE,
ii- 28
,MC'DONNE
....
--
oA,
ll
REVISED
REVISED
These
units
spaced
section.
Each antenna
consists
of one helix
and S-band
antennas.
(See Figure
Ii-32. 11-33.
SYSTEM AUDIO
UNITS CENTER provides trausistorized tape recorder ll-1). audio control amplifiers, circuitry a "voice operated and transmitter in a light
All comments
are contained
foam encapsulated
amplifiers
audio
signals
up to are
/ /
separately.
Two fixed
to increase
microphone
output
to a level
to be
transmitters. with a cutoff for frequencies Outputs above 300 cps, filters the
filter,
receivers.
is fed to a
variable The
adjustable
time controls.
a grounding
for transmitter
microphone
transmitters.
Each
circuit
by a crystal
A relay is installed
in the audio
center
for supplying
Imwer
and audio
REVmEO
REVISED,
n_ORT
_R
lO_
to
the to
tape
recorder. recorder
In
the
the the
relay capsule
closes is
the
tape
input,
whenever the
programs V0X is
When
operated, now
relay
contacts
completes
contacts The
recorder capsule
circuits inputs
center
volt
d-c
regulation
increase.
PANEL control various and two panel capsule UHF EF provides controls (See routed a and _ircults 11-7). individual control, T-pads the to same for the audio
receivers. are
Figure through
The UEF
two
share
volume
circults_ circuit.
command interphone
audio
ground
circuits. contains a switch and override heylng during for the on impact panel Eeying to feature
panel the
also UHF
transmitters, telemetry
button
the
interrupt to
Hi-Frequency n-lO).
B+ supply
emergency
keying.
(Refer
MAIN main
HF HF
VOICE voice
RECEIVER-TRANSMITTER set is an AM 15 receiver-transmitter MC. is (See Figure designed 11-8). circuit amplifier. using The a final as a small,
weight The
unit
operating section of
near the
receiver filter,
unit
crystal
crystal
diode
detector
and
%e_q_
l "l I
li_lmai
it
aE
=i
104
....
audio
amplifier The
is used
for
transmissions. vacuum amplifier. speech tube stages power and for the
transmitter controlled
section oscillator,
utilizes power
The
amplifier
up
to are
amplifier
modulator. is 5 watts.
used is
output voltage
power, by
2_ volts
supplied
regulator an
a Zener and
circuit. capsule
routed
through
switch
relay
which
controls converter.
filament from
power
this is
converter
amplifier. the
Antenna receiver RF
switching during
accomplished D-c
a solid is
state also
blocks the
transmission.
voltage
receiver
stages.
RECOVERY
HF
RECEIFER-TRANSMI_I_R set in the is similar to the main set. This (See section Figure 11-8). of
section. amplifier
consists output.
a crystal
oscillator
delivering
i watt
11-37.
The of an AM 297
identical. as a
designed output is
3 lightweight main
operating is
near
.5 watt. amplifier. is
receiver-transmitter
output
a final
booster unit
receiver
section controlled
of the local
detector. modulator
audio provides
section
of the for
serves The
as the
sidetone
transmitter.
--..
g I A A_J4d
transmitter
section
of
OATE
REVISED REVISED,
i November
1961 st. LOUmS S.M'SSOUm nEPOnV _oo_ SEDR 133 power are amplifier. 104
the The
unit RF
utilizes
a crystal vacuum
oscillator, the
tri_ler
and
section
uses
modulation
circuits
transistor-
ized.
power, the
24 volts
d-c,
is
to back
the
set. an
This
voltage
is
receiver,
audio
circuits
through
external converter
transmit supplies is
an to
internal the by
power
converter. RF
transmitter external
sections. switch
filament
voltage
also after
the
transmit
bicone
separation
relay
separation. from receiver to to a tlansmltter switching converter operation relay and is accomplished when The
a blocking The
circuit. circuit
power
switching.
blocking
voltage.
11-38.
UHF
200STER
AMPLIFIER is used prior to 2.0 to landing The to increase power the is .5 watt also out-
amplifier UHF
transmitter
watts.
higher
avail-
after
landing.
booster
is
double the
throw conthe
de-energized, Energizing
through
amplifier
output
output
11-39.
The FM receiver decoder The unit cc_aand
RECEr - CO ERS
receiver-decoder to operate control of the in is the a transistorized frequency (See is a dual range Figure conversion unit of consisting _O6 to 450 of MC, an and a
designed to operate
circuits. unit
11-10). superheterodyne
receiver
section
Mc'DONNEL L
..... ST. LOUIS, MISSOURI
e
DATE
1 November
1961
REVISED REVISED
The
first
local
oscillator Two
is crystal of
controlled
and are
uses used
two for
frequency 78 ME
sta_es
local
oscillator
with IF
giving
a resultant to the
strip
is through output
amplifiers decoder
co_nand ten
driver.
channels provide
the
channels to
filters pole,
for
a double available
double
throw and
thus
normally
open
closed
contacts Capsule
for
external 18 volts
circuit used to
power, the
circuit,
within
unit,
is used
voltage
regulation.
AUXILIARY auxiliary an
E_CODERS decoder ten operates channel in the with each of the two receiver-decoder units,
additional
capability. auxiliary with the decoder exception are of identical the to the decoder
decoder of the
channels
receiver-decoder,
command
frequencies
they
auxiliary regulation
increase
required.
PO_ER power is
SUPPLIES supplies
(See
Figure
ll-ll)
!
generate and
voltage uses
used
in the
telemetry Capsule
transPower,
transistorized to
crystal
diodes.
d-c a is
applied
a transistor
switching
circuit
operating
into
the
primary
of
a power
transformer.
1 November
crystal
diode
to provide
200 volts
11-42.
TELEMETRY
adjusted
of 3-3 watts.
at approximately
228 MC while
is tuned
to approximately inputs
modulation
feeds a power
amplifier
All stages,
from the
separate
/
d-c,
is applied
to the trans-
mitter
which provides
regulation.
Ii-43.
C-BAND
BEACON transponder is a pressurized transmitter, ll-12). superheterodyne operating receiver and pulse range the
output
in the frequency
(See Figure
oscil-
lator,
detector,
and decoder.
Resonant
are used
and local
section
outputs
and pulse
contains
a power
capsule
d-c outputs.
is through
dIplexer.
II-_ZI. SEDR IO_ 133 S-BAND The S-Band lO00 2900 MC. _F_ACON
McDONNE
ST. I.OUI$,
_k_l_A1JL JLJt_w41.4J.
l_l
MISSOURI
1 _L A_LJI_
and
pulse of
modulated, 2700 to
range is
(See
unit
transmitter
the
same local
as those
used
in the
C-Band
exception for
of the
pre-selector,
oscillator
and
transmitter
designed
S-Band
frequencies.
xx- 5.
The a UHF, The The power UHF KF
/U RECOV YZ ACON
recovery beacon
(SeeFigu
an HF, tone
-X2)
modulated, one small, with 8.364 foam a pulse MC transmitter and unit.
pulse
into
section section
circuit
beacon tone
amplifier 6 and by
volts
d-c
power
section
applying
the
crystal applied to
is used
Applying is
12 volts required by
d-c for
energizes L_ volt
of the
beacon. for
power _
converter is a
the
input. supply to
section through
provided secondary
routing of
the the
12 volt power
amplifier
stages
winding
con_rter.
_ACON consists in 6 volt a of a pulse modulated case. and has an transmitter (See output Figure of 91 and 11-12). watts.
supply unit is
_vA*_
_e.f
ae._ A
oA_
REVISED
,! _ovember 1961
ST. LOUIS S, M,SSOUm __f-t-_._____5_v _i "----._T:;,:
_U.J__. J I .............. . ......
R_"ORT Moom.__
_]:_ 133
104
R L:/3/lSlED
11-_7.
AWI'lm_A
MJLTIPLEX_
antenna frequencies
allows line to
and or
of the
many The
antenna.
consists 15 and
filters
arranged on
capsule line.
between channel
be multiplexed of isolation.
feed
is provided
iI-_.
RECOVERY
DIPLEXER
recovery and is HF
diplexer section to
unit of
is used
for
the
HF
voice pass to
the
recovery and 15
beacon. MC on one
filter
used
diplex
8.364
feed
line
recovery
antenna.
ll-49.
RF of
COAXIAL s_n_s
switching 24 volts RF is
(_
accomplished
s_)
with external the motor driven SPDT drives for switches. the that switch Application to the
capsule
d-c
through and
circuits circuit
appropriate
position
opens
power
position.
11-50.
BICOHE
ARTENNA
The The
capsule
is
electrically structure
divided at the
in
two
sections.
(See
Figure
ll-6). a
antenna
fairing
Junction fed
discone
antenna.
This sets.
Junction At
is center
fairing to at re108
discone "off
antenna. fed" as a
causes and
the
center
lower
limits,
behaves bicone
antenna
S-bands,
allowing
transmission
system.
_"_ _,n_Vl
| X
Mc'DONNE
REVISED .....St, LOUIS,
1MISSOURL_
ISOLATOR is provided to shield The the electrical isolator is wires formed that pass through the is
fairing mounting
s_ructure. beneath
into
a tube fairing.
which
periphery
of the
antenna
UHF UHF
ANTERNA antenna fairing is is takes over the UHF (See functions Figure of the The
Jettisoned. shaped3
ll-6).
descent on
a fan
vertically
polarized
monopole
located
compartment.
Ii-53.
HF Upon
ANTENNA impact circuits The initiate elevated a sequence acts for the HF recovery polarized
antenna. monopole
Figure
11-6).
antenna
as a vertically
for
HF
frequencies.
antenna of
units a C and
serve
the
C and
S band
beacons. radiator
(See
Figure
11-6). mounted
Each
consists antenna.
a S band
radiator.
Each
is a cavity
TEST data
CONFIGURATION contained in
CAPSULES Paragraphs Deviations covered as UHF in ll-i from the through this 11-54 data as applies to the to specifitest
compliance
capsule. are
applicable
capsules such
following power
paragraphs. output,
Differences tape
. j/
things
Transmitter
pre-recorded
transmitters, of C be and
umbilical capsule
utilized
some
dp
ir_
_v
lr:_ lr TI
!-'--"
'
REVISED.
_ro
LOUIS
3. MI_|OUIR|
REPORT
.....
ZO_
.w,s_
telemetering output and key, beacon push switch to talk modes switch, of If no umbilical
.oom.
interphone, (For operation to headset of
13_
amplifier see it
operation. reference
systems
Table the
ll-1).
is made capsule.
a particular
item,
specification
compliance
11-56.
TEST
CONFIGURATION
CAPSULE
NO.
systems except
on that to
Capsule Capsule
No. No.
8 8
are is
the
same
as the for an
pertaining
Astronaut by ground
control command in
remotely
controlled are
Receivers 11-67.
De-coders.
Differences
explained
paragraphs
ll-15
t_ru 11-25).
Communications for Capsule No. No. 8 8 is similar to and to in the is Specification equipped the with a 'E
Capsule
is un-manned tape
tape
recorder
containing the NF
simulate the
which
will
modulate and
transmitters tape as
capsule. is
11-15, track of
i1-19
This is
playback staggered
recorder shown on
Figure of the
recorder RECORDER
at the
by
AND
Switch
additional tape
tape
record
relay
(see
operation tape
begins
continues
throughout time is
_/_ %
depletion. Single
Duration ended
recorder the in
running
output
tape center
to
microphone relay
The
a ground
circuit
recorder
relay
thus
M_DONN__
__
._,.tguns,
MISSOUm
1961
signal UKF
to
be
routed
to
the
main to
tape
recorder
as well
as modulating
transmitters.
A push
talk
switch
is not
utilized.
20
Sec.
i00
Sec.
20
Sec.
i00
Sec.
Audio
Silence I00 Sec.
Silence
FIGURE
11-14
PRE-RECORDED
TAPE
SEQUENCE
HF H_
Voice
Communications Tape seconds tape Recorder "on" is and will i00 transmit the playback until recorder separation Audio since is 11-20). outthe
C_unication 20
seconds
"off"
pre-recorded HF Receiver
occurs
recorder HF
amplifiers the HF
utilized. Tape
After
impact (See
Recovery
Recorder.
Figures
Communications the to UHF _in Tape Recorder except by the (T/R) the is UHF similar Booster to the Specificais not
(refer The
Paragraph
11-I_)
playback similar
recorder to the
output that
recorder tape
T/R
,i;j
recorder set
is utilized is not
record unless
receiver Selector
utilized to
position
prior
launch.
;o
rq <
;0
rn <:
o
), -I
ill
!11 O
INSTRUMENTATIONpA C K.AGE
--_
y--J
j
H_
_IPLEXER --,
/
PANEL ,\
HORIA
RESERVE
LLFLE._
SELECTOF -SWIT_:H
OPERABLE IN THE
1 H_'RE'--_VERY
RECEIVER"
,2
i I
i /J
Tl_NS.,T
"
_,
I
I
..l
TP_NSMITTER-
BACKUP 1'RAN
RECOVERY
i i
'UHF
BOOST
IS
i_IIYIPLIF
i_
./
)'
\
MAIN UHF TRANSMITTER
./
PlO CENTER
MULTIPLEXER
RECEIVER-
Mc'DONNELL__ __
ST.LOUIS.
liiee _ I 1 I i liJ
DATE
1 NOVEMBER
1961
MISSOURI
lille i _i la ilk
REVISED REVISED
o_11 _-2 _
N:d
_L_
P-___
\
/
FIGURE
li-16 COMMAND
RECEIVERS
PM415-t_/_
I NOVEMBER
1961
PAGE
ST.LOUIS,
MISSOURI
REPORT, MODEL
/,
'
/7.[7;
FIGURE
tl'17
l/ lllil
SYSTEM
kl_l,, I Iii i_ii i..
(CAPSULE% 8 _ 9)
I:_14.5.
189
,,
McDONNE_
ST.LOUIS, /'_,_ki.lE",I _V _,
I I
__
MISSOURI _Ira" p_ T' A_L_ t IMIil
I _
1 NOVEMBER
1961
133
..... /
REVISED REVISED
ST.
LOUIS
3, MISSOURI
REPORT MODEL
_'_T_R 1_
104
and will
is to voice
the
mission, tape
after
impact end
main
recorder, tape
will
signals
pre-recorded CW signal
is depleted as a
a CW
will
be
also
serves
direction ll-60. HF
finder
(See
and
ll-21).
Recoverer
Recorder
Tape
Recorder to
(T/R) Paragraph
is
similar that
to
the
except
after
voice
signal The
until
the
which
emitted. type
automatically
raised
whip
antenna.
ll-15
and ll-20).
ll-61. Command Receivers
Ground
Command
Receiver to
operation
is the
same
as the the
Capsule tape
(Refer
Paragraph of into
ll-16), the
except
audio
Astronaut's
headset through
The
C and (See
is controlled
command
Telemetr_ two telemetry transmitters Compliance is continuous perform Capsules from their (Refer to functions to in the same manner and Ii-19)
Specification operation
Paragraphs (See
11-18
except and
that
launch
impact.
Figures
11-17
11-23)
11-63.
C and
S Band
Beacons
of the
and S to
Band
Beacons
is the and
same
as
the
Capsule
(refer
Paragraphs throughout
11-21 the
ii-_2), The
except beacon
operate
continuously
mission.
73NV_
INBV_RalSNINIV_
_,<
0
> ul
E
_
I1: Id
eo
uJ _..i
4:
l.u
_J 0 O_ F" "7 0
0 Id
;0
BtCONE RELAY
::0
g
m
__ _ ANT_
g
ffl
-11
TO
INO.I
I,A_C_OPI._ONE
AUDIO
Frl
--PTT TI_ANSMITTE_ CONTI_OL-H
i_o,z _OSITION
ANTENNA _ IO_N AN_N_
I+
Z
I IX)
+
--_ECEIVE_ AUDIO--
[_11_
1 U"I NO.Z" I AN'r_KI'NAy SW ITC_
I JEFTISON,
_ F
O
-q
IPLAYB_,C K TAPE RECORDER RELA'Y I<.
"
IDISABLE I F'AIRING N_
<
rrl 'C) ,C)
PLL'(I_ACKTM_RECORDER
I;
I-----'_ -t 1 F------
I-IF
S Iv_ITTE
+E E
FIL'PWR'K_t
_, __/o
|T J
_/
+
I_AIN INSTI2UI_ENT
('_5
TAlC
I
CON AUDIO C.EN"FEG_
I /
PA
-n
B
r,l -o (.p oo
+1
r IL
-i--
T I;2A NSI_
F3WNEL
AVA_ --RECEIVER I4E_,D _l_T SIGNAL TO NSt_ ITTE R CONT t_OL-_F AS MICROPHONE _'_L)D _O TO AUI_O---
AFTE;Z
ANTENNA A.FTE R
: ) 1
;o I;I I I
"o ).
Li'TRP,
T_ANSN_IT
LAIJDIN_
MODULATED
i
;I
NOTE5
[_ CAPSULE q
I IV_PACT II.RECORDER. CW E_I,_S_ON &'IE'R TKPE bEPLE.TIOI,.t RECOVERY I_ECE _VE_ _t: V01CE
_j_
AI 3.
II_PACT
_DCAP_ULE
- "I_ANS_TTE_.
z O .4 rn
U_
r_r)
CC rr"
_-I _ _
d qp,
'
I
l
r-X_ _; r" .r
'
U_E:
mm
'
'oi ' _
;;o - ',
L-o', I : '
i'-111_ .................
.J
o_
-I _c'
o
o
K
-I
<i
2,
7-o 0
P
_ ( )-'--,
==
;___
1go O n_O :7< Z_ "-O (_I_ N r_ en Z 0 _ :_ n_ -r :,_ m ,.',.,-
< _-_
I
T_
m_
F_
_.<...
m .-.._ _
r_r--
<=
_;
r" r-r --
..4
_,-13
r_
;_o
HI>r-
HI n
l_
_ ---- .:.j P_ _.
_ _1_ -_I_i:N
,._ ' _ _0 -4
_<
:_o -I
_
In
-r c_O_ -0_
m
c_)_
03
SI A3 El
_!_
11 J_ !
7"_
r I -_
i_l
I mill
_!111 i
III. I AA
naao_
&MOdeM, _Vd
O-=ISIA=IEI
IEIrlOSSIi_l
"slno-r.l.$
t961
_I:_gW]AON
6,
1 NOVEMBER
1961
Mc'DONNEL L
ST.LOUIS. MISSOURI
,.u O <_ 0
--_
i I_b_
._L_L <_ -O I_ (_._:
_J '%P" lu Z
_,
O I.L_ ', .... :.Z]_ ,3,',I I .:
,_
_o0. 4 _-_-__,4L__u
I U._l_u
_z o
_._ _,_,_
I/_ I__
0 1% i
'Z
.'/
_.J
.i o
,i
.,1 Ill
tu
(] ''
8
No
0 O D -_
I _'_ _'B
x
r
Ill
J___<
1 I
_<[I-.q oO _s._O
z_'_l _"_01
z_l _t_Ol
__
I_--_
[--" ui
I11
13
g
gu_o
_J - opo
U
,,
0> I
U ]
<_ _o_
u/
_1--
u d__ J I
_o_
u_l
P_Ew I
_1 .Y
I
:i"
' 0[>
_'.
PH4S-188;I_
;t 3
:;o m
-t
"o >
'*"
l-O-
FI:ZE_
+_-_V.co._V. D-C.A_C J
_:_OVYF='I:2 TF-'c_'T
"I
_ +_'d""& _)-C T_--_T_:_. 5V, _,-C. > ] l::X_'w_'l:;2" C
cP-l_
TEST 2F-C F-I::_'A.?.LE
UI m
).
TI I':;13 _0 0 111 111 > < < -4
C)PEI2.h_'TE_5 C..O h,IT I NL_:)U%LY l::tZOl_ _Ut',4C.t-i ut,,4-rlL. tOM, II4. ,&I:TF.._. |IxAPkCT
["6.-_"_
/I [Z_> CAR 8.
o. li
li
7_ \L_ /
/C: " . ! i _
/ i
ULTRA I"I
I BATTERY SARAH RE5CUE ULTRA [_EAGON RESCUE ANTENNA _1
SARA"I
ANTENNA 5W ITCH ANTENNAS
> ,-.t
--[_
O O
ANTENNA
_,1C ON
E_]
,in
NOT 5E_a,R_"t'E D
MUTt
PLEXE_
DESCENT -SWITCHES TO NO. "2 I:::;_OSITION UPON ANTENNA l_IN_i ,,JEC'FIBON I RE COVER
_'1
UI_F F A
Y_.....J
_L)S
AN'I'ENN_k
FA=IRII_I
F_a
5T/::,,_
BY "llC..
_. I
,-
IMPACTL
IMPACT _ EL/_Y
HF
ANTENNA UPON
I:_I_E"
I Iv"PACT
111_
I
'_4V. D-C Bus <i] U "" _ I
l i L.. "91"-.
"RECEIVERS Ill
"b
UMB, ILICP, L
2
I;_WER' 3 4
, c/----.J-.'
C_o %_D co,so!
Ill
>,
__
,.5-
BAND
DIVI
D E r'_..
I F:OWE I_
C'
lJ
C01V_Iv'_ON
AND
_A.NO
ANTENN},,S
WiTH C013E13
TRAN_JIVitTTED) I:_LSE,
W".c',,_N
[NSTP.UI"AE_T
PANEL
I'
I
I
I'I
RECOVERY
;0
"0
IN
ANTENNA
MULTIPLEXER.
;0 FI <
0 3, -I
_
I!1 0
0
<
o,
Novem___D____
Mc'DONNE
ST. LOUIS _, MISSOURI
_A_
_--_1
R_ORT MODEL
_DR 133
104
be
placed
in
the as
"Continuous" on the
position
prior
to
S-Band the
Beacon
is
double
I L /
pulsed
Specification requires
Compliance ground
C-Band
Beacon
is
single
pulsed
which
different
interrogation.
(seeFi e
ii-6_.
ii-24).
UEF Rescue not ultra Beacon have the and Antenna UHF Rescue Beacon is installed, however unit, Figure
8 does an
Aux.
it
is
equipped by
with bicone
Sarah
Rescue and
Beacon
which
a self-contained (See
energized
antenna
separation
operation
is automatic.
ii-65.
Antennas
antennas Capsule
used
on
Capsule to
No.
are
the
same
as the
Specification
(Refer
Paragraphs
11-25
thru
11-31).
Main Capsule
11-67.
Special
Instrumentation
Capsule an extra
No.
with
special tape
and
capsule
This of is
a power controlled
channels
through ).
communicati@ns
(Refer
Section
Instrumentation.
11-68.
_ST Capsule
CAPSULE same in
NO.
as the
for
differences
Paragraphs
11-69
through
Figures
t rough11-25).
11-69. Voice Ccurunications
Voice Compliance
for
Capsule
No. tape
9 is
similar is
to
the
a playback
recorder
installed
_J_::V:D=;;Y_AL
voice, to provide
as
in
Capsule
No.
8.
A Special control.
Instrumentation (Refer to
Relay Paragraph
is 11-57).
playback
tape
recorder
C and Operation
S Beacons of the C and to S Band Beacons is the and same as the Specification that the both "Continuous"
Capsule on
(Refer
11-21 switch
ii-22), be
except in
continuous.
must
placed
position 11,71.
prior
to
launch. UHF Rescue not Beacon have the and Antenna UHF Rescue Beacon is a installed, self however, unit_
9 does
Aux.
it
is equipped by
with bicone
an Ultra antenna
Sarah
Rescue and
Beacon,
which is
contained (See
energized
separation
operation
automatic.
Figure
11-25).
ii-72.
TEST
CONFIGURATION on
CAPSULES
NO.
i0, 13 to
13 and
AND 15
Communications Specification
Capsules Capsule
Compliance
Paragraphs
12-1
S_CTJON
Xl_
NAVIGATIONA.L
AIDS
TABLE
OF
CONTENTS
PAGE 12-4 12-4 12-14 12-17 12-18 ....... 12-18 12-18 12-26 12-27 12-27
INDICATOR
ATTITUDE
:::::::::::::::
NAVIGATIONAL
TEST CONFIGURATION
.................. ;!iiiiiiiii!i!_!_iii!
i i :
::'::, ':i:.
DATE
1 NOVEMBER
1961
ST.LOUIS,
MISSOURI
REVISED REVISED
13 3
CAUTION
I. ALLOW 5 M_NUTE_ COOLIN_ TIk_E FOR MOTOR AFTEt E/kC_ ETEND-RETRACT CYCLE Z, IN_URE MOTOR _% '_TOPPED I_ CYCLE BEFORE RE_ERS_ EXTE_D-RE_RACT
-.-
WARNING
INSURE ENGAGE LEVER UP BEFORE PERISCOPE POWER APPLIED.
II "
UMBILICAL (REF.)
FIGUR
I?.-IPER_SCOPL
_ ,_llr I RI I
ASSEmbLY
(SHEET I: OF2)
PM4,5-110C-I
1 NOVEMBER
1961
"
MCDONNELL ,>_
ST.LOUIS,
__
MISSOURI
___"
133
_.TURAL
Dk445-
__O-;:'
MCDONNE
REVISED ST. LOUIS, __ ,_,_ _T _..-, MISSOURI _ ....
irl
REVISED
XII.
NAVIGATIONAL
AIDS
AND
INSTR_S
!/
12-1.
GENERAL
,,, ,
the
Astronaut to his
will or
not
find
to
any
of the arise,
relative the
flight
event
should to
Astronaut
equipment to attain
required and
compute the
course,
landing of the
maintain
attitude
12-2.
DESCRIPTION is a compact The navigational consists assembly, is mounted instrument of three the designed major lower to withstand The
up to
G's. the
periscope housing
upper
and in
Figure
The extended
the
capsule
cartridge bottom
retracted and
through closing
opening door is
of the
opening and
periscope objective
extension link.
retraction
cartridge
by
a mechanical the
Periscope
during and
with
extended
while
pad.
periscope the
retracts
remains and
periscope
extends
Thirty
after
retro-package feet
periscope
is
10,000 extended if
altitude,
periscope Following is
last and
prior
launch,
initiated, console
will SCOPE
extend. a switch
Located which
hand
is the
-i'Ir
....
_v_,
_ _AD_,
_ l_
DATE
1 NOVEMBER
1961
Mc'DONNEL_L __ -_
ST.LOUIS , MISSOURI
REVISED REVISED
;ROLL
- T,
KNOB
PM4$-II
ZA'I
Mc, DONNE_
ST.LOUIS. MISSOURI
1 NOVEMBER
1961
7
P-t P-i ,--._
4 I L
o/
\o
J_
,-,
oX
5*
LEFT
ROLL
CAPSULE
LEVEL
EXAMPLE
NO.1.
EXAMPLE
NO.2.
:'4
r---'-i
O/ ,_
Nw
CAPSULE 5MALLEND PITCHED 5 Q BELOW ORI_IT
0\<
'0
E_AMPLE
NO. ,_.
DISPLh,_(
(SNEF_.T.
--
2 OF 2)
pH4.5- tlZ- 7-
RL'VlS_O
.....
positions. separation,
after
retro-package
manually.
information
the capsule's
to the earth:
roll,
camera
and relative
and moon.
12-3.
DISPLAY
ASSEMBLY assembly (See Figure reticles, 12-1 and 12-2) attitude image includes the following: for It pro-
indicators,
altitude
reticles
earth image,
horizon
light.
housing indication
assembly.
The display
assembly and
of the capsule's
altitude
him with the necessary to the sun and moon. of the image bordering
indiWhen the
and scales
is centered reticles
in the display,
The center
(crossline earth
reticle)
of the
(see Figure
12-3).
Image
and straight
down views are true. 12-_. True Vertical In the true optically and Optlcal Vertical (see Figure 12-3), as compared to the is perpendicular is optically down at l_ _-
vertical
attitude
vertical
respect
to the earth
nose
amgle.
_ . ..
w W,m
i_.JL--|_l
mR.
.....
Jl. |f'_im
MCDONNE
ST.LOUIS. MISSOURI
I NOVEMBER
1961
133
bJ D _f
0 O-
0 _d k:v
oY"
, co
..J cJ _z Ld ;> bJ FJ
C)_C
_uJ.<
"iV)
Q_
J ,f
o
O-
0_ Ig _d O>
FI_L_R,r-
Z-3 VEHICLE
_,,,,,, ,,., ,,,_ .,,- --,,..-
vvila al.,IL---i_
ATTITUDES
I g#'_ L
PM4-5-Z_3
REVISED
REVISED
REPORT,EDR S
MODEL 10_
10_
12-5.
Altitude When the be capsule is in by the optically of the vertical altitude which altitude to attitude, mechanism. a square the altitude of the
may
means
This within
form
(see size
Figure of the
12-2). square
reticles
altitude size of
altitude, image is
altitude
is then
altitude is
point
surface appears by
vertically at a the
capsule the
crossline
reticle is
which
display of which
crossline by
brightness range
controlled 250
extends to
from
50 to altitude within
nautical
miles.
The miles at
altitude within
calibrated to 140
within +lO
+5 nautical miles
nautical at
altitudes l_O
below
nautical
miles 12-6.
nautical
miles
altitudes
above
nautical
miles.
and Roll and roll degree by of the of capsule the with respect to its (see of optical vertical 12-5)
attitude The
be
approximated the
use
altitude form at
Paragraph altitude
distauce square
between is
parallel to
curves a 5-degree
which
the of
angle be
altitude to
ll5
adjust
the
reticle scale)
(reticle to
0 positions is off in
tangent impossible To
If the and
vehicle
roll, tangent
will to the
similarly earth
make the
the
right
reticle
curves
image.
determine
approximate
--_AL
,,-, ,-_z-_l-_
i A !
REPORT MODEL
F
SEDR I_ .
REVISED REVISED
pitch either by
angle, the
the fore
reticle or aft
is
the
horizon
across curve
i[
approximately inner
the reticle by
same
that
the of
12-2,
Sheets the
that
side
horizon and as
distance
between Im the
inner manner
approximate
angle
is determined
drift face
by plate
to
five
parallel
drift
on
the
the
The scale
drift
plate
rotated the
is mounted of is
drift
increments power
one
degree.
high
Astro-
knob
until to
the
in the of the
high
view
appears by the
parallel
lines. drift
drift with
is then drift
indicated
position
respect
scale. An_le reticles retrograde from with provide attitude the an indication of whether To at or not the proper of be capsule retro115
: 7::_
12-8.
is
in
the angle
prior
achieve an
grade
starting aud
verticle the
altitude must to
miles the
zero image
nose
capsule
horizon
bottom across
of the the
is taugent of the
the
reticles 12-2_
which Sheet
form
arc
half
display
2).
LT_ LT-_ 1LT 5r_ T _ _ ..... _
-... vJ._
A" A_A_i,
A A_L
DAT_
REVm_D. REV,SED
R_POnV MODm..
_g 133
104
12-9.
Sum-Moon A ring
Index sun-moon index scale, used to indicate the circular rotated relative bearings of
shaped
sighted
objects,
is mounted
so as to frame
display
area
(see Figure
by means
The index
sun-moon
index
indicator,
sighting
of the sun-moon
scale.
bearing
index mark
Earth-Sky
Camera reticles
outline
camera which
of orbital
velocity
When the
the watch
is stopped. the
is computed
by employing
satellite
12-12.
UPPER HOUSI_D
The upper housing ponents: control valve, housing Two periscope mechanism, a desiccator purging
a filter
installation,
a magnification a housing
a manual assembly
control,
exhaust the
the housing
valve.
_-"_""'"_"'*''!
_ll ma
i,=_'llll
'ql
il
A I,
.__
DATE
I November
19(31
Mirrors are so situated in the to upper the housing assembly (see Figure as to present the
a convenient
angle
observer
12-_).
contains are
a clear, mounted
a red, in
a yellow which
a medium be rotated
filters in the
a rack The of
position
path. by means
filter the
and
filter (see
of the
housing filters
assembly with
I of
Detents
accurately
position
the
respect
path. Ma_ification Chan6e optic Control is capable about 2). Control mechanism (see system Figure which enables 12-1, the Sheet to objective i of the 2). gear cartridge The box to of high and low magnification. magnification The
periscope
system
is brought Sheet
by manipulation
of the
12-1,
I of
extended of
a manually of is the
driven lower by
couples
assembly
through
operated of the
clutch. upper
driven The
ratchet
handle
on the up to
ratchet to
handle it
is pulled in the be
place
stowed down
position. position.
lever
will
in the (see
determine kit).
direction
of motion
instructions
affixed
to naviga-
tional
aid
12-17.
Intake
Valve valve without (see Figure the passage 12-1, Sheet 2 of 2) allows the
to "breathe"
of dirt to the inside of the valve body to which cabin pressure air to the upper removed the
is mounted
in an intake
is attached. housing'
the upper
the intake
a desiccant
(silica gel).
Moisture
and dirt
is thus
condensation
A purging
(see Figure
l, Sheet housing
2 of 2) provides assembly
the upper
12-18.
LOWER HOUSING
ASSEMBLY assembly consists items of a structural are mounted limit shell housing the shell:
on the structural
gear box,
lower
switch assembly
and a reticle
(see Figure
12-1,
Sheet
2 of 2).
Objective
Cartridge cartridge houses the objective 12-4). lens, power change lens and shell.
(see Figure
It is mounted cartridge
inside
the structural
the objective
motion
of the objective
12-1). and Collective Lens a wide field through of view (approximately lens, 180).
Objective
objective
lens provides
by the objective
the collective
where
image is formed
(see figure
MCDONNE
REPORT MODEL 12-21. SF.,DR'lOb.. 1,_,_ Power Chaz_e change Lens lens (see Figure 12-4) can be moved in and out of the linkage periscope is actuated operation ST. LOUIS, MISSOURI '_-_Jr% 117 T_T:_ _,T T ...... REVISED REVISED
path by means
of a mechanical changer
linkage.. 12-1).
(see Figure
is moved
path.
12-22.
SATELLITE
above and to the right of the periscope indicate time of day, TIME The watch.
assembly.
FROM LAUNCH,
TIME TO RETROGRADE
(see Figure
12-5).
time
by a manually in the )
_J
spring-driven left-hand
movement
is located
corner
Time To RetroThe
on drum counters
counters
indicate
in hours, minutes
and seconds.
elements be
will move
will
supplemented clock,
corner
of the in
illuminate an aural
prior
time; is
to retrograde
is autoa push
switch
is provided
the Astronaut
to energize time
the clock
(aud maximum
is normally
computed
changed
by the Astronaut
time
prior to retrograde
1 NOVEMBER
ST.LOUIS.
MISSOURI
133
DISPLAY
ASSEMBLY
DRIFT
LINE
PLATE
UPPER
HOUSING
ASSEMBLY
FIELD MIRROR
LENSES
MIRROR
FILTERS
LOWER
HOUSING
ASSEMBLY
LENS
COLLECTIVE
LENS
POWER
CHANGE
LENS
OBJECTIVE
LENS
FIGURE
12-4
OPTICAL
SYSTEM
SATELLITE
PERISCOPE
PM45-262
12-16
SEDR 133 104 ST.LOUIS, MISSOURI
1 NOVEMBER
1961
' POSITION
RELATIVE
TO
EARTH
IEARTH
TIME OF DAY
PATH
INDICATOR
ELELIGHT
,'TYP .)
TIME
P_SET
HANDLE
SATELLITE
CLOCK
I FIGURE
12-_5 i EARTH
PATH
INDICATOR
AND
SATELLITE
CLOCK
PM4._-II3E
VVl
11
ni.tl---,I
l/'_i,IL-
DAT_, ,i November
RV|SI[D, RVISD
1961
ST. LOUIS 3, MISSOURI
satellite
a signal to the ASCS to start horizon rate gyro operation time, in preparation points
scanners
operating
for retro
sequence. close,
a set of contact
within
the clock
sequence.
and Retrograde
Time
for telemetering.
12-23.
EARTH
PATH INDICATOR indicator (see Figure 12-5) consists of a spherical to indicate powered which map
(globe) of the earth gimballed position capable mately under the capsule. of running 3.85 (i) (2) (3) (4) (5) inches 20 hours
and rotating
in a manner
ground and is
re-windlng.
is approxifeatures:
in diameter,
will display
the following
geographical
All continents All bodies The sixteen All islands All known of water largest having having rivers major major dimensions of 300 statute miles
of the world of 500 statute miles separated dimensions from continents less than 500 circle. by .020 dots.
dimensions clusters
islands
or island
miles
of the world
and longitude
are provided
and to slew the globe area is displayed being the point orbital as a of impact. position is
about the earth and the orbital rectangle and the luminous area
The touchdown
dot inside
The landing
miles
of instantaneous
The instrument
lighted
T.L;4Fi_V.i,iT;AL
PAGE
12-18
Mc'DONNE
REVISED ST. LOUIS, MISSOURI _,-_r%]%TW_Tw-_W_T.n. T REVISED
REPORT
S_nR Ina
MODEL_ i_
ALTIMETER altimeter I for feet, is visually It indicates is a at a external pressure above sea level. from Static connects conical to (See 0 to
single
revolution and
type,
I0,000
20,000
obtained ports
centrally around
chamber of the
static
spaced
equally is
section.
The
instrument
lighted
externally
cabin
floodlights.
LONGITUDINAL accelerometer
ACCELEROMETER is a self-contained I for range unit which The 0 to the is housed in a hermetically is designed
inclosure.
(See
location.) 0 to -9 and to
second). will
Attached indicate
are and
pointers. will
pointer
other
record device
a ratchet of a
until hand
they corner
reset
knob
accelerometer.
HAND
COMPUTER hand computer (see to Figure the 12-6), Astronaut physically in solving fixed resembling navigation disc, is a small in the a
rule,
is provided consists
aid
computer and a
of three
discs; disc.
a basic The to
rotating The
intermediate may be
computer orbital
stowed
case. angle,
computer true
used
find
drift, and
d_
ground
speed,
indicated
ground
multiplication,
division
proportions.
ink ?LT _ T lr'k lr_ _v r_r_ v
Operation
*
of the
computer
1 NOVEMBER
1961
M 'DONNELL '
ST.LOUIS, MISSOURI
12-19
(_
'
FIGURE
12.-8
Z_,NE)
CO_P_TF-.Q.
Pk445 - 115
PAGE
follows 12-27. A. To
: Orbital compute Tangential orbital miles) the time Velocity velocity are when ground distance, as altitude
known, ground
proceed
the
distance miles
orbital
tangential the
in nautical
per
C opposite orbital
altitude. velocity altitude in knots (at 6.0 (nautical on scale miles B). per hour)
tangential the
scale
A opposite
Problem
distance
= = =
2880
nautical
miles
(N.M.)
12 minutes 120 N.M. velocity velocity in N.M. in N.M. per per minute hour. and
alt it ude Re quired : Orbital orbital Operation: (I) Set the time
tangential tangential
12
(1.2)
minutes N.M. on
on
scale A.
opposite
the
ground
2880
(2.88)
scale
orbital on the
248.39
N.M./min.
on
scale
120
Read
orbital
on
scale
opposite
Be
12Oon
v//
To
compute
orbital sad
tangential altitude
velocity in nautical
when
angular are
position known,
in degrees, as
time
in minutes
miles
proceed
follows:. (a) Set the time on scale B opposite angular position on scale A.
'-
REVISED.
ST,
LOUIS
3, MISSOURI
RKPORT,
SEDR
10_
REVISED
.........
MODEL.
133
(b)
Read
orbital
tangential
velocity
in nautical
miles
per minute
(N.M./rain.) on scale D.
i
(c)
Read
orbital
tangential
velocity
in N.M./hr.
on scale A opposite
on altitude
scale
(at 3.6
on B scale).
Problem
position
= = =
48 degrees 12 minutes 120 N.M. tangential velocity velocity in N.H./min. and orbital
Orbital
in N.M./hr.
angular
position
(4.8) on scale A. tangential taugentlal velocity velocity 248.39 N.H./min. 14,903.4 N.M./hr. on scale D.
on scale A
scale
Ci
orbital
when ground
(N.H./min.)
and altitude
in nautical
miles
as follows :
t
(a)
zero
the ground
speed
(b)
Read
orbital
tangential
velocity
on scale
A opposite
altitude
on
Problem
PAGE
12-22 104 _'_ REVISED ST. LOUIS, MISSOURI .',,,..._ REVISED .... .....
= Orbital
120
tangential
zero
(0)
on
scale on
opposite A. 248.00 E.
the
ground
speed
N.M./min.
scale
orbital altitude
velocity on scale
N.M./min.
on
scale
opposite
NOTE Conversion ground but orbit ground on of orbital is the Set tangential same as the on velocity above scale to
speed
altitude on
velocity scale
scale
A then (0)
A opposite
zero
scale
Orbital To compute
_le orbital proceed angle as scale when grotmd distance in nautical miles (N.M.)
1.O A
of
orbital Problem
distance
2880
N.M.
,L/',
Corresponding
orbital
angle
1.O the A
of
B scale
opposite
degree
index
mark
(located
at
1.67)
scale.
November
1961
MCDONNELL .
ST. LOUIS 3, MISSOURI
PAGE
12-23 104
(2)
Read
equivalent
orbital
angle
of 48 degrees
on scale A
opposite
the distance
2880 NOTE
(2.88) N.M.
on the B scale.
is the when
distance
distance
B.
To Calculate proceed
orbital
angle
when latitude
as follows: NOTE
,k,
The are
numbers,
for computimg
the numbers
increasing
orbital latitude
orbital
on G scale opposite
orbital
_roblem
= = angle
14 degrees 30 degrees
29 minutes
_j
Required: Operation:
(1) (2)
opposite
latitude
orbital
PAGE
12-24 REVISED ST. LOUIS, MISSOURI "-_v _ _ _,.._._,_, tion 30 on F scale. when orbital angle and orbital inclination are known, REVISED
C.
latitude
as follows : angle on G scale opposite on F scale opposite when zero orbital inclination on F scale.
latitude
De
To compute proceed
angle of inclination
latitude
as follows: (O) of G scale opposite inclination latitude on F scale. orbital angle on G scale.
(a) (b)
12-29.
A.
orbital
on F scale
opposite
Drift drift when orbital in degrees inclination, per minute orbital angle in degrees and
velocity
as follows:
4
the angle
of inclinaJ
on the F scale. the drift in the lower window opposite the orbital angular
(b)
Read
on the I scale.
Problem
= =
32 0O _/min.
opposite
32 angle
of
(2)
opposite
4 orbital
angular
on the
I scale.
_J_'A
JLJLJJL_I"
JL_IL]L_
REVISED
ST.
L.OUIS
3,
MISSOURI
RI[PORT
._
MO0_.
To compute
first
component ground
tangential
tangential
inclination,
angle
at the equator.
information
as follows : NOTE In the following G scale nation. (a) Set the orbital degrees) (b) Read presentations, the F and to their desig_
Imclinatlon
on the F scale. component of earth's tangential velocity on the A scale on the B scale.
effective
tangential
velocity
at the equator
speed will
be indicated
ground
of earth' s tangential
velocity.
Problem
velocity
at the equator
= = =
15 ..../rain.
30 degrees 0 degree
indicated
..M./min.
"4
Required : Operation : Orbital
(1)
inclination
on the G scale
opposite
zero degrees
on the F scale.
t#1_/i_iF
i1.11_il
l*
le,r_-
PAGE REPORT
12-26 S_ 104
,MCDONNE
ST. LOUIS, MISSOURI
DATE
1 November
l C_l
REVISED. REVISED
MODEL_ I,,_
(2)
Read 12.99
effective (1.299)
component N.M./mln. at
of on the
earth's the A
tangential the
velocity
scale 15
earth's on the B
tangential scale.
velocity
equator
N.M./min.
(3)
Orbital plus or
ground
speed-component
indicated of
ground
speed
(240
N,M./min.) (12.99)
effective
earth's
tangential
velocity
252.99
N.M./min. NOTE Effective orbital purposes for any earth velocity for is all constant; practical constant
speed also be
considered
orbit.
INDICATOR indicator approximately to indicate is a three at the axis top and angular of rate rate the of and main change attitude instrument of attitude. around and which indi-
system It is is
center the of
attitude
a composite a roll
a rate
positioned
attitude The
indicator
(see The
rate
will
pointers. of the
rate
roll
pointer of yaw
which and
roll
are
pointed are
attitude The of
indicators of one
failure
allied rate
attitude-
pitch
roll
transducers. These
a gyroscope,
amplifier
a demodulator.
J._
___ImmJeiOMbm_
A A_ILJIm
REVISED
ST.
LOUIS
3, MISSOURI
REPORT.
SERE
lO_
REVIs_o
Moo_
133
components input
function
together
to produce
a d-c output
signal proportional
to the
rate of change
of attitude.
12-32.
NAVIGATIONAL
AID KIT aid kit consists board. of a neoprene coated nylon case, a binder below assembly check by
It is mounted 12-1,
directly
area
Sheet
The binder
of a number of
index
cards
rate
charts
as required
Pencil
holder,
mechanical
and nylon
springs.
holder
is fabricated pencil
from neoprene
is secured
to the binder
spring. coated
A nylon
retention
spring also
secures which
the binder
A computer forms
board,
is constructed
from the
(see Figure
a part
of the navigational
aid kit.
12-33.
TEST
CONFIGURATION
CAPSULES
12-34. 12-35.
TEST
CONFIGURATION
CAPSULES
8, 9, i0, 13 AND 16
General 8, 9, I0_ 13 and 16 are fundamentally will exist panel the same as the specification of the various instruments. are
Capsules capsule.
Some differences
in the location
(See Section
/,r ,
I for instrument
illustration. )
Other
differences
enumerated 12-36.
in the following
paragraphs.
Periscope 8 periscope system will not incorporate periscope retract switch. a RETRACT Capsules Before SCOPE telellght 9_ 13 and 16 will ground operation
Capsule
MAN-AUTO
for telemetering
periscope
door closure.
vvx_.
m_awa
,mm
zm
mkm
_DR 133
104
ST. LOUIS,
MISSOURI
REVISED REVISED
---L'_ .NF'_
observe 12-1). been operational Equipment to
E N,_.
attached upper of to
instructions in the
the
aid
periscope installation
housing an
removed
faciliate
internal
Figure
12-7).
Altimeter altimeter foot used in to Capsule indicate Along 8, 9, i0, the 13 and 16 have markings and main at the 20,00C
I0,000
levels
valves the
will
actuate.
outer are
instrument which
advancing i0,000
to 28,000 feet i0
are
as
0 feet 12-38.
psia,
psia
28,000
Accelerometer 9 will each not have memory pointer on or a reset planned mechanism. (See The Section I
location for
may
with
capsule )
depending
mission.
panel Compute.r
illustration.
i2-39.
manned
capsules
will
be
equipped
with
the
hand
computer.
12-40.
Attitude-Rate
Indicator NOTE
display
is
the
same
for
all
pitch
dial
with
the
zero
pitch
rate
index On
degrees. 8, i0, at 13 and 16, the pitch dial of the display mates with the zero
Capsules rate
pitch 12_41.
index
-34 Aid
Navigational Capsules 8,
9 and
13 will
i,i
mil
.....
i
_wJk
I NOVEMBER
1961
M_'DONNE__
ST.LOUIS,
__
MISSOURI
(_ f
,_"_"%_ ""d) _ f
UPPER
PERISCOPE ASSEMBLY
HOUSING
%..
CLOCK---...._
\4 __
t+_7_-,__
,
MIRROR LENS j
............ _,__+_-_:
+ ,_,,_+
WINDOW
ASSEMBLY
"
"
" _/
ll_'_""_r+..._mr+....+.
LO_/E
R PE pj SC O p_ ASSEMBLY
HOUSlNG
FIGURE
12-7
INTERNAL
PERISCOPE
CAMERA
(CAPSULE
9 ONLY)
PM45-272
CC.;-;;_..JT:AL
13-1
SECTION
XII
INSTR UMENTATION
SYSTEM
TABLE
OF
CONTENTS
PAGE DESCRIPTION OPERATION MONITORING ........................... ....... ..................... . ........................... CONTROL ............ ... 13-4 13-4 13-4 13-24 13-25 13-29 13-55
SYSTEM INSTRUMENTATION
iiiiii!!ii_'i_@
================================
INSTRUMENTATION SYSTEM
RECORDING
, ili!ii!iiiiiiiiii!i!!iiiiiiiiiiiiN
,iiiii!!iiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiii!iiii!,_
_..j1
TEST CONFIGURATION
_;::''
8_AIl. _il]l
llpIIIl_.lmi ll_i--i I
tool I i/_l
I.
I I-
i.i.i
I.Ii,I
--HDI'/_C 11"I]
/,_
----_:-_
,_old3_
0 Z n I.I,I n Id
N051113C I',ll_'lN
/
/
(S3)V-W) 7V)Id_I) SOION370S, 70_1N0) NO(13V3B ISnBH1-MO'I fSlJVTd 9 IV3M_) S_ION3IO_ 70_JIN03 1Sfl_IHI-IH
=)
"3"_
7'# (_ N _Vt
7 CrdlNO_) _:m_C_N_LL.
J._o IILl I_
C]N_
j._o
,_
If.
w
If:
C
_i
DATE
, ,,
, I NOVEMBER
1961
Mc'DONNELL_L __ _
ST.LOUIS, MISSOURI
,,
REVISED .REVISED
_'11 .....
/
/
':<}}.
i November
1961
XIII.
INSTRUMENTATION
SYSTEM
13-1.
SYSTEM The
DESCRIPTION system consists coupled of with the the major components as and and shown other on pickup of data to on a
instrumentation These
13-1. provide
components of
various
transducers condition
monitoring
physical and
Astronaut is
capsule applied
conditions to the
systems
telemetry and
transmitters it is
stations recorder
immediate capsule
analysis for
subsequent to record
Cameras
installed to provide
so positioned
of the
panel. components
provided continuous
automatic
programmed
intended
operation.
13-2.
SYSTEM The
OPERATION system to the is completely until automatic in after operation landing during system These from impact, flight is by the
time
power
capsule may be
lO minutes or
components
interrogated
the three
Astronaut groups,
or ground
command.
divided groups
namely_
monitoring, in paragraphs
three
treated
individually
13-59
13-3.
MONITORING Instrumentation monitoring and samples operations are consists of of sampling units signals and values of pressures, throughout voltages The temperathe
functions of
converted pressure
composed being
proporproper-
temperature,
conditions
measured.
MAC
231C
(Eev
14
Oc +. GG)
DAT
I November
i_I
tlonal
voltages
are calibrated
within
and minimum
ranges
to pro-
These
are then
or both
(electronic
switches)
designated Package
are located
in Instrumentation
of the signals
commutator pulses
its input
voltage
for each
commutator.
is applied
to separate
controlled
oscillators,
where
voltage
information
used to modulate
, \
the telemetry
tram_mltters.
telemetered signals
through
transmitter
Both
to pulse duration
signals
13-2 is a block
diagram
showing
is monitored
explanation 1S-4.
in paragraphs
13-58.
Capsule Capsule
electrical
power
circuit 13-5.
illustrated
on Figure
400 cps Monitor ASCS and fan bus ll5 volt Package a-c is applied thru two 115/6.3 outputs volt transformers are rectified, as a zero to 120 volts
and attenuated
prior
A three
signal
(full scale)
PAGE,
13,_6
Mc'DONNELj_ _
104 ST.LOUIS, MISSOURI v v i ! n 8 IltW mines 1 |
__
| _J_lk Ikm
DATE
1 NOVEMBER
1961
REPORT MODEL
SEDR 133
REVISED REVISED
I
_H
hi
l;'r=C-TI _,_.N D E _'l _'r'T _.. t-a U O:r 0 _. I i
IVELOC,T'_ i1 s_._o__
I _-_'_-'_
_ICONE
_w LT _t_'TENNA
_ECE_T_CL5
_)E$C6NT _NTE_N
_,
E 0
VOICE
G%',4_,LS
LANDIN_
FIGURE.
15-
Z.
bI_NI_OI_Ik_GIlN,ST_UMEt/TATION
BLOCK
DI/_GP,
AM-(C,_PSULE5
ie_)
a,Jml..n l
_l
I1"_=
MAC 231C
(Roy
14 Oct.
55)
ovemberl l
Mc, DONNELL
1 -7
for each bus. 13-6. D-C Current D-c current ammeter. This amplitude is sensed by the shunt lead for the instrument batteries panel and senses when 50
of all capsule
across
the shunt
is 50 millivolts
are flowing.
is applied
volt level.
current.
The output
to the HF Commutator,
amplifier
output
to the
LF Comnutator. 13-7. D-C Voltage The 24 volt d-c monitor in package "A". Voltage circuit is made up of a voltage divider network to
A three volt
bus voltage.
busses
are similarly
through
Standby
Inverter inverter on signal is obtained through normally open contacts of the main to an
inverter
relay.
energizes 2_ volts
when either
fails.
relay box.
Attenuator
(2.2 volts
Instrumentation Instrumentation
Power power
supplies
circuits supplies.
zero reference,
YVlll
|ia/l_mll
illl_q
PAGE,,, REPORT
MCIDONNE_
__ ST:'_OUIS-, _MtSSQURL.
Three 3 volt
Volt d-
Reference reference power pick-ups. supply to supp17 The fr_n the furnishes power the 24 suppl7 volt excitation is bus. and serves located The for all in output as a potentipackage from reference the "A"
type zener
directly
cumautators
Volt
Reference si6nal power supply is slsnal output. ground This and signal is is also also the return applied to for the the 3
reference
d-c
cps Power the and is supply fur_Lshes element to the level. 2_ volts a zero excitation amplifiers. to three for the input supply bridge output This si_l transistorized volt 400 eps outzero (full
volt
utilized
resistance attenuated to
applied output on
A three supply
represents inverter It is
volt operates
provide
in On
package
"A".
Calibration Calibration
ON instrmnentation scale and zero switch the scale in f_l in applied volts The d-c the scale Package to the is
of
circuit s_ls. is
monitors is to "FULL 24
of
the the
full
cunm_d trailer
CALIBRATION position. to an
present, the
applied d-e, is
naeLinal) present,
command same
to
attenuator
output
attenuator
nce_mal)
MAC
231C
(l_v
14
Oct.
S)
1Novem r
REVISED
Mc, DONNEg
ST. LOUIS 3, MISSOURI REpoRT,
13-9
SF_R 10)-t -
RWISE=
-_-
MO.m.
133
is applied
to the commutators..
Thus,
an upper
scale
command command.
to numerous
other
channels. station
may be initiated
through
in orbit.
Static
Static
pressure
which is operated
The potentiometer
is excited output
voltage
is inversely is representa-
to static pressure.
signal
(fUll scale)
tive of 0 psia. 13-15. Environmental Control System instrumentation supply consists of circuitry which
control
system
oxygen
pressures,
suit inlet
air pressure
and temperature
and coolant
quantity.
Pressure is sensed by a transducer to a pressure in the Astronaut's gage on the suit# the panel.
02 partial signals
are amplified
instrument
"HF" and "LF" commutators to PAM and PDM signals. are recorded
are converted
to ground
on the capsule
Supplies oxygen supply pressures are sensed by pressure area. picks One potentiometer off a value for instru-
and secondary
.....
_-L,-P!
A!
Mc, DONNE
ST. LOUIS, MISSOURI --- C___. ___T__T_ ___T_ ____.T
DATE
November
l_l
REVISED REVISED ,
voltage 3 volt
output d-c
is
linearly
to
the
instrumentation range
supply. to 7,500
volt meter
0 to
indications. are
primary
secondary
oxygen
pressure
commutators.
Inlet air
Temperature temperature line. is sensed by two resistance varies input element transducers with amplifier amplifier output to the LF
inlet inlet
suit
air
Transducer is part of
temperature. in is is package
Each "A".
transducer zero to
The of HF
three
volt range
scale)
the
a temperature Commutator;
35 to amplifier
amplifier applied
the
other
air
pressure
consists
of
type 3 varies
is pressure the
supply volt
output
pressure. of zero
(full
scale)
represents
range
psia
applied
to both
commutators.
Cabin Cabin
Pressure instrumentation in package "C". consists The of a potentiometer is type pressure 3 volts
with is
instrumentation to cabin
power
voltage volt to 15
linearly output
pressure.
The
(full psia.
represents Air
a pressure
air
temperature
MAC
231C
(Eev 14 Oct
55)
l ovember
REVISED
REVISED
Mc, DONNELL
ST. LOUIS 3, MISSOURI REPORT
l -ll
_EDR lO_
_____
Hoo"
,133
mounted
in
resistance is to part
a bridge (full of
circuit output
three
a temperature and LF
zero
200F.
Amplifier
are
Commutators.
Coolant Coolant
Quantity is measured fr_n the by sensing tank. the This pressure bottle the of the oxygen five bottle hundred of the oxygez
quantity water As
used pounds
to
force
coolant quantity
supplies
coolant
decreases, in oxygen
confined
volume
pressure. power LF
A pressure supply
potentiometer oxygen an
applied the
Commutators
package
"A" to
quantity to 100%
indicator. coolant
Zero
scale) 100%
a range quantity
quantity. at 0%
Oxygen coolant
psi,
oxygen
pressure
is 230 Reaction
STstem instrumentation supply pressure consists and of monitors hand for automatic position.
control
system control
reaction
Astronaut
control
13-2_.
Horizon Horizon
Scanner instrumentation ignore signals system monitors for each two for the pitch outputs. infra-red Scanners Scanners scanning are are on units conand roll horizon
scanner and
scanner The to
utilized
provide
Horizon the
until during
time the
relay attitude
orbital
reference
signals
gyros
only
upon
command
from
the
programmer.
(Refer
"--'_"_i
Ill !! !_1 ! i ii
A!
ii
PAGE
13-12 104
l%4c, DONNE
ST. LOUIS, -I"L _,T_ T*_ MISSOURI REVISED REVISED
Table
13-i. )
The The
signals and
that roll
are
applied
to
the
gyros
are
monitored d-c. to
by
instru-
pitch to
signals
range
between to the
+ lO volts provide HF
applied
a biased to
attenuator channels
card of
a zero
is coupled output a
Commutator.
signals
represent
the
sun.
Since voltage.
the To
are
infra-
sweeping voltage,
the
error an type
utilizaASCS. This
scanner as an
signal by HF
on-off are
ignore scale
applied
represents presence of
of the ignore
pitch signal.
ignore
signal
and
instrumentation and yaw The attitudes. synchros for power capsule signals to the
of
telemetry
channels out of
which a
monitor
capsule
pitch,
roll
attitude by the is
is read
syachro
actuated control
driven
automatic by along
furnished varies
volt
d-c
slope of +130
roll to HF
signals -250 .
cover Each of
signals grade
applied
channels
and
LF
Commutators. the
assembly
Jettison
a O.05g At this
relay, time,
synchros the
become
commutators
attitude
rate
signals
commutator Rate
channels.
Attitude
Attitude
rate
instrumentation
utilized
signals
from
rate
gyros.
The
gyros
LAG
231C
(Eev
14 Oct. 55)
oA_
REVISED REVISED
i November
1961
ST. LOUIS 3, MISSOURI
paG= R=Pom'.
part
of
the
attitude a rate
rate level
system.
A zero second LF
to
three to
volt
signal 40 Roll,
40 per
increasing
Attitude rates to no
signals
applied
to the channels.
assigned channels
separate
attitude when
applied data is
normally
occupied to
by
attitude 13-25.
(Refer
Paragraph
Reaction reaction
Control control in a
solenoids These
control
the can
thrust be
Jets
used
for or
stabilization When
solenoids
energized is
automatically. an attenuator is
solenoid "C" by a to
24 volts
d-c
applied of
in package represented to
Commutators. channel.
Each This
separate
on-off
instrumentation
circuitry
amplifier-calibrator
system. Supply monitor Pressures circuits A helium - H202 for source As reaction of 2050 control psi supply pressures to expel the are identical per-
operation. frum
hydrogen
oxide of the
hydrogen helium
confined
volume
helium this
and
A pressure with
senses from
pressure. power an
is excited voltage
the
supply.
is applied range on
attenuator of is 2050
indicator.
provides at
a reading
the
Hydrogen Indicator
exhausted
approximately is approximately
psi. 0%.
helium
at this
pressure
Hand Astronaut
C:::7:::;.T:--L
,MCDONNE
ST. LOUIS, MISSOURI
I November
i_61
wipers volts
are
by
linkage
to
the to
hand excite
Three
is utilized represents +
potentimovement outputs
pitch both
planes
+ lO movement
in the
applied
commutators.
13-30.
Capsule Capsule
Acceleration instrumentation mutually provide consists axes. volt d-c (Nx) of circuitry Three which monitors into of
acceleration stalled in
outputs and
longitudinal
(Nz)
normal
outputs The to
with axis
a zero
a 1.5 + 30g
volt to
longitudinal volt
accelerometer The
provide
three in two
output
axes to to
accelerometers volt volt signals Sensor sensor rocket posigrade d-c signal signal are
operate
ranges.
and
-+ _g. + 0.Sg.
During These
Velocity velocity
to
measure
separation during
velecity
posigrade During of
velocity
decrease
the
24 volt + 1.5 be
signal, has
integrate been
ft/sec. will HF
ft/sec, for
reached. six
At this
msximum signal
signal to the
held LF
approximately as a zero of
and the
Commutators
to three capsule be
and
is used
determine Lug
separation firing,
velocity integration
the
preceding of
stage.
Durd-c
retrograde
will
started
application
a 24 volt
MAC
231C
(Rev
14
Oct.
_5)
,,o,
ST._" _7"'_'aOUm --_'--0" S, MnSSOUm _ORT $_DR 104 integrate maximum velocity for 22 + 2 seconds after a velocity
REVlSEO.
signal
and will
has been
reached.
The signal
wlll direct
to the Telemetry
velocity
the timer
slze resistors
to produce each.
values
duration
signals
to be used to
temperature
skin temperatures
as well as inverters,
in the inner
F. wlth a nominal
at 70F.
Input power
of 7 V d-c 400 cps applied upon the transducer Into two identical the voltage
resistance.
smpllflers Is converted
"A" where
to a zero to 3 V d-c signal and applied amplifiers 13-34. are "R" and "Z" calibrated Skin Temperature
to the telemetry
commentators. command.
at intervals
from ground
Outer
element
In forward
resistance
proportionally
wlth temperature.
i_-16 n1_nn io_ i_ transducers is part of a bridge volt input circuit to an amplifier in package is representaST. LOUIS, MISSOURI REVISED
is applied
to the LF Commutator.
Inner Skin Temperature is sensed by two resistance end aft positions. Each of these in package "A". element transducers resistance is pert of volt range
Transducer transducers
a bridge
(full scale)
to the LF Commutator.
The forward
to the HF Commutator. Inverter Temperatures main 250 VA inverter temperatures F. transducer change are monitored is attached through externally is
inverter.
The transducer
of a temperature applied
400 cycles
to a value by the
upon
in turn is controlled
temperature,of an amplifier
into to a
.
zero to 3 volt
commutators.
The ampllflez
command.
Tran_nltter
MAC
66)
DATE
NOVember
1_1
____i_j_
_p,_4_
PAGE
I_'17
R_|SE:D
system. 13-36) of
are
the
some
as on
used each as
on
the
inverters
(refer
externally is the
transmitter. except
processing the
signal
same
Inverters
"E" package.
through
the
telemetry to
system. 13-36)
the the
inverters
(refer
paragraph The
surface is "E"
lower as for
case. except
processing the
temperature is located
signal in
that
amplifier 13-39.
package.
Aercmedlcal Aercmedlcal instrumentation signals_ Pressure system transducer, cuff is attached which pressure. The to the consists (_) of (1) an occludin source_ to the The pressure provide Astronaut's signal and transmitted which by pulse source 150 cycles blood is the the 6 and cuff, (5) (2) a a pulse consists and body of monitor circuits for electro-
respiration Blood
temperature.
pressure
differential occluding
pressure externally
measures
differential sensor is
separate operation
containing mission. to a
converts to
pressure Kc voltage
corresponding oscillators
controlled
telemetry
transmitters. The calibrate blood signal pressure system from may be put into operation or by the either by an "R" a
initiated
ground
c_maand
Astronaut
actuating
REPORT MODEL_
MISSOURI
REVISED REVISED.
"start" seconds from rate sensor ential through and the then relay The minimum indicates pulse the to
switch
on the
instrument the
panel. to
case, to 4.4
a 24 vdc psi
pulse
of
five pressure
causes source. in
system
differential off at
After
approximately the in a
from with
routed
pressure
the
superimposing to the
This
relay and Lo in
is necessary first
with
the
appearance of
signal while
peak
amplitude
diastolic is
pressure 1 volt of
a minimum
pressure Upon
peak. the cycle the system time the will remain will at rest (below If the 6+1 minutes switch on 3/4 psi
completion for lO
pressure) is manually
seconds,
after
which
cycle will
repeat. for
system or the
initiated, unless on
operation
interrupted indicates
"stop" system
light
is operating.
Astronaut
Electrocardiograph the puts right Signals controlled telemetry Astronaut's Astronaut's from side the right
_from the
four
to outand
upper
transducers to one
package to Kc and
paired the
and
upper
other).
from
amplifiers
then turn Kc
directed apply
2.3
voltage Lo the
which The
outputs signals
VCO's outputs.
input
divided
between
pressure
CCrJY.'DX;_Ti_,.
_c
zslc (_v 14 o__ ss) 1961 srr.-oum s. Mmsoum ._om" __.._R ;L04
DATE 1 November
REVISED REVISlED_
.,.. .......................
Respiration Rate breathing rate and depth inside is monitored
.oo ,
13-42.
through
is mounted
the Astronaut's
helmet,
adjacent
Input power
to the thermistor
of the thermistor,
of the Astronaut's
respiration.
by the frequency
breathing.
varies
of a transistor; card
through
a calibrate
controlled
oscillators
in "D" package.
a means
"Z" calibrate.
in the electronic
assembly
provides
an adjustment
for sensitivity.
Astronaut
ohm thermistor
which
is utilized
which
forms the inputs to two d-c amplifiers. to the telemetry range commutators.
is applied
of 95 to 108 C.
Sequence
launch
sequence
release, assembly
capsule
separation, These
attitude
Jettison.
functions
is applied 13-45.
to the HF and LF Commutators. Clock clock utilizes time potentio-_ters to provide electrical These signals potenti-
Satellite
of elapsed
from launch
and retrograde
time.
104
.....
are excited
are divided
representative 0 to lO hours
O to lO minutes,
is linearly
proportional
volts
span.
InstrumentaElapsed to lift-
from launch
is the length
has been
recording
signals
As time increases
time
recorded
by clock is lO hours,
and 10 seconds.
Output
will then be as shown below: SATELLITE CLOCK OUITUTS FOR i0 HOURS, 5 MINUTES, iO SECONDS, AFTER LAUNCH TIME POTERTIOMETERS WIPER TRAVEL 100% 100% 50% i00_ 100% is pre-set prior to lift-off. this time IN _ SIGNAL VOLTAGE 3 Volts 3 Volts 1.5 Volts 3 Volts 3 Volts After signal retrograde
set, instrumentation
will receive
the mission.
the mission
or by ground Instrtmentation
is changed Signal
receive time.
also.
is proportional
to retrograde 5 minutes
if retrograde
is set to commence
at 20 hours,
and 5 seconds,
MAO DA'r_
_31C
(l_v
14 Oct.. 5_)
ST'. LOUIS
3. MlSSOUR|
remora" MOO,--
s_R 133
lO4
instrumentation
the
outputs
as shown below:
OUTRYI_
AT 20 HOURS,
5 _3V_ES
TI_ POTERTIOMETERS O 0 0 0 O iO Hours 1 Hour i0 Minutes 1 Minute i0 Seconds
A_D 5 SECONDS
SIGNAL VOLTJ_E 3 Volts
13-46.
Tower Separation separates and applies from the capsule, three volts the No. 3 tower separate This sensor signal
of the mission.
Capsule
separates
a limit
switch
closes
and relay
separation
to energize. to both
While
this
a three volt d-c signal for the remainder Attitude attitude co_nand
commutators.
This relay
energized Retrograde
of the mission.
occurs
command
signal remains
retrograde level
is Jettisoned volts.
(approximately
90 seconds).
Signal
is approximately
three
Normally
open contacts
attitude
1_-22 S_DR 133 lO_ -REVISED ST. LOUIS, _'_._.T_*L-_ MISSOURI _':"_'_'_,._..._, REVISED, ,
Retrograde retrograde
Rocket rocket
Assembly fire
occurs
seconds is
after
of retrograde
if the
retro-
assembly fire
Jettison signal.
occurs is
60 routed
seconds through
after
the
normally in retro-
the No.
retrograde 1. This
rocket
assembly
sensor switches
relay
is blasted drops
from (The
capsule. relay
relay
relay of to
de-energizes through
feet. ) contacts
3 volts
applied
this
Commutators.
Emergenc Emergency
Y Escape escape
sequence
escape 13-51.
fire
signal
monitors.
signal abort to
by
the the
Mayday relay
alarm energized,
relay. three
This
relay d-c
is
any
With and LF
volts
Commutators. The
Once Mayday
this is
signal in launch
for relay
remainder No. 4.
of the
mission.
13-52.
Astronaut Instrumentation
's Abort
Abort
applied
commutators.
tower in
signal relay
is
obtained No. 2.
from This
the
emergency remains
escape
rocket
box
relay
energized
_.,_v
_,,.m
_..a..J4/_4.'_l
JI. Jl.,Z'lkJL,I
_XAC
55)
DAVE
REVISED REVISED
I November
1961
ST. LOUIS 3, MISSOURI REPORT _R_R 104
,._
Moore.
133
,,
for HF
less and LF
than
one
second to
but
a capacitor a signal
is
connected level
across than
the
input
to for
the
Commutators 30
maintain
of more
O. 3 volt
seconds. System Sequence consists antenna to of monitor fairing. the HF and toggle circuits These LF for signals chute are Main chute
of the are
applied are
deploy
obtained operate is
from
chutes signal
these
chutes in
Jettison The
obtained release
switch the
compartment.
antenna relay
fairing
from
antenna
fairing
separation
in the
relay
This remain
relay on until
\\
through
a limit
switch.
All
signals
Relay of 0.056 the of relay relay the a d-c is operation energized sensor is consists or of an on-off The type relay signal may
whether operation
energized the
0.05g signal
or by applied
When 13-56.
relay Drogue
chute chute is
is monitored a set of
by
a three
volt on the
signal antenna
controlled separation
by
through both
contacts
applied
commutators.
13-57.
The HF and
Landing Bag
landing bag operation through and is monitored two Door sets by a voltage signal signal limit applied switches. to the
LF
Commutators
of unlock
13-58. The
Periscope periscope
Retract retract
si_monltors
J_,;.;';
D_.;.T:AL
PAGE REPORT
13-24
McIDONNE_ SEDR 104 ST. LOUIS, __ MISSOURI _ DATE 1 November REVISED REVISED 1961
MODEL
relay. attenuator is While in the periscope "C" to is retracting,
24 volts
d-c
is
applied to the
through
an
package three
both
commutators.
Input
level
commutators
approximately
volts.
INSTRUMENTATION
CONTROL
SYSTEM
C_ing signals applied to the are HF and LF Commutators pulses are with sampled amplitude oscillators once every -i 0.80 and
outputs are
square to
wave voltage
between and
pulses
applied
controlled
pulse
converters. of by to the the IRIG voltage controlled pulse The are oscillators an_litude frequency to are the are varied This freof
frequencies Kc + 6-3/4_
corresponds voltage
outputs
10.5 b.
controlled pulse
amplitude The
also
applied
to
pulse
pulse
duration
trains.
These
wave
trains
to
signals
are
coupled A zero
to to
pairs full
of
1.3
Kc,
1.7
Kc a
scale bands
causes
The
frequency
oscillator= to
oscillator
outputs
applied
In the Mixer as
mixers, A also
the
commutated a signal
outputs from
and the
the
aercmedlcal
signals
are (This in
accepts
serves speed. )
a reference composite
during signal
data from
The
MAC
_IC
{l_v 14 Oct. _)
DATE:]-
November
1961
PAGer
1_-'_
R_VlSE_
ST.LOUlS S,MISSOUm
RIPO_r
SEDR 10_
Moo..
recorder, 13-61. the ground test umbilical and a telemetry transmitter.
i33
Transmission testing and control of the instrumentation checks system is provided through
Ground
the umbilical
receptacle. Radiating
Non-radiating checks
to evaluate llnk.
are performed
the telemetry
information
regarding
telemetry.
Instrumentation
and programs
(see Table
13-1) power
systems
by means
of mode
reference extractor
signals
b.
control
programmed c.
at regular
intervals
The pilot
voltages,
R-calibrate
is done prior
and by ground
at intervals
ranges These
until
orbit
to +_ 0.Sg while
is in orbit.
is + 30g throughout
13-63.
INS_U_EATION
RECORDING
(see Figure of
Recording
instrumentation
consists
a tape
:=
;:.-: :'__L:TIAL
TABLE 13-1. Before Umb Separation CAMERA ASTRONAUT-PRIMATE i frame/ 12 Sec. Umb.EJ.to Cap Sep + 60 Sec. 6 frames/ Sec.
PROGRAMMING
F m _m
Mayl)ay onward
!
9-13-16-18-19
per Sec.
per 12
Sec.
I
Slow Fast
INSTRUMENT PANEL OBSERVER CAMERA 9, 13, 16,18,19 PERISCOPE CAMERA 8, 9 EARTH AND SKY OBSERVER CA_/_A CAPSULE 8, 9 HORIZON SCANNER
Fast 6 FPS
Slow,Except Fast fast 30 Sec. every 30 Min 1800 frames* per hour
.........................
............
f .................
operating
O_erati_
i8.5 ran/
30 Min.
1
TAPE On until tape depletion at 35.Sec./180 Sec. with 90 Min. stagger. >
m
RECORDER 8-9
INST. PANEL OBSERVER CAMERA
6 F?S
6 n_
18oo _PH
6 FPS
6 FPS
6 FPS
6FPS
t-i
:L"
MAC
231C
(Rev
14
Oct.
55)
November
R_vlsEo ._IsED 13-64. Ta_e Recorder
_MC, DONNE
s'r.-oms s. MiSSOUm
,..
_m-o_-r Moo_
1 -2"r
._.nR :1o_ 133
lightweight
tape
recorder
provides
seven
channels
pulse
continu-
during
In addition,
on during inches
transmission
Recorder
per second.
Panel Camera camera is installed is mounted in the capsule to observe the main head
This camera
and views the panel d-c from the capsule also applying
2_ volts by trips
pulses
to the camera
and advances
the film
exposure. of
operates
at a high
One frame every two seconds. 450 feet of 16 millimeter Mode relay and programmer power pulses;
Panel
film.
is applied
and internal
these
are supplied
descent
and orbit at
13-1.
Camera camera mounted the Astronaut. pulse voltage. behind the lower left corner of the main 24 volt at a high The
A 16 millimeter instrument
panel views
is also camera
supplied operates
of 1 frame film.
every
12 seconds.
Internal
clock, time
1 NOVEMBER
1961
104
ST.LOUIS,
MISSOURI
_f,T_O
_F.P.
t:3.ELAY
I_A
LANb_kI_
BAG
2
P_,E- t_PACT 8U3
UNLOCK LthA_TSWITC_
I
,L
F'I_URE
15-5
CAMERAS
AND
TAPE
_ECORDE_
CONTROL
CIP_UIS_CAP._ULE_:/_O,L_,I_/8,J_)
vvnSi .,,_VL_
iikOkmlq =,,.*..,,m.,*+_aa+mU_ _
I/'_
l-
51". LOUIS
3, MISSOURI
correlation
instrument as the the shown on
is included
panel Table observer 13-1.
within
the camera.
Camera and
Operation
speeds are
is similar
supplied can from be at
to that
varying
of the
rates through to
tape
recorder circuits
controlled
umbilical umbilical
during provide
6round
checkout. of
Return component
these
components
indications
operation.
13-67.
Not
SPECIAL INSTRUMENTATION
applicable to a manned capsule.
13-68.
SYSTEMtmZTS
13-69.
TRANSDUCERS
type transducers The wiper are connected across instrumentation 3 Wiper
is activated
by the action
to be measured.
Control
stick
is translated
potenticmeter
13-71. The Satellite
is
provided
Clock clock
for
each
axis
of
motion.
satellite
elapsed
outputs
for O-10
and Automatic
Pressure
actuates
to a resistance
position
proportional
to the pressure.
Attitude
Potentlcmeters (refer to Section roll and yaw. 17) provides wiper synchro actuation of
Each
output
is then proportional
....
--e
....
--...
PAGE
13-qO
MCDONNE
REVISED ._Sty, LOUIS, MISSOURI ,_,.,,., .,..,..., -',-,I .= *.c_..=._ REVISED
MOOa_ Z33
13-74. Main Each low and Reserve bottle linear Oxygen pressure element is
oxygen
resistance
is used oxygen
indicator Wiper
resistance are
linear
element to applied
instrumentation.
voltage
outputs
proportional
13-75.
Suit
Pressure
to
output static
to
the psia
applied for
pressure. pressure
are for
suit
0-500
quantity
pressure.
13-76.
Rate
and
Depth
actuates
a thermistor by the
is determined rate
extremes the
which of
thermistor
determines
frequency
actuation.
Resistance Resistance
Transducers are used to to measure its temperatures. The resistance of the are of of
the
element on
varies the
proportionally
Mounting
depends
application. Other
elements part
lightweight structure. and resistance (a) (b) (c) (d) 1B-78. The
units. The
integral and
indicates transducer.
approximate
temperature
Outer
Temperature:
-65 to -55 to 35 to 0 to
2200F
Inlet Air
200F
316
ohms.
Temperature temperature
COy
F,D
MAC
231C
(B.ev
14
Oct,.
55)
DATE
November
1961
ST. LOUIS 3, MISSOURI
PAGE
13-31
REVISED
REPORT
SEDR
104
REVISED.
.oow.
of a thermistor imbedded in sealing compound at the end of
133
a flexible
sists
pigtail. 13-79. The voltage manual. D-C Current Shunt used for This the instrument is panel in ammeter Section also XI supplies of this
shunt for
resistance
instrumentation.
shunt
discussed
13-80.
Pickups sensed by are four 3 one attached half with wires inch silver leading square, stainless steel
wire to
screens.
metalized to the
adhesive
the
Astronaut's
body. complete
connecting
Astronaut's
suit 13-81.
circuit. Transducer are used to convert voltage pressure. 02 partial range of pressures 0-3 V
Partial
Pressure
Partial
Pressure with
to d-c
signal output
compatible is
telemetry. oxygen
The
representative
of 0-6
partial
13-82.
TAPE A low
RECORDER lightweight of recorded i, HF tape data. VCO recorder At the is used present in the capsule to make availare
power,
able as
7 channels
time
channel
follows: 5, ips, of LF
Channel
mixer Channel
output; 7, HF
Channel Commutator
PDM; 15
ips
by
kit.
capacity of
4800
inch
base
consists
mechanism. A limit
motor
is used, to
is provided are
should
Record 5 and
incorporated
Channels
i and
Channels
amplifiers
incorporated
comratators
located
instrumentation
"A".
Mc, DONNE
REPORT ,-_DR 104. MODEL- 133 _, STj LOUIS, MISSOURI _,tj,_._.t" xa.,, -',_', ,.,-s.J_" REVISED REVISED
"1 Nnv_mher'
] <:k_]
PACKAGE incorporates
"C" units of various and of making following functions into one compact
of mounting discussed
electrical paragraphs.
connections.
in the
Transducer the wiper from is of the a lO,O00 "A" ohm potentiometer is applied to the located across cabin the pressure. in
pressure
actuates Three
the
"C"
package.
package
Wiper Cards
voltage
then
proportional
package
utilizes amplifiers,
a unique power
method suppliers,
of
and and on a
of card card
the with
necessary printed
bottom
plug-in
is ghen
covered with
exception of
of base resin. in a
mounting
edges,
layer insure of
epoxy
used
provide and to
moisture improve
protection,
mechanical
rigidity side
These contact
package
mounted circuit
in boxes
providing
rails,
printed
inter-connections. Cards
Current
to
bring
the is The
d-c used
shunt HF
voltage
up
to
a the
amplifier
Commutator transistorized
while and
is used mounted.
Commutator.
amplifiers
are
13-87.
Rate on
and
De_th card
and
Attenuator
this
supplied
frcm
respiration
rate
transducer.
CONFILL':NT2 ..
MAC
2310
(Bey 14 O_
55)
DAVE
REVISED REVISED
i November
1961
!DONNE ,
ST. LOUIS 3, MISSOURI RII[PORT
! -BS
SEDR
104
MOm_
133
for
"R"
and circuit
one
for
"Z"
Energizing voltage of 24
the to volt
relay
breams
and on
calibration attenuation
commutators. voltages
Resistors to
mounted
voltages Monitor
with
the commutators.
13-88.
capacitors control
circuit
isolating
crystal
diodes
are
used
to
reaction and
solenoid voltage
valve prior
energizing to
voltages, to is
standby the
battery
periscope circuit
retract output,
application d-c,
cca_u_ators. to both
attenuator
a maximum
of
3 volts
applied
scanner pitch
card and
provides pitch
circuitry ignore
for
processing and
the
roll
applied operating
During during
and
scanners to the
continuously; are
orbit
signals in to
and
the
c_mmutators the
the
programmer signal is
located applied
package. commutator.
addition,
horizon
slaving
PR_ programmer intervals. contains The switch contacts is mounted which operate control side circuits of the for peri-
progra, ner
on the
forward
housing. A - Section programmer applied the to used the for orbital missions electronic consists controlled of two sections. When
progremmer,
timers
continuously
following
contacts:
.......... _VI'qlF
| JS,,_&&,dlRI
It
| i ,il4"_lS,M
PAGE
13-'_4
Mc'DONNE
ST. LOUIS, MISSOURI
IL_v J, 1 I. JLJLP
DATE
1 November
1961
REVISED REVISED,
CLOSED RATE
u
DURATION 30 Seconds
5 Seconds 5 Seconds
Zero Calib.
13-92.
timers to provide
full scale
2.
13-93.
INSTRUMENTATION
PACKAGE
also incorporates
are discussed
paragraphs.
cabin
Tempera-
to change
of an amplifier
circuit.
in conjunction
to supply
signal to both
Transformer transformer is used to step down ll5 volts "A" and "C". 400 cps capsule power
/'_
jr%
I_T
1_
lr
lr-i
117 _v
n_Llr.-Jl-,I.d_
....
MAC
231C
DATe
REVISED.
i November
, 10A
R_VlSED
13-96.
Topic
Cards
package supplies.
"A"
also
utilizes
the
Topic
Card
principle
for
Element amplifier
Amplifier is used
Cards for heat shield Each outer skin, is suit of inlet dual each air
temperature to
signals. two is
channel of
design
order
measure
type
Seven voltage
across bridge
with to
d-c. relays
commutators. of each
on each Calibration
amplifier
allow are
channel.
potentiometers
provided
Resistance Resistance
Element element
A-C
Power
Supply
Card require 7 volts, power 400 cps a-c. The Capsule In-
amplifier applied to
circuits
24
volts
d-c, zener
is
a transistorized voltage
inverter. transistor
using a
regulation by an
and
switching,
7 volt The
a-c
is monitored 3 volts
attenuator, is applied
rectifier to the
monitor
a maximum
d-c,
commutators. 1S-9R. Two temperature the Body Temperature Amplifier d-c to Cards are used d-c the to increase prior as the to output of the to instru-
amplifiers
a maximum
3 volt are of
level same
application used in
commutators.
amplifiers
type
those
ST. LOUIS, MISSOURI -- C'_v_?;_==_E?_-'_I_:._i P "C" for d-c current amplification. Card
REVISED REVISED,,
Condition
four functions
system.
is applied
to a monitor
and rectifies
to provide power,
a maximum
operation.
Capsule
24 volts
d-c, is applied
of the main
circuits.
circuits
and manual
supply pressures
HF and LF Cc_mutator-Ke_er-Record
of each unit
sequentially,
88 channels
information. Each
The output
produced
is a pulse
amplitude
modulated
wave train.
0 to 3 volts d-c input to the commutator The PAM wave train output
is sampled
per second per IRIG standards. buffer stage to a PAM/PDM which produces
converter.
is then driving
to a record head
amplifier
a signal capable
circuit automatic
introduces
to operate
decom_utation
equipment
station.
A power
and negative
voltages
CC, L :IDZ,.
MAC
231C
(Eev 14 Oc_
55)
1 ovember
REVISED R_,SE_
Mc, DONNELL
slr'. LOUlS 3, MISSOUm .... RE_OR7. _OOL
13.37
SEDR 104 133
13-102.
INSTRUMENTATION
PACKAGE
"D"
The to signals
function
of
the
"D" the
is to
convert
capsule
informatlon and
of modulating contained
transmitters. to complete
Transducers information
also
in the
capsule
Accelerometers accelerc_eters lon61tudinal, a d-c output are mounted and in the normal to "D" packs_e accelerations 3 channels of and of used the to determine Each
lateral which is
capsule.
each
commutator.
transducer peak to
inputs. peak
Each
amplifier
transducer
a 3 volt
signal.
Oscillators
The
supplies The
sub-carrler is tape
to with The
allow the HF
two
channels
of high
A channel and
commutator, is
telemetry low
transmitter telemetry
B channel
associated describe
frequency
transmitter.
following
paragraphs
sub-carrler
oscillators. Oscillator of a tape, Card the recorded recorder is of Topic signal speed. Card from A this oscillator shift and is indicates
13-106.
changes The
in tape
frequency
oscillator
construction
operates
level
is adjustable. Oscillator voltages shift are (V. C. O. 1 Cards applied to to running given
H
13-107.
Voltage
Controlled data
the the
sub-carrler input
frequency
amplitude. and
oscillator functions
i
consists and
multlvibrator below:
frequencies
PAGE
(i) C_mel
A
- 10.5 kc
Commutator
Ekg. and
V.C.O.
Respiration Compensating
depth
- V.C.O. Kc
oscillator
- 3.125
(2) c_el
Commutator Right Left Lower Upper Side Side Chest Chest - 10.5 (+) Kc 2.3 Kc Ec Kc 1.7 - V.C.O. Supply converted combines are to the 6 volt d-c for use by the subKc 1.3 Ec
(Comm)
2.3 1.7
V.C.O. depth
Amplifier 24
Card volts
Power d-c, is
power,
A mixer for
circuit
sub-carrier on one
outputs.
these
circuits
combined
13 -109. 13-110.
CAMERAS Instrument Panel Observer Camera by the application a special of a special drive motor,
is modified fast
and
housing. when
Slow the
shutter relay
mechanism is
transport the
begins
capsule
tape of
record
de-energized
block-house.
Full
capacity
16 millimeter
film.
I NOVEMBER
1961
Mc'DONNE_
ST.LOUIS.
__
MISSOURI
:D _.;-, ,'7-I-A-L
_, _Q_:::.::;i_::i:::: i_:_TE_/A`RSEM_LY:
_SSEMaLY::::_iii::ii::iiiii::i::i::_: YEU.0W
i ::i:ii_iiiiiiill C0V_.I: _i
i!i
<7
" :;_
FIGURE13-#
._lil_lh. VVI_il
EARTH
AND:SKY
:OBSERVER CAMERA
| I l,l"_ I,-,-
PM45-1g&
llllllllllklllLllllll lll_m,---ll
PAGE
13-140
DATE
1 November
1961
Commutator Volt. )
Point
Assignment
9
BY ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM 12 12 _l' 12 12 41 LF HF LF ]IF
l0 LF
16
BY LF
41
41
41
41
33 77
33 77 42 62 63
41
41
42
62 63
42
62 63
42
62
42
62
42
62 63 63
42
62 63 63
42 62 63 63 26
63
63
63 26 83
63 83
83
83
83
83
83
83
INSTRUMENTATION SUPPLIES
POWER
1 2
1 2
1 2
1 2
1 2
1 2
1 2
1 2
1 2
1 2
7V, _0CPS
STATIC
__
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
v_zol
(co_ o_z)
A 5 49 64 27 716_ 6464
6_
6_
6_
6_
6_
6_
EBVIRORME_TAL
CONTROL
S_t
I_%et
Pre=sure
l_resm_z_
9
t
MAC
SIC
(P_v I_ Oc_
56)
OATE, ! November
REVISED REVISED
1961
ST. LOUIS 3, MISSOURI
_IT:
Table 13-2. Instrumentation
D__._ITIAL.,.
Commutator Point
Assignment
(Cont'd.)
i0
9
LF EF
16
LF HF LF
i0
10
10
i0
i0
ii
11
11
11
ii
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
82 84 6
82 84 6
82. 82 84 6 84 6
82
82 8_
82 8_ 6
82 84 6
RERCTICm
COWI_OL
SYSTEM
39
39
39
39
39
39
39
39
39
39
4o
Control P_sltl_s
_o
_o
_o _o
23
Pitch Taw
23 24 25
23
23
24 25
X Axis
is _s
43 13
13 _s
43 13
73 73
X Azle
73 73
13 &3 73
43 13 73
13 _3
43 13
73 73
7_ 74
15 15 45 45
14 4_
7_
7_
PAGE
1_-42
"" n_
D ONNE__._
%6_'_
DATE 1 REVISED
November
1961
Table 13-2.
Instrumentation
Commutator
Point
Assignment
9
HF
i0 LF HF
13
LF HF
16
LF
z Axis (cont,_.)
STRUCTURAL
Outer Skin Temp. Inner Skin Temp. 25OVA 15OVA Inverter Inverter Temp. Temp.
AEROMEDICAL EKD
DATA
@
l.T&
2.3Kc VCO's Respiration
1.T&
2.3 Kc VCO's
Z.T& 2.3Kc
YCO's
1,7 &
2.3_
YCO's
1.3 Kc
VCO's Body Temperature
1.3 Kc
VCO' s
1.3 Kc
VCO's
1.3 Kc
VCO 's
O.OSG
RELAY
87
87
87 87
87 87
87 87
87 87
HORIZON
SCANNER
86 88 25
86 88 25
4o 88 88
86 88 85
88 86 85
S5
MAC
231C (_v
14 0f.
5S)
oAr i November
REVISED RL=V|SED,
i_61
ST. LOUIS 3. MI_._OURI
133
Assignment
(Cont'a.)
lO
9
LF HF
13
LF HF LF
16
Ignore
59
59
85
85
85
16 17 88 18
86 88 17 18
16 %16
16 17
16 17
16
86
17
17
Yaw
18 % 18
18% 18
18
18
ALTI_N/DERATE Pltch AB S S S 85 16
2.3Kc
VCO 's Roll AB
16
16
16
16
S s
85
1.7Kc
VCO's Yaw AB
17
17
17
86
17
s S
17 86
1.3Kc
VCO's
18
88 18
18 88
RCS CONTROL
SOLENOIDS
65 66
67
65 66
67
65 66 67 68
69
65 66 67 68
69
65 66
67
65 66
67
65 66 67 68 69 70 76
65. 66 67 68 69 7o 76
65 66 67 68 69 7o 76
65 66 67 68 69 7o 76
68
69
68
69
68
69
68
69
70 76
70 76
7o 76
70 76
7o 76
70 76
Roll Low CW
:3;ir;D:;.7;A;
PAGE
13-I_4
REPORT
MODEL
_DR
133
ZO4
Table
13-2.
Instrumentation
Commutator
Point
Assignment
(High Level
0-3 Volt.)
(Cont'd).
8
HF
RCS CONTROL SOLENOIDS
10
16
LF HF LF
LF
HF
(Cont ) 'a.
Roll Yaw Yaw Yaw Yaw Low High High Low Low CCW Left Right Left Right
77 77
77 77
77 77
?7 77
77 77
78 78
78 78
78 78
78 78
78 78
80 80 81 81
80 80 81 81
8o 8l
8o 8l
80 8o 81 81
8o 81
8o 81
SATELLITE
CLOCK
_lapsed
Time)
i0 Seconds
26 26 28 28 29 29 30 30 3l 3l
26 28 28
26 28 29
26 28 29
26 28 29 30 31 32
26 28 29 30 31 32
i Minute i0 Minutes
29 29 30 30 3l 3l
30 30 3l 3l
3e 32
32 32
32 32
SATELLITE
CLOCK
(Retrograde
Time)
i0 Seconds
33 33 34 34 35 35 36 36 37 37 38 38
33 33 34 34 35 35 36 36 37 37 38 38
33 34 35 36 37
33 34 35 36 37
33 34
33 34
35 35
36 36
37
37
38
38 38
_gY.FIDEr:TIA_
MAC
'_31C (Rev
14 Oct,,
55)
DATE.
REVISKD REVISED
i _ovember
1961
ST. LOUIS 3, MISSOURi
PAGt
i_-_5
Table 13-2.
Instrumentation Commutator Point Assignment (High Level 0-3 Volt. ) (Cont 'd.)
8
HF INTERIM CLOCK LF HF
9
LF HF
lO LF HF
13
LF HF
16
LF
0 - lO Seconds
26 31 33 28 32 34 29 37 35 30 38 36
31 33 26 32 34 28 37 35 29 38 30 36
O - lOO Seconds
0 - lO00 Seconds
0 - i0,0OO
Seconds
TR
TIMER
NORMAL
LAUNCH
SEQUENCE
Sync Pulse Sync Pulse Tower Release Capsule Retro Separation Cored.
89 90 _6 47 48 46 47 48 46 47 48 53 5o 51 52 53 52 53 52 53 46 47 48 53 5o 51 52 53 53 53 52 53 53 53 _,7 47 46 47 48 53 50
89 90 46 47 48 53 50 _6 47 48 53 46 47 48 53
Attitude
53
50
5e 53
EMERGENCY
ESCAPE
SEQUENCE
Pilot Abort
59
59
_9
59
59
59
Mc'DO1NNELL __
ST. LOUIS,
IL.,_.JJ.'q A AJILJJF,_.I.I
DATE
i November
i_61
REVISED MISSOURI
.IL JLA'3L'_L4
REVISED,
Table
13-2.
Instrumentation
Commutator
Point
Assignment
9
LF HF
lO LF
13
LF KF
16
LF
60 61
60 61
6o 61
6o 61
6o 6].
6o 6l
60 61
60 61
60
61
60
61
LANDING
SYSTEM
SEQUENCE Deploy.
Chute
54 55 56 57 58
54 55 56 57 58
54 55 56 57 58
54 55 56 57 58
54 55 56 57 58
54 55 56 57 58
54 55 56 57 58
54 55 56 57 58
54 55 56 57 58 5l
54 55 56 57 58 5l
Chute Chute
Reserve Landing
Chute Bag
PERISCOPE INTEGRATING
RETRACT ACCELEROMETER
7_
72
72 52 50
72 52 50
72
72
72
72
;/_
_._re,_
a_SOR
TOTAL
PRINATE ANIMAL R.
-_-
Center L. H.
_--
59 --4 m__
Pos.
Identification
ALL
5
PRESS
--- 25
CgNYIDZ;_TIA,_-
MAC
231C
(_v
14 Oct,. 5s)
OATS, I November
1961
Table
13-2.
Instrumentation Commutator Point Assignment (High Level 0-3 Volt. ) (Cont 'd.)
8
HF ROLL TO YAW COM' D LF KF
9
I/
l0 HY LF
13
KF LF HF
16 LF
(m Gain)
ROLL TO YAW COM'D (Lo Gain) YAW TORQUER HEAT SHIELD SIG. CAVITY PRESS
27
27
_9 71 25
49 71-
TELEMETRY MONITOR
INTERROGATION
85
85
_o
Not Ccmmutated With O.05G Relay De-Energized Energized and Retrograde Cosmratator Commutator Assembly Jettisoned
S. Kr. IF.
F! ;0
> "B
2
g
;0
;0
g
0
g
0
1
-ROLL ERROR , '_W TORQUE OEMOOULATOR YAW CON'TI_. L Mo'ri oN POTENTIOMETER PITCH CONTROL MOTION POTENTIOMETER o, PARTIAL PRE_.Ua._ RESER_VE CHUTE DEPLOY LIMIT (_ul'r _ILET All_ PRESSL)RF.) TR,qNSDUCER (.SUIT INLET RIR TF_.,MR) M[IIN CHUTE DEPLOY LIMIT 3WlTr.H
rf L
"L
X,Y,Z
ACCELE
P_OMET
EIK%
"RA
< iii_
m o 111 13
DETECTOR
INSTRUMENTATION
,_//
RECORDER VOICE AND TELEMETERING PDM-COIvlIvt A (HI FRE_.) PDM-COMM. B (LO FREQ.)
I i
i /
j
i. /
'
I
/
/ I
',
> m
_
o
PAGE
17-5o ST. LOUIS, MISSOURI ..: _-_l'_ _T_ x w'_ _T_ %_][_ ... _. Commutator REVISED REVISED Point Assignments
MODEL
Table
13_
13-3.
#1
Chart. Chart. i 2 i 2 Chan.
#2
Chan.
Ref. Junction Temp 60F to lO0F Ref. Junction 70F to 90F Temp
ZLO6.5
Near Batt. Zl05
4"
7 8 9
lO
8 9
i0
8 9
i0
8 9
lO
Line, Conical ll ii ii ll
sec_. (Auto)
H209 Line, Conical
sec_. (man)
Solenoid Valve 24"
12
12
12
12
ZlTO.5
13
13
13
13
MAC
$31C
(l_v
i40c_
_;
1961
Table
13-3.
Special Instrt..entation Parameters Commutator (Low Level - 3_ to 13MV Ref. ) (Cont 'd.)
Point
Assignments
_1
Chan. Chan.
Chin. Cm,_.
14 15 16 14 15 16
14 15 16
14 15 16
_0 2 Tank(Man) _o 2 T_
cap) L/O Auto System Roll
Solenoid L/O Auto ti202 Line Comp. Valve System Roll
(Auto)
(Blkh'd
Heat Shield
17
17
17
17
18
18
18
18
19
19
19
19
Recovery
(_er _in)
Inner Skin Below Reaction Control Jets Recovery Comp (Int.
20
20
20
2O
21
21
21
21
Structure )
Recovery Comp (Inner
22
22
22
22
skin)
Ablation Ablation Parachute Parachute Parachute Shield Shield (inbd) (inbd)
23 24 25 26 27 28
23 24 25 26 27 28
23
23
24 25 26 27
24 25 26 27
28
28
Parachute
Comp.
(Outer
Hatch
29
(outer __
29
29
29
Comp
30
30
30
::Y:____.':T' f.L
PAGE
13-52
Mc'DONNEL L
ST. LOUIS, MISSOURI
1961
Special Instrumentation Parameters Commutator (Low Level - 3MV to 13MV Ref. ) (Cont 'd.)
Point
Assignments
13
Chart. Chan.
Skin) Lx
Emerg Egress Hatch (Outer Edge) Conical Section Sides Outer Skin
69
69
31
31
31
31
T7 Lx TF Ty
32 33 34 35
32
33 34 35
32 33 34 35
32 33 34 35
36
36
36
36
Z126.5 By
Z126.5 By
37 38
37 38
37 38
37 38
Ty By Lx Lx
39 4o 41 42
39 4o 41 42
39 40 41 42
39 40 41 42
43
43
43
43
(Bottom)
45 45
44
45
46
46
46
46
47 48
47 48
47 48
47 48
MAC
231G
(Rev
14
Oct.
55)
DAVE
REVISED
I November
1961
ST. LOUIS 3, MISSOURi
PA_Rm_o_rr
REV|SED
MODL
Special Instrumentation Parameters Commutator (Low Level - 355/ to 13}47 Ref. ) (Coat 'd.) Point
..... 133
Assignments
Table 13-3.
ii )
Capsule Nomenclature Inbd Surface Inbd Surface Hat Sect. of Glass of Glass
Pole
#1
Chan.
#2
Chan.
#l
49 50
13
__ #_
Chan.
Chem.
49 50
49 50
49 50
(Bottom)
#12 str.
51
51
51
51
52
52
52
52
Hat Sect.
(Side)
#12 _r.
T/MXmitterPwr
53
53
supply
Hat Sect. #12 Str. Between Beacons (Top)
53
53
54
54
54
54
C&S Band
Hat Sect. (Bottom) #24 Sir. Hat Sect. (Bottom) #24 Sir.
Transmitter Hat Sect. Equipment (Side)
55
55
55
55
56
56
56
56
#24 sir.
Hear Calibrator
57
57
H20 Tank
/! ;,
57
(Top)
57
_.[T:"TJ .
58
58
58
58
Inverters
59
59
59
59
......
""
_'-"T'|
PAGE, REPORT
Mc'DONNEL L
ST. LOUIS, MISSOURI
DATE
i November ,
1961
REVISED REVISED,
MODEL_ 133
Table
13-3.
Special Instrumentation Parameters Commutator (Low Level - 3MV to 13MV Ref. ) (Cont 'd. )
Point
Assignments
13
#I Chan.
' #l
Chart. Chsa.
_2
Chart.
(Inner Pa_e)
React ion Control Thrust Chamber Auto Auto 24# l#
6o
60
6o
6o
61
62
63
61 62 63
61 62 63
61 62 63
Man 24#
L/O Auto Catalyst L/O Auto System Roll Bed L.H. System Bed Roll
64
64
64
64
Catalyst Heat
L.H.
65
65
65
65
Shield Bolts Scanner Scanner (Outer (Inner (Outer Can (Outer Skin)Lx (Pitch) (Roll) Skin) Skin) Skin)
66
66
66
66
/ J
6?
67
70 67
70 67
68 7o 71
68 7o ?_
69
69
Comp.
?l
71
(Inner (Outer
Skin) Surface) 72 72
72
72
Rocket
Package
xo XR X5
(Right) (Bottom)
?3 75
?3
73
73
74
75
74
?5
74
75
76
77
76
77
76
77
76
77
_MAC
231C
(Rev
14
Oct,.
55)
OATE._._
REVISED.
November
1961
MCDONNELL, ,,
ST. LOUIS 3, MISSOURI
PAG--
13-55
R,_PORT"aEDR ,_O_
MO0_. 133
REVISED
Table 13-3.
Special
Instrumentation
Parameters
Commutator
Point
Assignments
(Cont'd.)
Capsule Pole Nomenclature Retro Rocket Adapter Sides Outer Skin z79.5 LX Z79.5 By Z79.5 Ty Cap. to Adapter Retaining Ring Adapter Retaining Ring Cover Cap. to Adapter Explosive Bolt Escape Escape Tower Z257 Tower (Left Leg) Bolt (Exp.Bolt)
13 Chart. Chart.
78
79
79
8o 81
80 81
79 8o 81
79 80 81
82
82
82
82
83
83
83 84 85 86 87 88
83
8_ 85 86
87
84 85 86
87
8_ 85 86 87 88
88
Observer Camera
88
Astronaut
observer
camera
panel observer
13-I12.
TEST
CONFI_ION
CAPSULES
13-113. 13-i14_
CAPSULE
NO. 8
on Capsule
to the Specification
13-1)
Capsule
data pertaining
not apply.
PAGE
.MC'DONNEL L
ST. LOUIS, MISSOURI
DATE
1 November
1961
REVISED REVISED
13-115.
S_stem
OEe ration on Capsule and No. 8 is similar is either to the Specification or ground Compliance controlled.
unmanned
operation
automatic
Monitoring
Instrumentation is the 13-3 same as the Specification as noted Compliance in Paragraph while
Monitoring Capsule 13-117 Table 13-117. The This bus is relay voltage applied is (Refer through 13-2 lists
through shows
13-58) the
except
13-136. the
13-6 point
various for
parameters each
monitored
assignments
parameter.
Standby standby
Battery batteries, if the ON, signal comes from switch the is secondary in AUTO bus relay and No. 2.
energizes is below to an
STANDBY Wlth
BATTERY the C.
main
18 volts.
relay
energized,
2_ volts (2.8
(nominal) d-c
attenuator to the
Attenuator
output
nominal) 13-118.
applied
Environmental
Control
System
on
Capsule
No.
same
as
Paragraphs partial
13-16
13-22) monitored.
except 13-119.
supply
pressure
Reaction
Control
System
instrumentation (Refer to
on
Capsule
No.
8 is except
the
same
as
the hand
Capsule
Paragraph
13-23)
that
the
positions
monitored.
Acceleration acceleration along three instrmmentation mutually throughout consists of circuitry The to launch which and monitors re-entry 13-30. )
axes. (Refer
is utilized
Paragraph
1 NOVEMBER
1961
M 'DONNE
ST.LOUIS, MISSOURI
13-57
SEDR 133
104
J_
CONVERTER PDM INSTRUMENTATION: POWER SUPPLIES RECTIFIER _ AND ATTENUATOR PULSE AMPLITUDE
MODULATION
J I I I !
COMPENSATING OSCILLATOR
HI
FREQ
TELEMETRY TRANSMITTER
EN V_O:NT_N CALIBRATION ON
T
J
VOLTAGE
V
q
J SWITCH ANTENNA
AMPUFt_S
PULSE
DURATION
i
DESCENT ANTENNA
MODUI.ATION
AMPUFIERS,
RECORDER
I
J _:i AL MF_GA ENC I E Y
R ATTENUATORS ATTENUATOR
CONTROLLED OSCILLATOR 2jKC VOLTAGE TRANSMITTED 1. AND VOICE CONTROLLED OSCILLATOR 2.3KC VOLTAGE , f L v J TELEMETRY LOW FREQ. TRANSMITTER J_ RECEIVED SIGN_,LS
I co _2_7_
i
LAUNCH SEQUENCE i
MIXER
"5"
J_
oo::,o
t
0-3V D<
g_%_TON
MONITOR j J
_ESSURE
HEAT SHIEW CAVITY PRESSURE
CONVERTER J
..,,-co,._. I T IN.ITS /
\ IN_'Si FIGURE!3.6 _ , MONITORING
_cooiNG
INSTRUMENTATION
" VVlIIF lii..,BL.--ll
TRANSMISSION
DIAGRAM-CAPSULE
8 _
REVISED REVISED
temperature
instrumentation
is similar
Capsule.
(Refer to Paragraph
13-32 through
Attitude rate
Rate signals are not commutated controlled in Capsule No. 8. These signals
to the voltage
subcarrier
oscillators compliance
signals
represents
rate is applied
Roll
rate is applied
'
center
frequency Cavity
signal level.
Parachute
shield
cavity pressure
on
and monitored
Landing
system
sequence
compliance
13-54) except
the Betro
Rocket
from relays
in Retrograde
Box #2.
signals
on the KF and LF Commutators. are not monitored Instrumentation on Capsule Control system controls
The Landing
No. 8.
and programs
(See Table
13-I)
power
to
jr=,ir,.,ib,,L...-,,v,.,,,._.,v-,,_
_ _,_1t, ,J.,L,F,,IL,_dlll
_v
,I. ,A,_"IL IIj
..
DATE
A.N_V.M.ER , n =: ,,
1961
Mc'DONNELjL __ _r_
ST.LOUIS. MISSOURI
REVISED REVISED
I I
J
_g.c TAPI= F_E-I M_'ACt" D-C. _.U5 MAiN RDERI
rC
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
-rAPF.
R_C.ORO
ON'
LtO.M'I"
CAMERA REC.oI_oER
_ID
_h;_ SWl-rCH
EARTH FILM
CAMERA
CAMEI_._ I.._,Gh"T
_'r_.O_UT
OR.
P_<_r_o_P.
_.IC_H_"
i ''=
I
i ,
I
PROVISI(_I5 FOR AST _:ON/_,UT IN_-r_UI_ENT I_ANEI. -AMIERA GAM5R_
..___
._L
_-I'
ANO _'Y
CAMER._ l
I
(
11r
i November
1961
REPORT MODEL.
REVISED REVISED
frames
bo
per
minute
the
mission. at 180 frames at 360 per minute per throughout minute mission the
The The
periscope instrument
operates camera
operates
frames
during
for
percent the
full block
scale house
and
from
is dropped, Recordin_
prior
Instrumentation consists of a tape Capsule recorder No. 8 and and three cameras. camera The is
observer (See
is omitted 13-7.)
from
a periscope
Recorder recorder used on Capsule No. (Refer 8 is the to same as the recorder except the used the ca
Capsule
Paragraph Recorder
13-64), to
tape
Also Table
a Playback 13-1) is
Tape
simulate
Astronaut'
(See
Section
installed.
Cameras No. usual 8, being an unmanned Panel vehicle, Camera (See is Figure does not use as an Astronaut as an is observer Earth and
Instrument
installed, 13-5).
well
a Periscope programmer.
Camera.
Programming
received
Instrumentation instrumentation package is used in Capsule five supply. amplified the capsule No. 8. The tape package recorder measureto A conand
special of fuse
blocks,
special case
track
amplifier from on
Vibration and
various package
applied
separate
the
tape
recorder.
--_......#_._
a.
A4L2a/dl_
JL JL_kJL4--
MAC
231C
(Rev
14,
Oct.
55)
OAVE
RI_/ISKD
i l_ovember 1961
ST. LOUIS 3, MISSOURI
rA_tt,
R_o_r
13-61
8EDR 104
RE:V|SD
MO._
are recorded as follows:
133
2 Z123 Ring
Longitudinal
Track Track
System
except
in the following
13-68 and 13-69. ) and Reserve Oxygen Pressure Potentiometers are not instrumented
Main
Respiration Control
Potentiometers
A microphone pickup.
are located
in the B package
for sound
level
A piezo-electric/diap_
is used to pick
up a pressure
level of lO0 to l_O db with a frequency gain, transistorized network, used with pickup, buffer a data amplifier consists
amplifier.
output, is used
3 volts
R_,
A piezo-electric range
as a vibration is used
measuring
a frequency
of lO to 2000 cps.
The tramsducer
in com_ctioa
with vibration
amplifier.
v_n
Is
mlimwm_a_
aa_
Mc, DONNEL L
REPORT MODEL. SEDR i_ i0_ ST. LOUIS, _,z_ MISSOURI * ,._L_:r" *" z.u_J._
DATE REVISED
i November
1961
REVISED.
13-132.
Vibration
Amplifier
and
Data
amplifier compatible
is used with an
accoustical
vibration
analyzer.
Programmer programmer intervals contacts. timers Section contains of time. When switch The is contacts for which operate No. 8 control circuits of one electronic for
unit
Capsule to the
consists the
section con-
power
applied the
programmer wafer
trolled Wafer i 2 3
operate
following Rate
contacts. Function
30
Min.
3 Per
Periscope
Camera
amplifier pitch
card and
"C"
provides limits
horizon
scanner
within
other ignore
Calibrate signals from are launch "A" "A" of the "B" "B"
control Jumpered to
relays through
are
installed card.
on The
the
Horizon
operate
continuously
re-entry.
is the body
same
as the
Compliance
temperature
package
of
Capsule
No.
8 are for
the
same
as
in
the
compliance
capsule
except
the
following
units.
Paragraph Attitude
Rate
Filter
__/_/'_lLTT'?ITT'%lf_lLVlSqlT ._=4.,_r 4. I
and
Calibrate
--
Cards
--
.A
._.._.r,.A.&,
.._
41.,_LJL.4
MAC
231C
(Rev
14
Oct
55)
1 No
REVISED
ber
Mc, DONNEg,
ST. LOUIS 3. MISSOURI
,...
REPORT.
13-63
_DR 104
R_V,S_D Attitude amplifier pitch, provide change cards. rate filter Three
133
attitude
rate cards
are used.
The cards
associated to these
this function
a bias battery
on the voltage
controlled
per second. b. Voltage Controlled Oscillator Cards No. 8 are similar (Refer to Paragraph instead to those 13-107. ) used in the attitude
in Capsule capsule.
However,
to the oscillators
signals. list.
Oscillator
functions
and frequencies
are indicated
HF Commutator
/
KF Commutator Yaw Rate Roll Rate Pitch Rate Compensating LF Ccv_nutator LF Commutator Yaw Rate Roll Rate Pitch Rate
'\ : _j!
output
is applied
Is applied is applied
to the 1.3 Kc oscillator. to the 1.7 gc oscillator. to the 2.3 Kc oscillator. frequency is 3.125 Kc.
is applied
Oscillator
output
is applied
to the 10.5
Kc oscillator.
is applied is applied
is applied
13-137. 13-138.
CAPSULE
NO. 9
system
on Capsule
No. 9 is similar
(Refer to Paragraph
13-1)
o ,,,
m_
ii
Ii
XI
g
m o
g
m o
m Z 0 <
m
I
I '
I
INSTRUMENTATIOn" PACKAGE'_"7
I"
m I
ETER.
RECORDER VOICE AND TELEMETERING PDM- COMM. A(ttI_,H FREQ) PDM- COMM. B (.LOWFREQ)
'
3 _
> m
I_ADIAI' DETECTOR
DATE
i November
1961
,_
REVISED
and
special
instrumentation components
pallet installed
and are
primate shown
couch on
replaces 13-8.
the
couch. Monitoring
Major
Figure
j:---\
Instrumentation differs from for while the Specification occupancy. 13-2 lists Compliance Figure the 13-9 Capsule shows point
Instrumentation No. 9 is
primate Table
parameters for
in block all
commutator the
assignments tion
telemetered are
instrumentation. in Paragraphs
Deviations 1S-l_O
from through
Specifica)
Compliance Standby
explained
13-157.
13-140.
power
is
directly d-c
to auto
the light
in parallel switching of
standby
automatic
is not
used.
13-141. The Couch. parameters Figure 1B-3. recorded ampere 13-142. The pressure The power the
is of
in place
of the
circuits of
Table
Location for
indicated on
13-11 The on
the
point
each is
parameter by is -
listed
measured recorder.
sensor for
the
obtained "OFF"
inverter Blood
controlled
a multicoder
switch.
Pressure
Oscillograph recorder, is mounted by its which records the the venous and arterial blood Pallet. The to
beside self
Special
oscillograph is controlled
own, ON-OFF
contained,
external
switch. blood
A transducer pressure in
attached to
Solar-Plexis These
chimp, are
which
converts an
values Instrument
signals.
signals
routed
through
amplifier
1 NOVEMBER
1961
McDONNE__
ST.LOUIS,
__
MISSOURI
.f'?-\
"
Mc'DONNE
ST.LOUIS,
_ "_,,uJ i,,,/
1 NOVEMBER
1961
MISSOURI
L-
TA_E _.ECO_.bE
PP.ED:C._,US
I
I::::_,ECOI:_D P,EL AY E _, CAMERA ANO TAPE
_,3-?TI MIt_G
T
COMBINEb, C_IVES THE CAPSULE 9 qOt4F!C_U_ATION.OF
PER|_COPP.
CA_E_A
E.A_:_,TH At4O
_KY
CAMERA
FIGURE
_3-10CAMERA5
AND
TAPE
RECOP,
DE_.
CONTg,
OL
C_RCLI|T
CCAPSULE.'9)
1 NOVEMBER DATE
1961
M;DONNELL
ST.LOUIS, "-_Vl _qll lug,,,, MISSOURI i'qFI A I
PAGE,
13-_69
REVISED
REPORT
SEDR
104
REVISED
MODEL
133
ITEM / 2 3 4 5 6
DESCRIPTION ' RETRO ROCKET PACKACE _ETEO ADA_1ER SLOES - OUTER SKIN RETRO ROCKET RETRO ROCKEt PACKAGE EXPLOSIVE BOLl .06 AND .E FIBERGLASS Z88.0 BOLT ZIC,4,5 ZIO0,O ROCKET - RIG_) Z79.S Z88.0 zsl 6
_Y
TY TY TY TY2
H202 lANK. AUTOMATIC CONICAL SECTION SIDES - OUTER SKIN ADAPTER SIDES - OUTER SKIN ABLA1ON SHIELD - BETWEEN CABIN AIR IEMPERATURE ?]AT SECTION - 124 STRINGER, .06 & .2 FIBERGLASS 9 OTTO*_
Z104, 5 ZI07.0 Z79.5 ZIDI.5 z127.0 ZI26.5 Z127.0 {7 V2 o) ZI27.0 zl27,0 Z107.0
_o
TY TY TY IY
CONICAL SECTION SIDES - OUIER S KIN HAT SECTION - #E4 STRINGER, TOP, fIAT SECTION I_T SECIIOH. CONICAL WINDOW WINDOW WINDOW L/O IJO AUTO AUTO - 124 STRINGER, e24 STE_NGER. SIDE BOTTOM
TY
LX
SYSTEM ROLL - F'_O2 LINE SYSPEM eOLL. SOLENOID VALVE SYSTEM ROLL.CATALYS T BED (L. H.I
Z_Oe. 8 ZIIO.2 ZII4.0 Zl26,5 Z154. 5 Zt54.S (AUIO t24I Z178.0 ZITO.5 Zi78.0 Z179.O ZI84.6 zlTa.O ZI_.6 Z)91 Z_.l Z191 Z}79,0 Z184.6 ZI84.6 ZI85.7 Zl78.0 Zl;7.0 ZI 7"/.0 Z168.5 z_.o Z_45.5 Zl2/,0 ZI27.0 ZI27.0 Zl27,0 z126
LX LX LX
I_#O AUIO
H202 LtNE CONICAL SECTION - AUTOMATIC CONICAL SECTION SIDES - OUTER SKiN CONICAL SECTION SIDES - OUTER SKIN RFJ_CTION SOLENOID CONTROL TOF THRUST CHAMBER VALVE 24 I J3. - TOP
31 32 33 34 5 6 37 3e 39 40 41 42 _3 ,W 45 46 47 48 49 _0 _I 52
PARACHUte CONTROL COMPARTMENT REACTION THRUST - OUTEe SKIN TOP CHAMBEX TOWER TO CAPSULE RETAINING RING (TOP) FARACHUTE R_COVERY ANTENNA HORIZON ANTENNA ANIENNA _ECOVERY PYLON PYLON IOWE_ TC_R COt,APARTMENT - OUTER SKIN
(AUTO
01)
COt_PART_ENT INTERNAL SleUCIUKE COMPA_Tt_ENI INNER SKiN SCANNER (ROLE) CO_AelMENI COMPARTMENT COMPARTMENT BOLT _OLT COVER RING (SOTIOM) RING - BOTTOM Lm Oute_ iNNER SKIN SKIN (_OTTOM)
RETAINING REIAINING
PARACHUTE
COMPARTMENT
SIDE
INNER SKIN BENEAIH JET SUPPCeT RECOVERy COMPAeTMeNI tNNEe SKIN H202 LiNE - TOP 24 LB. CONICAL SECTION SIDES - OUTEe CABIN AiR TEMP_RAIUXE HAT SECTION HAl SECTION BOITOM BOTTOM SKIN
SS 5_ 57 se
HAP SECTION SIDE - r_2 STR_NGER HAT SECTION IOP - _12 StrINGER CONiC._L SECTION SIDES - OUTEe _EAI HEAl EXCHANGE _XCHANG_R TECIION REIA_NING REIA_N_NG SHIELD SHIEL_ (OUTLET) 0NLEI) SIDES - OUTER RING X_NG COV_
SKIN
XO
SKJN
XO XOxo
BY OY _2
61 62
ROCKET ROCKEt
PACKAGE PACKAGE
65 66 67 _
AOAPTER SIDES - OUTE_ SKIN ABLATION S}IIE LI)o SHIELD iNbOArD HEAl SHIELD - BULKREAO CAP ESCAPE TOWER ESCAPE TOWER ABLATION REACTiON
SURFACE
RX33 Z257.0 zt(_.s Zl 7S.O Z104.5 Z_2_.S ZI23.O Z_46,_ IGNITEe. TOP ZIEB.5 ZI07.S Z124,25 Z147.25 xO LX RX33 IX XO
SHIELD BEIWEEN,2 FIBERGLASS!AND'HONEYCOM CONTROE THRUST CHJU_ER -TOP (MANUAL e24 - _AI_UAL CONICAL SECTION MANUAL
7Z _3 74 _5 7_
BFACON
_0 81 82 83 B4
FIGURE
13- 11 THERMOCOUPLE
LOCATIONS
(CAPSULE
9)
P/A4_-2'JEA ,
PAGE,
where
the
signal
strength These
is
to the
be
recorded
on the
signals
ground.
Compartment compartment
Heat heat
pressure by
is monitored the
on out-
pressures 3 volts
measured
which
from
0 to
a pressure
psia.
Position
Switch Bag Converter is installed on Capsule No. 9ASCS The fumctlon of the signals are
Data
Data is to
Converter provide
of the
output signals
signals
produced Gain". Torquing" Torquer" low-gain signals lo-gain, rate, and volts 13-146. The LF for
and
"Roll to the
to Yaw-Hi 'Maw
waich and
as the output
attitude for
volts and
Meter -45
ranges to
for
d-c
represents hl-gain
45 degrees
for
for
-6.5
to
degree/minute on 400
yaw
These
signals is the
telemetered by ll5V
Converter from
a-c,
supplied
power
circuits.
Horizon horizon
DATm
REVISED
1 November
1961
W, ONNE , D
ST. LOUIS 3. MISSOURI
PAGE
13-71
REPORT
_nR
] 02
REVISED
MO._
Retro Rocket Firing - Velocity Sensor instead,
l_
13-147.
The velocity
i
sensor
is not instrumented,
Retro-
Rocket 13-148.
firing
signals
are applied
all channel
signal is instrumented
on Capsule
No.
9.
Aeromedical instrumentation Capsule on Capsule No. 9 is the same as that through for the except data
Compliance
(Refer to Paragraphs
13-39
13-43),
since a primate
is being
C_
Primate
Instrumentation couch is mounted on the special reactions the primate instrumentation and response. instrumentation pallet and is No.
to monitor
to a specific
than
Programmer
of an electronic
the left-hand
the center unit has six symbols, unit has six symbols, for primate mounted near
a yellow
disc display.
switch levers
are provided
recorded dispenser
switch lever.
on command
of a 28 volt pulse, A
through
dispenser
is mounted
of the right-hand
I November
1961
head.
It will by
dispense animal's
of
liquid is
when
actuated for
by the
a 28 volt prlmate's
pulse couch
the
supplie_ the
through the
special program
instrumentation sequences is
various
telemetered of test
on Table the
13-2. must
The
programmed and
presents
sequence
animal
perform
TEST 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. RS-CS TO DRL TO FR TO - Regular Time Out reinforcement of low rates and classified shock avoidance
- Time Fixed
reward
5 min. 5 rain.
- Time
I_PM/NRPM
and
Negative
reinforcement
monitoring of of symbols l, -3 X symbols 36 combinations the are has out over). and required telemetered 5 rain.
(a) (b) 8. TO
18 18
- Time
If the
last
completed elapsed and A description data a. is RS-CS (1) (2) as of the tests in the the
before the
5 minutes time is
entire sequence
starts occur
follows: (time 15 rain.). The telemetered through of left outputs indication are of as follows:
Program
identification response
shock.
Cumulative
lever.
(3)
Cyan
blue
light
on
and
duration.
,,,,CL'F.'DZT_TIAL C
DATE
REVISED REVISED
i November
1961
Mc'DONNE
Er.
_--_r_=vlii
pAG_II
13-73 104
LOUIS
3, MISSOURI
ii_i--i_l i l/'lill
REPOR_ SEDR
MOO , 133
(4)
bl
response
of
right
lever.
TO
(mime 5
Green light before feeder seconds another in right display right hand unit is activated. a green light If animal waits appears beside 20 seconds
pulling
lever,
the liquid 20
If R/H lever
is pulled
before
an additional
20 seconds
for
opportunity
Program
Cure. response
TO
(Time 2 min.)
NO display.
e.
(Time5
Yellow center pellet light in center display unit is activated. dispenser If animal presses and he gets a
is actuated
outputs :
Program
..... _i_li.ollr
"ill_ll llli
I_PI .
=.
/_l' /I
"_
REVISED REVISED
(4)
f.
Cure. response
of
right
lever
(a:ime 2 sin. )
g. (t Line 5 rain. )
NRPM
mode
of
lever then
is
pulled, on
15
seconds new
of
,lights
come
with
seconds
another or wrong
decision. lever
Correct
lever shocks
decision lever
time,
correct display
operation of
provides in no
reward. and
Depression 15
of the after s:
levers
results
provides
second
time-out
same
display
appears.
Telemetered (1) (2) (3) (4) h. Ten green 13-152. Program identifier of of of left center right the
output
Cure. response Ctnm. response Cure. response minutes light after appears
lever lever lever nipple the on the to liquid obtain feeder a drink. is armed and the
impact
allowing Control
chimp
Instrumentation
for the
Capsule
No.
9 is which
similar provides
to
the
Speci-
progra_ner
controlled
(See (a)
13-1)
following system
environmental every
control
Instrument
The Earth and Sky Observer per minute, The Primate during
Camera
is provided
a 90 millisecond
pulse,
Observer
is programmed
Compliance (e)
second
during
in orbit.
The camera
No. 9 Recording
Capsule is adjusted
except Earth
is mounted
window.
This camera
of view through
exposing
one frame
and transporting
the
exposure.
pulses
are applied
In addition,
a periscope
the periscope,
is extemded. programmer.
Pulses 13-15_.
are supplied
System Compliance
(Refer to Paragraphs
_l_i/
lJlm/L--'l
_1
I,'m
MCDONNEL L
ST._:LOUIS,
C-__
November
1961
MISSOURI ....
added 13-155.
in
thru
13-157.
The
is summing the
a small
compact
unit The
relays capsule
circuitry. periscope.
unit Figure
near
(See
Periscope Periscope
Camera Camera used on Capsule camera No. 9 is the same as the Instrument (Refer
except
periscope
is mounted
inside
the
periscope.
Oscillograph oscillograph has in at a the a consists of a motor mounted timer with main and is and the tape recorder.
oscillograph battery is
recorder. The
speed
8 inches switch is
recorder's after
power
turned
prior
until
turned
landing.
TEST
CONFIGURATION
CAPSULES
NO.
I0,
13
AND
16.
General Instrumentation Compliance commutator on Capsules (Refer to No. lO, 13 and 16 is thru the same ) as the (See SpeciTable
Capsule point
Paragraphs )
13-1
13-110.
assignments.
MAC
231CL
(27
APR
59)